Download Download Text Book References...
R.0
References Chapter 1 1-1. ONDCP. (2013). National Drug Control Budget, FY 2014. http://www. whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/fy_2014_ drug_control_budget_highlights_3.pdf (accessed October 13, 2013). 1-2. NFLIS (National Forensic Laboratory Information System). (2013). 2012 Annual Report. http://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/nflis/2011annual_rpt. pdf (accessed October 31, 2013). 1-3. Rätsch, C. (2005). The Encyclopedia of Psychoactive Plants. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press. 1-4. Narr, K. J. (2008). Prehistoric religion. Britannica online encyclopedia (accessed April 16, 2011). 1-5. Furst, P. T. (1976). Hallucinogens and Culture. San Francisco: Chandler and Sharp. 1-6. La Barre, W. (1979A). Shamanic origins of religion and medicine. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 11(1–2), 7–11. 1-7. Wilford, J. N. (January 6, 2004). Discovery may bring new clues into peopling of the Americas. New York Times, p. C1. 1-8. Ganeri, A., Martell, H. M. and Williams, B. (1998). Beer. World History Encyclopedia. New York: Barnes and Noble. 1-9. Drunk animals. (2014). Animals in Africa get drunk by eating ripe marula fruit. http://www.youtube.com/watch?v=50tlF3kGbT4 (accessed, March 13, 2014). 1-10. O’Brien, R. and Chafetz, M. (1991). The Encyclopedia of Alcoholism (2nd ed.). New York: Facts on File. 1-11. McGovern, P., Zhang, J., Tang, J., et al. (2004). Fermented beverages of pre- and proto-historic China. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 101, 17593–98. 1-12. Frazer, J. G. (1922). The Golden Bough. New York: Touchstone. 1-13. Lee, J. A. (1987). Chinese, alcohol and flushing: Socio-historical and biobehavioral considerations. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 19(4), 319–27. 1-14. Cherrington, E. H., ed. (1924). Standard Encyclopedia of the Alcohol Problem (Vol. II). Westerville, OH: American Issue. 1-15. O’Brien and Chafetz (1991). 1-16. Hoffman, J. P. (1990). The historical shift in the perception of opiates: From medicine to social medicine. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 22(1), 53–62. 1-17. Scarborough, J. (1995). The opium poppy in Hellenistic and Roman medicine. In R. Porter and M. Teich, eds. Drugs and Narcotics in History. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. 1-18. Escohotado, A. (1999). A Brief History of Drugs. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press. 1-19. Dioscorides. (A.D. 70). In M. Wellman, ed. (1906–14, 1958). Pedanii Dioscuridis Anazarbei De materia medica (3 volumes). 1-20. Booth, M. (2004). Cannabis: A History. New York: Thomas Dunne Books, St. Martin’s Press. 1-21. Stafford, P. (1982). Psychedelics Encyclopedia (Vol. 1, p. 157). Berkeley, CA: Ronin. 1-22. Schultes, R. E. and Hofmann, A. (1992). Plants of the Gods. Rochester, VT: Healing Arts Press. 1-23. Li, H. L. (1974). An archeological and historical account of Cannabis in China. Economic Botany, 28, 437–38. 1-24A. Aldrich, M. R. (1977). Tantric cannabis use in India. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 9(3), 227–33. 1-24B. Aldrich, M. R. (1997). History of therapeutic Cannabis. In M. L. Mathre, ed. Cannabis in Medical Practice. Jefferson, NC: Farland Company. 1-25. Brunner, T. F. (1977). Marijuana in ancient Greece and Rome? The literary evidence. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 9(3). 1-26. Galen (2001). Galen, VI 549f. In I. Lozano, The Therapeutic Use of Cannabis sativa in Arabic Medicine. http://www.cannabis-med.org/data/ pdf/2001-01-4_0.pdf (accessed October 14, 2013).
1-27. La Barre, W. (1979B). Peyotl and mescaline. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 11(1–2), 33–39. 1-28. Stamets, P. (1996). Psilocybin Mushrooms of the World. Berkeley, CA: Ten Speed Press. 1-29. Rig-Veda. (1500). The Rig Veda. http://www.sacred-texts.com/hin/rigveda/ index.htm (accessed October 13, 2013). 1-30. McKenna, T. (1992). Food of the Gods. New York: Bantam Books. 1-31. Gately, I. (2001). Tobacco: A Cultural History of How an Exotic Plant Seduced Civilization. New York: Grove Press. 1-32. Gilman, S. L. and Xun, Z. (2004). Smoke: A Global History of Smoking. London: Reaktion Books. 1-33. Siegel, R. K. (1982). History of cocaine smoking. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 14(4), 277–97. 1-34. Maugh, T. H. (December 24, 2004). Ancient Andean civilization arose before the pyramids. L.A. Times. 1-35. Giannini, A. J. (1991). The volatile agents. In N. S. Miller, ed., Comprehensive Handbook of Drug and Alcohol Addiction. New York: Marcel Dekker. 1-36. Harler, C. R. (1984). Tea production. Encyclopaedia Britannica (Vol. 18, pp. 16–19). Chicago: Encyclopaedia Britannica. 1-37. Weinberg, B. A. and Bealer, B. K. (2001). The World of Caffeine. New York: Routledge. 1-38. James, W. H. and Johnson, S. L. (1996). Doin’ Drugs: Patterns of African American Addiction. Austin: University of Texas Press. 1-39. Cieza de Leon. (1553). Cronica del Peru, Primera Parte. Lima: Pontificia Universidad Catolica del Peru. 1-40. Cummins, T. B. F. (2002). Toasts with the Incas: Andean Abstraction and Colonial Images on Quero Vessels. Ann Arbor: University of Michigan Press. 1-41. Monardes, N. (1577). Joyfull Newes Out of the Newe Founde Worlde. Translated by J. Frampton. (1967). New York: AMS Press. 1-42. Cieza de Leon. (1959). The Incas. Translated by Harriet de Onis. The Civilization of the American Indian Series (Vol. 53). Tulsa: University of Oklahoma Press. 1-43. Gagliano, J. (1994). Coca Production in Peru: The Historical Debates. Tucson: University of Arizona Press. 1-44. Acosta, J. (1588). Historia Natural y Moral de las Indias. English translation by C. R. Markham. London: Hakluyt Society, 1880. 1-45. Karch, S. B. (1997). A Brief History of Cocaine. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 1-46. Heiman, R. K. (1960). Tobacco and Americans. New York: McGraw-Hill. 1-47. Benowitz, N. and Fredericks, A. (1995). History of tobacco use. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. III, pp. 1032–36). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 1-48. Gilman, S. L. and Xun, Z. (2004). Smoke: A Global History of Smoking. London: Reaktion Books. 1-49. Blanchard, D. (2000). Theriac: George Bartisch. Portland, OR: Blanchard’s Books. 1-50. Abel, E. L. (2001). The Gin Epidemic: Much Ado About What? Alcohol and Alcoholism, 36(5), 401–5. 1-51. Skolnik, A. A. (1997). Lessons from U.S. history of drug use. JAMA, 277(24), 1919–21. 1-52. Boyd, S. R., ed. (1985). The Whiskey Rebellion: Past and Present Perspectives. Westport, Connecticut: Greenwood Press. 1-53. Agnew, L. R. (1968). On blowing one’s mind (19th century style). JAMA, 204(1), 61–62. 1-54. Slade, J. (1992). The tobacco epidemic: Lessons from history. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(2), 99–110. 1-55. Booth, M. (1996). Opium: A History. New York: St. Martin’s Griffin. 1-56. none. 1-57. Karch, S. B. (1996). The Pathology of Drug Abuse. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press.
RefeRences 1-58. Boyle, R. (1744). The Works: Of the Usefulness of Natural Philosophy. London (out of print). 1-59. Karch, S. B. (1998). Measuring blood alcohol. Concentration for clinical and forensic purposes. In S. B. Karch, ed. Drug Abuse Handbook (pp. 327–55). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 1-60. Wiley Interscience. (2001). Programs including nicotine addiction as part of treatment. Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Weekly, 13(38), 1–3. 1-61. Hodgson, B. (1999). Opium: A Portrait of the Heavenly Demon. San Francisco: Chronicle Books. 1-62. Wallbank, T. W. and Taylor, A. M. (1992). A Short History of the Opium Wars. New York: Addison-Wesley. 1-63. Latimer, D. and Goldberg, J. (1981). Flowers in the Blood: The Story of Opium. New York: Franklin Watts. 1-64. Freud, S. (1884). Über Coca. In R. Byck, ed. (1974), The Cocaine Papers of Sigmund Freud. New York: Stonehill. 1-65. Scrivener (1871). On the coca leaf and its use in diet and medicine. Medical Times and Gazette. In R. Byck, ed. (1974), The Cocaine Papers of Sigmund Freud. New York: Stonehill. 1-66. Langton, P. A. (1995). Temperance movement. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. III, pp. 1019–23). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 1-67. Lender, M. E. and Martin, J. K. (1987). Drinking in America: A History. New York: The Free Press. 1-68. Armstrong, D. and Armstrong, E. M. (1991). The Great American Medicine Show. New York: Prentice-Hall. 1-69. Helfand, W. H. (2002). Quack, Quack, Quack: The Sellers of Nostrums. New York: The Golier Club. 1-70. Hechtlinger, A. (1970). The Great Patent Medicine Era. New York: Galahad Books. 1-71. Aldrich, M. R. (1994). Historical notes on women addicts. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(1), 61–64. 1-72. Courtwright, D. (1982). Dark Paradise: Opiate Addiction in America Before 1940. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 1-73. Kandall, S. R. (1996). Substance and Shadow: Women and Addiction in the United States. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 1-74. Proctor, R. N. (1996). The Anti-Tobacco Campaign of the Nazis: A Little Known Aspect of Public Health in Germany 1933–1945. Philadelphia: Pennsylvania State University. 1-75. Acker, C. J. (1995). Opioids and opioid control: History. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. II, pp. 763–69). New York: Simon and Shuster Macmillan. 1-76. FDA (Food and Drug Administration). (1970). Controlled Substances Act. http://www.fda.gov/regulatoryinformation/legislation/ucm148726.htm (accessed October 8, 2013). 1-77. Heath, D. B. (1995). Alcohol: History. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 70–78). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 1-78. AA [Alcoholics Anonymous]. (1934, 1976). Alcoholics Anonymous. New York: Alcoholics Anonymous World Services. 1-79. Trice, H. M. (1995). Alcoholics Anonymous. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 85–92). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 1-80. AA World Service. (2011). Estimates of AA groups and members. http://www.aa.org/en_media_resources.cfm?PageID=74 (accessed October 15, 2013). 1-81. Musto, David F. (2002) The LaGuardia Report. Drugs in America. New York: New York University Press. 1-82. Grinspoon, L. and Hedblom, P. (1975). The Speed Culture: Amphetamine Use and Abuse in America. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 1-83. DrugID. (2010). Drug Identification Bible. Grand Junction, CO: Amera-Chem. 1-84. Blum, K. (1984). Handbook of Abusable Drugs. New York: Gardner Press. 1-85. Tyrrell, C. B. (2004). The Smell of Sweat: Greek Athletics, Olympics, and Culture. Mundelein, Il: Bolchazy-Carducci. 1-86. Hollister, L. E. (1983). The pre-benzodiazepine era. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 15(1–2), 9–13. 1-87. N-SSATS. (2012). National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services. Browse and Download Data. http://www.icpsr.umich.edu/icpsrweb/ SAMHDA/download?utm_source=webannandutm_medium=webandutm_ campaign=dawnupdate__download (accessed October 1, 2013).
R.1
1-88. WHO. (2013). HIV data and statistics. http://www.who.int/hiv/data/en/ (accessed October 15, 2013). 1-89. Robins, L. N. and Slobodyan, S. (2003). Post-Vietnam heroin use and injection by returning US veterans: Clues to preventing injection today. Addiction, 98(8), 1053–60. 1-90. Grinspoon, L. and Bakalar, J. B. (1985). Cocaine: A Drug and Its Social Evolution. New York: Basic Books. 1-91. Peters, G. (2010). Seeds of Terror: How Heroin is Bankrolling the Taliban and Al Queda. New York: St. Martin’s Press. 1-92. Hamid, A. (1992). The developmental cycle of a drug epidemic: The cocaine-smoking epidemic of 1981–91. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(4), 337–48. 1-93. Dunlop, E. and Johnson, B. D. (1992). The setting for the crack era: Macro forces, micro consequences (1960–1992). Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(4), 307–22. 1-94. WHO-Tobacco. (2013). Tobacco Statistics. http://www.who.int/ mediacentre/factsheets/fs339/en (accessed October 13, 2013). 1-95. UNODC. (2013). World Drug Report, 2013. http://www.unodc.org/unodc/ secured/wdr/wdr2013/World_Drug_Report_2013.pdf (accessed October 13, 2013). 1-96. Fox Latino News. (2012). Mexican daily. Nearly 60,000 drug war deaths under Calderon. http://latino.foxnews.com/latino/news/2012/ 11/01/mexican-daily-nearly-60000-drug-war-deaths-under-calderon/ (accessed October 16, 2013). 1-97. DEA. (2012). National Drug Threat Assessment. http://www.justice.gov/ archive/ndic/topics/ndtas.htm (accessed October 13, 2013). 1-98. McElrath, K. and O’Neill, C. (2011). Experiences with mephedrone preand post-legislative controls: Perceptions of safety and sources of supply. International Journal on Drug Policy, 22(2), 120–27. 1-99. UNAIDS, 2013. UNAIDS report on the global epidemic. http://www.unaids. org/en/resources/campaigns/globalreport2013/factsheet/ (accessed October 13, 2013). 1-100. CDC. (2013). HIV/AIDS Statistics overview. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/ statistics/basics/ (accessed October 13, 2013). 1-101. Guardian. (March 29, 2010). Mephedrone to be banned and made class B drug after link to 25 deaths. Guardian. http://www.theguardian.com/ politics/2010/mar/29/emergency-ban-mephedrone-25-deaths (accessed October 10, 2013). 1-102. TEDS. (2012). Treatment Episode Data Sets (TEDS)—2010. http:// www.dasis.samhsa.gov/webt/tedsweb/tab_year.choose_year_web_table?t_ state=US (accessed, September 30, 2013). 1-103. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC. htm (accessed October 30). 1-104. Surgeon General. (1964). Smoking and Health. http://profiles.nlm.nih. gov/NN/B/B/M/Q/ (accessed October 11, 2013). 1-105. Doll, R., Peto, R., Boreham, J., et al. (2004). Mortality in relation to smoking: 50 years’ observations on male British doctors. British Medical Journal, 328(1519), 426–29. 1-106. FDA. (2013). Overview of the Family Smoking Prevention and Tobacco Control Act: Consumer fact sheet. http://www.fda.gov/TobaccoProducts/ GuidanceComplianceRegulatoryInformation/ucm246129.htm (accessed October 11, 2013). 1-107. USDOJ. (2013). USDOJ. (2011). National Drug Threat Assessment. National Drug Intelligence Center. http://www.justice.gov/ndic/ pubs38/38661/38661p.pdf (accessed October 14, 2013). 1-108. Starbucks. (2008). Starbucks Company Profile, 2013. http://globalassets. starbucks.com/assets/F62C45CD8A8B4699BEFC60A2618F0431.pdf (accessed November 25, 2013). 1-109. IEG Sponsorship Report (2013). http://www.sponsorship.com/iegsr/ 2012/09/17/Who-Does-What--Energy-Drinks.aspx (accessed January 7, 2014). 1-110. DAWN (Drug Abuse Warning Network. (2013). Highlights Data, Outcomes, and Quality. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/2k10/DAWN034/ EDHighlightsHTML.pdf (accessed September 30, 2013). 1-111. Monitoring the Future (2013). 2012 Data from In-school Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/ data/12data.html#2012data-drugs (accessed October 14, 2013). 1-112. CBS. (September 19, 2013). Veterans dying from overmedication. http:// www.cbsnews.com/8301-18563_162-57603767/veterans-dying-fromovermedication/ (accessed October 11, 2013).
R.2
References
1-113. Stine, S. M. and Kosten, T. R. (2009). Pharmacologic interventions for opioid dependence. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 651–66). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 1-114. BupPractice.com. (2011). Cost of buprenorphine treatment to patients. http://www.buppractice.com/howto/billing/cost (accessed October 14, 2013). 1-115. USDOL. (2008). The Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity act of 2008 (MHPAEA). http://www.dol.gov/ebsa/newsroom/fsmhpaea.html (accessed January 7, 2014). 1-116. SAMHSA. (2008B). National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services (N-SSATS), 2008. http://wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/08nssats/nssats2k8.pdf (accessed April 15, 2011). 1-117. Ken Caminiti (June 2002). Sports Illustrated. 1-118. WADA [World Anti-Doping Agency]. (2014). WADA Home. http:// www.wada-ama.org/ (accessed April 18, 2011). 1-119. SAMHSA. (2002A). Report to Congress on the Prevention and Treatment of CoOccurring Substance Abuse Disorders and Mental Disorders. http://www. samhsa.gov/reports/congress2002/foreword.htm (accessed January 22, 2011). 1-120. FDA. (2014). FDA Industry notification. http://www.fda.gov/Drugs/ default.htm (accessed October 14, 2013). 1-121. APA (American Psychiatric Association). (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th ed., [DSM-5]). Washington, DC: Author. http://www.psych.org/ (accessed October 14, 2013). 1-121. APA (American Psychiatric Association). (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th ed., [DSM-5]). Washington, DC: Author. http://www.psych.org/ (accessed October 14, 2013). 1-122. Garcia, G. (April 21, 2011). Online poker a gamble with prosecutions. Medford Mail Tribune, p. A1. 1-123. National Opinion Research Center. (1999). Gambling Impact and Behavior Study. http://govinfo.library.unt.edu/ngisc/reports/gibstdy.pdf (accessed December 8, 2013). 1-124. CDC. (2010B) Childhood overweight and obesity. http://www.cdc.gov/ obesity/childhood/index.html (accessed October 15, 2013). 1-125. Kessler, D. A. (2009), The End of Overeating. New York: Rodale. 1-126. Squires, N. (2006). Overweight people now outnumber the hungry. UK News. http://www.telegraph.co.uk/news/uknews/1526403/Overweightpeople-now-outnumber-the-hungry.html (accessed March 15, 2011). 1-127. NCJRS [National Criminal Justice Reference System]. (2007). Drug Courts: Facts and Figures. http://www.ncjrs.gov/spotlight/drug_courts/facts. html (accessed October 15, 2013). 1-128. Siegal, R. K. (2005). Intoxication: The Universal Drive for Mind-Altering Substances. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press.
Chapter 2 2-1. Alcoholics Anonymous. (1939). Alcoholics Anonymous Big Book. New York: Alcoholics Anonymous. 2-2. U.S. Department of Labor. (2010).The Mental Health Parity and Addiction Equity Act of 2008 (MHPAEA). http://www.dol.gov/ebsa/newsroom/ fsmhpaea.html (accessed March 24, 2014). 2-3. Karan, L. D., McCance-Katz, E. and Zajicek. (2009). Pharmacokinetic and pharmacodynamic principles. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 67–84). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2-4. Gieringer, D., St. Laurent, J. and Goodrich, S., (2004). Cannabis vaporizer combines efficient delivery of THC with effective suppression of pyrolytic compounds, Journal of Cannabis Therapeutics, 4(1), 7–27. 2-5. Epstein, D. H., Phillips, K. A. and Preston, K. L. (2011). Opioids. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 161–90). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 2-7. Ljungman, G., Kreuger, A., Andreasson, S., et al. (2000). Midazolam nasal spray reduces procedural anxiety in children. Pediatrics, 105(1 pt. 1), 73–78. 2-8. Hanin, I. (1996). The Gulf War, stress, and a leaky blood-brain barrier. Nature Medicine, 2(12), 1307–8. 2-9. Meyer, J. S. (2013). Psychopharmacology: Drugs, The Brain, and Behavior (2nd ed.). Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates. 2-10. Buxton, L. D. and Benet, L. Z. (2011). Pharmacokinetics: The dynamics of drug absorption, distribution, metabolism, and elimination. In L. Brunton, B. A. Chabner and B. C. Knollmann, eds. Goodman and Gilman’s:
The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (12th ed., pp. 17–40). New York: McGraw-Hill. 2-11. Kaltenbach, K. and Jones, H. (2011). Maternal and neonatal complications of alcohol and other drugs. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 648–62). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 2-12. U.S. Surgeon General. (2014). The Health Consequences of Smoking: 50 Years of Progress: A Report of the Surgeon General, 2014. http://www. surgeongeneral.gov/library/reports/50-years-of-progress (accessed March 26, 2014). 2-13. Allman, J. (2000). Evolving Brains. New York: W. H. Freeman. 2-14. Nesse, R. M. (1994). An evolutionary perspective on substance abuse. Etiology and Sociobiology, 15, 339–48. 2-15. Boening, J. A. (2001). Neurobiology of an addiction memory. Journal of Neural Transmission, 108(6), 755–65. 2-16. Gardner, E. L. (2005). Brain reward mechanisms. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 48–97). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 2-17. Schmidt, H. D., Vassoler, F. M. and Pierce, R. C. (2011) Neurobiological factors of drug dependence and addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 55–78). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 2-18. McGaugh, J. L. (2003). Memory and Emotion. New York: Columbia University Press. 2-19. Vergano, D. (August 7, 2006). Study: Ask with care: Emotions rule brain’s decisions. USA Today, p. 6D. 2-20. Pollard, K. S., Salama, S. R., Lambert, N., et al. (2006). An RNA gene expressed during cortical development evolved rapidly in humans. Nature, 443(7108), 167–72. 2-21. Suzuki, D., producer. (1994). The Brain: Our Universe Within. Maryland: Discovery Channel. 2-22. Uhl, G. R., Drgon, T., Liu, Q. R., et al. (2008). Higher order addiction molecular genetics. Convergent data from genome wide association in humans and mice. Biochemical Pharmacology, 75(1), 98–111. 2-23. Svitil, K. A. (April 1, 2003). Memory’s machine. Discover Magazine. 2-24. Segal, M. (2010). Dendritic spines. http://www.weizmann.ac.il/ neurobiology/labs/segal/spines.html (accessed April 5, 2014). 2-25. Holtmaat, A. and Svoboda, K. (2009). Experience-dependent structural synaptic plasticity in the mammalian brain. Nature Reviews, Neuroscience, 10(9), 647–58. 2-26. Harris, K. M. and Stevens, J. K. (1988). Dendritic spines of rat cerebellar Purkinje cells: Serial electron microscopy with reference to their biophysical characteristics. Journal of Neuroscience, 8, 4455–69. 2-27. Nimchimsky, E. A., Sabatini, B. L. and Svoboda, K. (2002). Structure and function of dendritic spines. Annual Review of Physiology, 64, 313–53. 2-28. Kasai, H., Fukuda, M., Watanabe, S., et al. (2010). Structural dynamics of dendritic spines in memory and cognition. Trends in Neurosciences, 33(3), 121–29. 2-29. Robinson, T. E., Gorny, G., Mitton, E., et al. (2001). Cocaine self administration alters the morphology of dendrites and dendritic spines in the nucleus accumbens and neocortex. Synapse, 39, 257–66. 2-30. Bassareo, V. and Di Chiara, G. (1999). Differential responsiveness of dopamine transmission to food-stimuli in nucleus accumbens shell/core compartments. Neuroscience, 89(3), 637–41. 2-31. Koob, G. F. (2009). Dynamics of neuronal circuits in addiction: Reward, antireward, and emotional memory. Pharmacopsychiatry, 42(suppl. 1), S32–S41. 2-32. Koob, G. F. and Le Moal, M. (2001). Drug addiction, dysregulation of reward, and allostasis. Neuropsychopharmacology, 24(2), 97–129. 2-33. Koob, G. F. and Le Moal, M. (2008). Addiction and the brain antireward system. Annual review of Psychology, 59, 29–53. 2-34. Apkarian, A. V., Neugebaue, V., Koob, G., et al. (2013). Neural mechanisms of pain and alcohol dependence. Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior, 112, 34–41. 2-35. Nestler, E. J., Barrot, M. and Self, D. W. (2001). DeltaFosB: A sustained molecular switch for addiction. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 98(20), 11042–46. 2-36. Sombers, L. A., Beyene, M., Carelli, R. M., et al. (2009). Synaptic overflow of dopamine in the nucleus accumbens arises from neuron activity in the ventral tegmental area. Journal of Neuroscience, 29(6), 1735–42.
References 2-37. Wise, R. A. (2002). Brain reward circuitry: Insights from unsensed incentives. Neuron, 36, 229–40. 2-38. Di Ciano, P. and Everitt, B. J. (2004). Conditioned reinforcing properties of stimuli paired with self-administered cocaine, heroin or sucrose: Implications for the persistence of addictive behaviour. Neuropharmacology, 47(suppl. 1), 202–13. 2-39. Childress, A. R., Mozley, P. D., McElgin, W., et al. (1999). Limbic activation during cue-induced cocaine craving. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156(1), 11–18. 2-40. Bonson, K. B., Grant, S. J., London, E. D., et al. (2002). Neural systems and cue-induced cocaine craving. Neuropsychopharmacology 26, 376–86. 2-41. Fields, H. L., Hjelmstad, G. O., Margolis, E. B., et al. (2007). Ventral tegmental area neurons in learned appetitive behavior and positive reinforcement. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 30, 289–316. 2-42. Stahl, S. M. (2013). Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 2-43. Di Ciano, P., Robbins, T. W. and Everitt, B. J. (2008). Differential effects of nucleus accumbens core, shell, or dorsal striatial inactivations of the persistence, reacquisition, or reinstatement of responding for a drug-paired conditioned reinforcer. Neuropsychopharmacology, 33, 1413–25. 2-44. Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., Wang, G. J., et al. (2001B). Loss of dopamine transporters in methamphetamine abusers recovers with protracted abstinence. Journal of Neuroscience, 21(23), 9414–18. 2-45. Kuczenski, R., Everall, I. P., Crews, L., et al. (2007). Escalating dose– multiple binge methamphetamine exposure results in degeneration of the neocortex and limbic system in the rat. Experimental Neurology, 207(1), 42–51. 2-46. Laaris, N., Good, C. H. and Lupica, C. R. (2010). Delta(9)tetrahydrocannabinol is a full agonist at CB1 receptors on GABA neuron axon terminals in the hippocampus. Neuropharmacology, 59(1-2), 121–27. 2-47. Hyman, S. E., Malenka, R. C. and Nestler, E. J. (2006). Neural mechanisms of addiction: The role of reward-related learning and memory. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 29, 565–98. 2-48. Olds, J. and Milner, P. (1954). Positive reinforcement produced by electrical stimulation of septal area and other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47(6), 419–27. 2-49. Olds, J. (1956). Pleasure centers in the brain. Scientific American, 195(4), 105–16. 2-50. Koob, G. F. and Kreek, J. (2007). Stress, dysregulation of drug reward pathways, and the transition to drug dependence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164(8), 1149–59. 2-51. Denton, D., Shade, R., Zamarippa, F., et al. (1999). Neuroimaging of genesis and satiation of thirst and an interceptor-driven theory of origins of primary consciousness. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 96(9), 5304–9. 2-52. Fields, R. D. (2005). Making memories stick. Scientific American, 292(2) 75–81. 2-53. Hyman, S. E. (1996). Shaking out the cause of addiction. Science, 273(5275), 611–12. 2-54. Ellison, G. (2002). Neural degeneration following chronic stimulant abuse reveals a weak link in brain, fasciculus retroflexus, implying the loss of forebrain control circuitry. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 12(4), 287–97. 2-55. Ellison, G. (1991). Continuous amphetamine and cocaine have similar neurotoxic effects in lateral habenular nucleus. Brain Research, 598, 352–56. 2-56. Matsumoto, M. (2009). Role of the lateral habenula and dopamine neurons in reward processing. Brain and Nerve, 61(4), 389–96. 2-57. Koob, G. F. (2003). Neuroadaptive mechanisms of addiction: Studies on the extended amygdala. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 27(2), 232–43. 2-58. Le Moal, M. (2009). Drug abuse: Vulnerability and transition to addiction. Pharmacopsychiatry, 42 (suppl. 1), S42–S55. 2-59. Freud, S. (1884, 1995). The Complete Letters of Sigmund Freud to Wilhelm Fleiss. Cambridge: Harvard University Press. 2-60. Dackis, C. and O’Brien, C. (2005). Neurobiology of addiction: Treatment and public policy ramifications. Nature Neuroscience, 8(11), 1431–36. 2-61. Diagram Group. (1991). The Brain: A User’s Manual. Rockville Centre, NY: Berkley Press. 2-62. Kandel, E., Schwartz, J. and Jessel, T. (2012). Principles of Neural Science (5th ed.). New York: McGraw-Hill Medical.
R.3
2-63. CNRS [Centre national de la recherche scientifique]. (2008). A new mechanism enabling the reliable transmission of information. (accessed May 16, 2014). 2-64. Snyder, S. H. (1996). Drugs and the Brain. New York: W. H. Freeman and Sons. 2-65. Martinez, D. and Narendran, R. (2010). Imaging neurotransmitter release by drugs of abuse. Current Topics in Behavioral Neurosciences, 3, 219–45. 2-66. Brunton, L., Chabner, B. and Knollman, B. (2010). Neurotransmission. In J. G. Hardman, L. E. Limbird and A. G. Gilman, eds. Goodman and Gilman’s: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (12th ed., pp. 171–218). New York: McGraw-Hill. 2-67. O’Brien, C. P. (2010). Drug addiction. In J. G. Hardman, L. E. Limbird and A. G. Gilman, eds. Goodman and Gilman’s: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (12th ed., pp. 649–67). New York: McGraw-Hill. 2-68. Schuckit, M. A. (2000B). Genetics of the risk for alcoholism. American Journal of Addiction, 9(2), 103–112. 2-69. Spragg, S. D. S. (1940). Morphine addiction in chimpanzees. Comparative Psychology Monograph, 15(7), 1–132. 2-70. Tsai, G., Gastfriend, D. R. and Coyle, J. T. (1995). The glutamatergic basis of human alcoholism. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152(3), 332–40. 2-71. Wickelgren, I. (1998). Teaching the brain to take drugs. Science, 280(5372), 2045–46. 2-72. Maze, I. and Nestler, E. J. (2011). The epigenetic landscape of addiction. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1216, 99–113. 2-73. Bird, A. (2007). Perceptions of epigenetics. Nature, 447(7143), 396–98. 2-74. CNS Productions, Inc. (2013). Epigenetics blog. www.cnsproductions. com/pdf/epigenetics (accessed May 16, 2014). 2-75. O’Brien, C. P. (2001). Drug addiction and drug abuse. In J. G. Hardman, L. E. Limbird and A. G. Gilman, eds. Goodman and Gilman’s: The Pharmacological Basis of Therapeutics (10th ed., pp. 621–41). New York: McGraw-Hill. 2-76. Ahmed, S. H. and Koob, G. F. (2005). Transition to drug addiction: A negative reinforcement model based on an allostatic decrease in reward function. Psychopharmacology (Berlin), 180(3), 473–90. 2-77. Uhart, M. and Wand, G. S. (2009). Stress, alcohol, and drug interaction: An update of human research. Addiction Biology, 14(1), 43–64. 2-78. Tetrault, J. M. and O’Conner, P. G. (2009). Management of opioid intoxication and withdrawal. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 589–602). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2-79. Goeldner, C., Lutz, P. E., Darcq, E., et al. (2011). Impaired emotionallike behavior and serotonergic function during protracted abstinence from chronic morphine. Biological Psychiatry, 69(3), 236–44. 2-80. Gorski, T. T. (2003). Best Practice Principles in the Treatment of Substance Use Disorders. Spring Hill, FL: Gorski-Cenaps Web Productions. 2-81. Paulus, M. P., Tapert, S. F. and Schuckit, M. A. (2005). Neural activation patterns of methamphetamine dependent subjects during decision making predict relapse. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62(7), 761–68. 2-82. Zickler, P. (2006). Brain activity patterns signal risk of relapse to methamphetamine. NIDA Notes, 20(5), 1, 6. 2-83. Bando, K., Hong, K. I. K., Bhagwager, Z., et al. (2011). Association of frontal and posterior cortical gray matter volume with time to alcohol relapse: A prospective study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 168(2), 183–92. 2-84. CDC [Centers for Disease Control and Prevention]. (1994). Preventing tobacco use among young people: A report of the Surgeon General (executive summary). MMWR, March 11, 1994. http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/ mmwrhtml/00030927.htm (accessed March 14, 2014). 2-85. ONDCP. (2001B). National Drug Control Strategy: 2000 Annual Report. Bethesda, MD: National Drug Clearinghouse. 2-86. ONDCP. (2013). National Drug Control Strategy: 2013 Annual Report. Bethesda, MD: National Drug Clearinghouse. 2-87. Bergstrom, M. and Langstrom, B. (2005). Pharmacokinetic studies with PET. Progress in Drug Research, 62, 279–317. 2-88. Giedd, J. N., Blumenthal, J., Jeffries, N. O., et al. (1999). Brain development during childhood and adolescence: A longitudinal MRI study. Nature Neuroscience, 2(10), 861–63. 2-89. McDonald C. G., Dailey, V. K., Bergstrom H. C., et al. (2005). Periadolescent nicotine administration produces enduring changes in dendritic morphology of medium spiny neurons from nucleus accumbens. Neuroscience Letters, 385(2), 163–67.
R.4
References
2-90. Sowell, E. R., Thompson, P. M., Holmes, C. J., Jerrigan, T. L. and Toga, A. W. (1999). In vivo evidence for post-adolescent brain maturation in frontal and striatal regions. Natural Neuroscience, 2(10), 859–61. 2-91. Thompson, P. M., Giedd, J. N., Woods, R. P., et al. (2000). Growth patterns in the developing brain detected by using continuum mechanical tensor maps. Nature, 404(6774), 190–93. 2-92. Zhou, Y., Lin, F. C., Du, Y. S., et al. (2011). Gray matter abnormalities in Internet addiction: A voxel-based morphometry study. European Journal of Radiology, 79(1), 92–95. 2-93. Dayan, J., Bernard, A., Olliac, B., et al. (2010). Adolescent brain development, risk-taking and vulnerability to addiction. Journal of Physiology, Paris, 104(5), 279–86. 2-94. American Psychiatric Association (APA). (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, DSM-5. Arlington, VA.: American Psychiatric Association. 2-95. Khantzian, E. J., Dodes, L. and Brehm, N. M. (2005). Psychodynamics. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 97–107). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 2-96. Shoptaw, S. (2011). Psychological factors (in determinants of abuse and dependence). In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 79–87). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 2-97. Smith, D. E. and Seymour, R. B. (2001). The Clinician’s Guide to Substance Abuse. Center City, MN: Hazelden/McGraw-Hill. 2-98. Uhl, G. R. and Grow, R. L. (2004). The burden of complex genetics in brain disorders. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61, 223–29. 2-99. NIDA Notes. (2008). New technique links 89 genes to drug dependence. NIDA Notes, 22(1). 2-100. LeDoux, J. E. (2004). The Emotional Brain. New York: Simon and Schuster. 2-101. McGaugh, J. L. (2006). Memory and Emotion. New York: Columbia University Press. 2-102. Enoch, M. A. (2010). The role of early life stress as a predictor for alcohol and drug dependence. Psychopharmacology (Berlin), 214(1), 17–31. 2-103. Schroeder, B. E., Holahan, M. R., Landry, C. F., et al. (2000). Morphineassociated environmental cues elicit conditioned gene expression. Synapse, 37(2), 146–58. 2-104. Covington, H. E. III and Miczek, K. A. (2005). Intense cocaine selfadministration after episodic social defeat stress but not after aggressive behavior. Psychopharmacology 183(3), 331–40. 2-105. Ciccocioppo, R., Sanna, P. P. and Weiss, F. (2001). Cocaine-predictive stimulus induces drug-seeking behavior and neural activation in limbic brain regions after multiple months of abstinence: Reversal by D(1) antagonists. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 98(4), 1976–81. 2-106. Peele, S. and Brodsky, A. (1991). The Truth about Addiction and Recovery. New York: Simon and Schuster. 2-107. Heath, A. C., Bucholz, K. K., Madden, P. A., et al. (1997). Genetic and environmental contributions to alcohol dependence risk in a national twin sample: Consistency of findings in women and men. Psychological Medicine, 27(6), 1381–96. 2-108. Mardones, J. (1951). On the relationship between deficiency of B vitamins and alcohol intake in rats. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 12(4), 563–75. 2-109. Pothos, E. N. (2001). The effects of extreme nutritional conditions on the neurochemistry of reward and addiction. Acta Astronautica, 49(3–10), 391–97. 2-110. Robison, A. J., and Nestler, E. J. (2011). Transcriptional and epigenetic mechanisms of addiction. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 12, 623–37. 2-111. Spragg, S. D. S. (1940). Morphine addiction in chimpanzees. Comparative Psychology Monograph, 15(7), 1–132. 2-112. Tsai, G., Gastfriend, D. R. and Coyle, J. T. (1995). The glutamatergic basis of human alcoholism. American Journal of Psychiatry, 152(3), 332–40. 2-113. Wickelgren, I. (1998). Teaching the brain to take drugs. Science, 280(5372), 2045–46. 2-114. Hoffman, J. and Froemke, S. (2007). Addiction: Why Can’t They Just Stop? New York: Rodale. 2-115. Koob, G. F. (March 30, 1998). An Interview with George Koob, M.D., Close to Home. http://www.pbs.org/wnet/closetohome/science/html/koob. html (accessed April 21, 2014).
2-116. Volkow, N. D. and Ting-Kai Li, T. K. (2009). Drug addiction: The neurobiology of behavior gone awry. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 3–12). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2-117. Scherrer, J. F., Xian, H., Kapp, J. M., et al. (2007). Association between exposure to childhood and lifetime traumatic events and lifetime pathological gambling in a twin cohort. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 195(1), 72–78. 2-118. Schuckit, M. A. (2009). An overview of genetic influences in alcoholism. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 36(1), S5–S14. 2-119. Shaffer, H. (February 28, 1998). Lecture to casino executives, Las Vegas gaming convention. Medford Mail Tribune, p. A2. 2-120. Liu, Q. R., Drgon, T., Johnson, C., et al. (2006). Addiction molecular genetics; 639,401 SNP whole genome association identifies many “cell adhesion” genes. American Journal of Medical Genetics Part B, Neuropsychiatric Genetics, 141B(8), 918–25. 2-121. Beck, M. (February 8, 2011). In search of alcoholism genes. Wall Street Journal, pp. D1, D3. 2-122. Goodwin, D. W. (1976). Is Alcoholism Hereditary? New York: Oxford University Press. 2-123. Nurnberger, J. I., Jr., Foroud, T., Flury, L., et al. (2001). Evidence for a locus on chromosome 1 that influences vulnerability to alcoholism and affective disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158(5), 718–24. 2-124. Cloninger, C. R. (1987). Neurogenetic adaptive mechanisms in alcoholism. Science, 236(4800), 410–16. 2-125. Schuckit, M. A. (1986). Genetic and clinical implications of alcoholism and affective disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 143(2), 140–47. 2-126. Slutske, W. S., Zhu, G., Meier, M. H., et al. (2010). Genetic and environmental influences on disordered gambling in men and women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 67(6), 624–30. 2-127. Verweij, K. J., Zietsch, B. P., Lynskey, M. T. (2010). Genetic and environmental influences on cannabis use initiation and problematic use: A metanalysis of twin studies. Addiction, 105(3), 417–30. 2-128. Noble, E. P., Blum, K., Ritchie, T., et al. (1991). Allelic association of the D2 dopamine receptor gene with receptor-binding characteristics in alcoholism. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48(7), 648–54. 2-129. Feingold, A., Ball, S. A., Kranzler, H. R. and Rounsaville, B. J. (1996). Generalizability of the type A/type B distinction across different psychoactive substances. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 22(3), 449–62. 2-130. Volkow, N. D., Fowler, J. S., Wang, G. J., et al. (1993). Decreased dopamine D2 receptor availability is associated with reduced frontal metabolism in cocaine abusers. Synapse, 14(2), 169–77. 2-131. Volkow, N. D., Fowler, J. S., Wang, G. J., et al. (2009). Imaging dopamine’s role in drug abuse and addiction. Neuropharmacology, 56(suppl. 1), 3–8. 2-132. Volkow, N. D., Wang, G. J., Begleiter, H., et al. (2006). High levels of dopamine D2 receptors in unaffected members of alcoholic families: Possible protective factors. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63(9), 999–1008. 2-33. Nestler, E. J. (2009). From neurobiology to treatment: Progress against addiction. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller, and R. Saitz eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (3rd ed., pp. 39–44). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 2-134. Zhang, J., Walsh, R. R. and Xu, M. (2000). Probing the role of the dopamine D1 receptor in psychostimulant addiction. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 914, 13–21. 2-135. Blum, K., Cull, J. G., Braverman, E. R. and Comings, D. E. (1996). Reward deficiency syndrome. American Scientist, 84, 132–45. 2-136. Blum, K., Braverman, E. R., Holder, J. M., et al. (2000). Reward deficiency syndrome: A biogenetic model for the diagnosis and treatment of impulsive, addictive, and compulsive behaviors. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(suppl. i–iv), 1–112. 2-137. Cloninger, C. R., Bohman, M. and Sigvardson, S. (1996). Type I and type II alcoholism: An update. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20(1), 18–23. 2-138. Nguyen, T. A., Jeffner, J. L., Lin, S. W., et al. (2011). Genetic factors in the risk for substance use disorders. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 35–54). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 2-139. Schuckit, M. A. and Smith, T. L. (2001). The clinical course of alcohol dependence associated with a low level of response to alcohol. Addiction, 96(6), 903–10.
References 2-140. Comings, D. E., Gonzales, N., Saucier, G., et al. (2000). The DRD4 gene and the spiritual transcendence scale of the character temperament index. Psychiatric Genetics, 10(4), 185–89. 2-141. Broadfoot, M. V. (November 7, 2010). UNC team identifies a tipsy gene. Charlotte Observer. 2-142. Crabbe, J. C., Phillips, T. J., Harris, R. A., Arends, M. A. and Koob, G. F. (2006). Alcohol-related genes: Contributions from studies with genetically engineered mice. Addiction Biology, 11(3–4), 195–269. 2-143. Edenberg, H. J. and Foroud, T. (2006). The genetics of alcoholism: Identifying specific genes. Addiction Biology, 11(3–4), 386–96. 2-144. Johnson, E. O., Chen, L. S., Breslau, N., et al. (2010). Peer smoking and the nicotinic receptor genes: An examination of genetic and environmental risks for nicotine dependence. Addiction, 105(11), 2014–22. 2-145. Hayner, G. N. (2005). The pathogenesis of addiction. California Pharmacist, LII(1), 14–16. 2-145A. Pergardia, M. L., Glowinski, A. L., Wray, N. R., et al. (2011). A 3p26-3p25 genetic linkage finding for DSM-IV major depression in heavy smoking families. American Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 848–52. 2-146. Blum, K., Fornari, F., Downs, B. W., et al. (2011). Genetic addiction risk score (GARS): Testing for polygenetic predisposition and risk to reward deficiency syndrome (RDS). In C. Cang, ed. Gene Therapy Applications (pp. 541–9). doi: 10.5772/20067 (accessed May 15, 2014). 2-147. Begleiter, H. (1980). Biological Effects of Alcohol. New York: Plenum Press. 2-148. Enoch, M., White, K. V., Harris, C. R., et al. (2001). Alcohol use disorders and anxiety disorders: Relation to the P300 event-related potential. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 25(9), 1293–1300. 2-149. Mueser, K. T., Salyers, M. P., Rosenberg, S. D., et al. (2004). Interpersonal trauma and post-traumatic stress disorder in patients with severe mental illness: Demographic, clinical, and health correlates. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 30(1), 45–57. 2-150. Bartzokis, G., Beckson, M., Lu, P. H., et al. (2001). Age-related changes in frontal and temporal lobe volumes in men. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58(5), 461–65. 2-151. Nelson, E. C., Heath, A. C., Lynskey, M. T., et al. (2006). Childhood sexual abuse and risks for licit and illicit drug-related outcomes: A twin study. Psychological Medicine, 36(10), 1473–83. 2-152. Fields, H. L., Hjelmstad, G. O., Margolis, E. B., et al. (2007). Ventral tegmental area neurons in learned appetitive behavior and positive reinforcement. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 30, 289–316. 2-153. McGaugh, J. L. (2006). Memory and Emotion. New York: Columbia University Press. 2-154. Reuter, M., Netter, P., Roqausch, A., et al. (2002). The role of cortisol suppression on craving for and satisfaction from nicotine in high and low impulsive subjects. Human Psychopharmacology, 17(5), 213–24. 2-155. Lamarque, S., Taghzouti, K. and Simon, H. (2001). Chronic treatment with Delta(9)-tetrahydrocannabinol enhances the locomotor response to amphetamine and heroin: Implications for vulnerability to drug addiction. Neuropharmacology, 41(1), 118–29. 2-156. Cadet, J. L., Ordonez, S. V. and Ordonez, J. V. (1997). Methamphetamine induces apoptosis in immortalized neural cells: Protection by the protooncogene, bcl-2. Synapse, 25(2), 176–84. 2-157. Trauth, J. A., Seidler, F. J., Ali, S. F. and Slotkin, T. A. (2001). Adolescent nicotine exposure produces immediate and long-term changes in CNS noradrenergic and dopaminergic function. Brain Research, 892(2), 269–80. 2-158. Carlson, J., Noguchi, K., and Ellison, G. (2001). Nicotine produces selective degeneration in the medical habenula and fasciculus retroflexus. Brain Research, 906(1, 2), 127–34. 2-158. Schuster, C. R., and Johanson, C. E. (1981). An analysis of drug-seeking behavior in animals. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 5, 315–23. 2-159. Petry, M. M. (2005). Pathological Gambling: Etiology, Comorbidity, and Treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. 2-160. Grant, J. E., Odlaug, B. A. and Potenza, M. N. (2009). Pathological gambling: Clinical characteristics and treatment. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 509–18). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 2-161. Koepp, M. J., Gunn, R. N., Lawrence, A. D., et al. (1998). Evidence for striatal dopamine release during a video game. Nature, 393(6682), 266–68. 2-162. Wang, G. J., Volkow, N. D., Logan, J., et al. (2001). Brain dopamine and obesity. Lancet, 357(9253), 354–57.
R.5
2-163. Takahashi, H., Fujie, S., Camerer, C., et al., (2012). Norepinephrine in the brain associated with aversion to financial losses. Molecular Psychiatry, 18, 3–4. 2-164. National Research Council. (1999). Pathological Gambling: A Critical Review. Committee on the Social and Economic Impact of Pathological Gambling. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. 2-165. Grant, J. E., Potenza, M. N., Weinstein, A., Gorelick, D. A. (2010). Introduction to behavioral addictions. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 36(5), 233–41. 2-166. Potenza, M. N. (2001). The neurobiology of pathological gambling. Seminars in Clinical Neuropsychiatry, 6(3), 217–26. 2-167. Li, T. K. and Lumeng, L. (1984). Alcohol preference and voluntary alcohol intakes of inbred rat strains and the National Institutes of Health heterogeneous stock of rats. Alcoholism, 8(5), 485–86. 2-168. Olsen, C. M. and Winder, D. G. (2010). Operant sensation seeking in the mouse. Journal of Visualized Experiments, 45, 2292. 2-169. Cannon, D. S. and Carrell, L. E. (1987). Rat strain differences in ethanol self-administration and taste aversion learning. Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior, 28(1), 57–63. 2-170. Grahame, N. J. and Cunningham, C. L. (1997). Intravenous ethanol self-administration in C57BL/6J and DBA/2J mice. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 21(1), 56–62. 2-171. Camarini, R. and Hodge, C. W. (2004). Ethanol preexposure increases ethanol self-administration in C57BL/6J and DBA/2J mice. Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior. 79(4), 623–32. 2-172. Li, T. K., Lumeng, L., McBride, W. J., et al. (1986). Studies on an animal model of alcoholism. In M. C. Braude and H. M. Chao, eds. Genetic and Biological Markers in Drug Abuse and Alcoholism. NIDA Research Monograph 66. Rockville, MD. 2-173. Wheeler, J. M., Reed, C., Burkhart-Kasch, S., et al. (2009), Genetically correlated effects of selective breeding for high and low methamphetamine consumption. Genes, Brain, and Behavior, 8(8), 758–71. 2-174. Eisen, S. A., Lin, N., Lyons, M. J., et al. (1998). Familial influences on gambling behavior. Addiction, 93(9), 1375–84. 2-175. Clark, D. B., Moss, H. B., Kirisci, L., Mezzich, A. C., Miles, R. and Ott, P. (1997). Psychopathology in preadolescent sons of fathers with substance use disorders. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 36(4), 495–502. 2-176. Dackis, C. and O’Brien, C. (2005). Neurobiology of addiction: Treatment and public policy ramifications. Nature Neuroscience, 8(11), 1431–36.
Chapter 3 3-1. SAMHSA. (2013). Household Drug Survey for 2012. http://www.samhsa.gov/ data/NSDUH/2012SummNatFindDetTables/Index.aspx (accessed February 18, 2014). 3-2. Schumpeter blog. (November 22, 2012). American jitters. The Economist. http://www.economist.com/blogs/schumpeter/2012/11/coffee-and-tea (accessed January 22, 2014). 3-3. National Coffee Association. (2013). National coffee drinking trends 2013. http://www.ncausa.org/i4a/pages/index.cfm?pageID=731 (accessed February 18, 2014). 3-4. Business Insider. (2013). America drinks so much soda, they literally had to expand this chart to fit it in. http://www.businessinsider.com/americansoda-consumption-a-huge-outlier-2013-9 (accessed October 18, 2013). 3-5. UNODC Global Smart Program. (2010). 3-6. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. (2013). Smoking and Tobacco Use (Gutka). http://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/fact_ sheets/smokeless/betel_quid/ (accessed October 18, 2013). 3-7. Schmidt, H. D., Anderson, S. M., Famous, K. R., et al. (2005). Anatomy and pharmacology of cocaine priming-induced reinstatement of drug seeking. European Journal of Pharmacology, 526(1–3), 65–76. 3-8. Childress, A. R., Mozley, P. D., McElgin, W., et al. (1999). Limbic activation during cue-induced cocaine craving. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156(1), 11–18. 3-9. Hill, K. P. and Weiss, R. D. (2011). Amphetamines and other stimulants. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 238–54). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer.
R.6
References
3-10. Paczynski, R. P. and Gold, M. S. (2011). Cocaine and crack. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 191–213). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 3-11. Kuczenski R., Segal D. S., Melega W. P., et al. (2009). Human methamphetamine pharmacokinetics simulated in the rat: behavioral and neurochemical effects of a 72-h binge. Neuropsychopharmacology, 34(11), 2430–41. 3-12. Madhavan, A., Argilli, E., Bonci, A. and Whistler, J. L. (2013). Loss of D2 dopamine receptor function modulates cocaine-induced glutamatergic synaptic potentiation in the ventral tegmental area. Journal of Neuroscience, 33(30), 12329–36. 3-13. Grinspoon, L. and Bakalar, J. B. (1985). Cocaine: A Drug and Its Social Evolution. New York: Basic Books. 3-14. Karch, S. B. (2001). The Pathology of Drug Abuse. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 3-15. UNODC. (2013). World Drug Report. http://www.unodc.org/unodc/ secured/wdr/wdr2013/World_Drug_Report_2013.pdf. (accessed October 1, 2013). 3-16. Karch, S. B. (2005). A Brief History of Cocaine (2nd ed.). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 3-17. USDOJ. (2009C). Domestic Cannabis cultivation assessment, 2009. National Drug Intelligence Center. 3-18. USDOJ. (2013). USDOJ. (2011). National Drug Threat Assessment. National Drug Intelligence Center. http://www.justice.gov/ndic/ pubs38/38661/38661p.pdf (accessed October 14, 2013). 3-19. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC.htm (accessed October 3, 2013). 3-20. DEA-Drugs. (2013). Drugs of Abuse. http://www.justice.gov/dea/pr/ multimedia-library/publications/drug_of_abuse.pdf#page=45 (accessed January 15, 2014). 3-21. ADAM (2013). Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program II). http://www. whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/Fact_Sheets/adamfactsheet_ for_web.pdf (accessed October 21, 2013). 3-22. Monardes, N. (1577). Joyfull Newes Out of the Newe Founde Worlde. Translated by J. Frampton. (1967). New York: AMS Press. 3-23. Rätsch, C. (2005). The Encyclopedia of Psychoactive Plants. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press. 3-24. Guttmacher, H. (1885). New medications and therapeutic techniques concerning the different cocaine preparations and their effects. In R. Byck, ed. The Cocaine Papers of Sigmund Freud (1974). New York: Stonehill. 3-25. Aldrich, M. R. (1994). Historical notes on women addicts. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(1), 61–64. 3-26. Smith, D. E. and Seymour, R. B. (2001). The Clinician’s Guide to Substance Abuse. Center City, MN: Hazelden/McGraw-Hill. 3-27. Meyer, J. S. and Quenzer, L. F. (2005). Psychopharmacology: Drugs, the Brain, and Behavior. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates. 3-28. Washton, A. and Zweben, J. E. (2009). Cocaine and Methamphetamine Addiction. New York: W. W. Norton. 3-29. Volkow, N. D., Fowler, J. S., Wang, G. J. (1997). Relationship between subjective effects of cocaine and dopamine transporter occupancy. Nature, 386, 827–30. 3-30. Volkow, N. D., Fowler, J. S., Wang, G. J. et al. (2005). The slow and long-lasting blockade of dopamine transporters in human brain induced by the new antidepressant drug radafaxine predict poor reinforcing effects. Biological Psychiatry, 57(6), 640–46. 3-31. Park, K., Volkow, N. D., Pan, Y and Du, C. (2013). Chronic cocaine dampens dopamine signaling during cocaine intoxication and unbalances D1 over D2 receptor signaling. Journal of Neuroscience, 33(40), 15827–36. 3-32. Breiter, H., Gollub, R., Weisskoss, R., et al. (1997). Acute effects of cocaine on human brain activity and emotion. Neuron, 19, 591–611. 3-33. Smith, D. E., Wesson, D. R. and Apter-Marsh, M. (1984). Cocaine- and alcohol-induced sexual dysfunction in patients with addictive diseases. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 16(4), 359–61. 3-34. Brookoff, D., O’Brien, K. K., Cook, C. S., Thompson, T. D. and Williams, C. (1997). Characteristics of participants in domestic violence: Assessment at the scene of domestic assault. JAMA, 277(17), 1369–72. 3-35. Landry, M. (1992). An overview of cocaethylene. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(3), 273–76. 3-36. Repetto, M. and Gold, M. S. (2005). Cocaine and crack: Neurobiology. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance
Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 195–217). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 3-37. Pennings, E. J., Leccese, A. P. and Wolfe, F. A. (2002). Effects of concurrent use of alcohol and cocaine. Addiction, 97(7), 773–83. 3-38. Randall, T. (1992). Cocaine, alcohol mix in body to form even longer lasting, more lethal drugs. JAMA, 267, 1043–44. 3-39. Tardiff, K., Marzuk, P. M., Leon, A. C., et al. (1994). Homicide in New York City: Cocaine use and firearms. JAMA, 272, 43–46. 3-40. Tuncel, M., Wang, Z., Arbique, D., Fadel, P. J., Victor, R. G. and Vongpatanasin, W. (2002). Mechanism of the blood pressure–raising effect of cocaine in humans. Circulation, 105(9), 1054–59. 3-41. Gold, M. S. and Jacobs, W. S. (2005). Cocaine and crack: Clinical aspects. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 403–20). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 3-42. Lai, S., Lima, J. A., Lai, H., et al. (2005). Human immunodeficiency virus infections, cocaine, and coronary calcification. Archives of Internal Medicine, 165(6), 690–95. 3-43. Bauer, C. R., Langer, J. S., Shankaran, S., et al. (2005). Acute neonatal effects of cocaine exposure during birth. Archives of Pediatric Adolescent Medicine, 159(9), 824–34. 3-44. Frank, D. A., Augustyn, M., Knight, W. G., et al. (2001). Growth, development, and behavior in early childhood following prenatal cocaine exposure: A systematic review. JAMA, 285(12), 1613–25. 3-45. Richardson, G. A., Goldschmidt, L., Larkby, C., and Day N. L. (2013). Effects of prenatal cocaine exposure on child behavior and growth at 10 years of age. NeurotoxicologyandTeratology. Prepublication. 3-46. Singer, K. T., Arendt, R., Minnes, S., et al. (2002). Cognitive and motor outcomes of cocaine-exposed infants. JAMA, 287, 1952–60. 3-47. Stainaker, T. A., Roesch, M. R., Franz, T. M., et al. (2007). Cocaineinduced decision-making deficits are mediated by miscoding in basolateral amygdala. Nature Neuroscience, 10(8), 949–512. 3-48. Stainaker, T. A., Roesch, M. R., Franza T. M., et al. (2006). Abnormal associative encoding in orbitofrontal neurons in cocaine-experienced rats during decision-making. European Journal of Neuroscience, 24(9). 3-48A. Madhavan, A., Argilli, E., Bonci, A., Whistler, J. L. (2013). Loss of D2 dopamine receptor function modulates cocaine-induced glutamatergic synaptic potentiation in the ventral tegmental area. Journal of Neuroscience, 33(30), 12329–36. 3-49. American Psychiatric Association (APA). 2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, DSM-5. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association. 3-50. Erb, S. (2009). Evaluation of the relationship between anxiety during withdrawal and stress-induced reinstatement of cocaine seeking. Progress in Neuropsychopharmacology and Biology Psychiatry, 34(5), 798–807. 3-51. Gorelick, D. A. (2009). The pharmacology of cocaine, amphetamines, and other stimulants. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 707–722). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 3-52. Beveredge, T. J. R., Smith, H. R., Daunais, J. B., et al. (2006). Chronic cocaine self-administration is associated with altered functional activity in the temporal lobes of nonhuman promates. European Journal of Neuroscience, 23(11), 109–18. 3-53. Briand, L. A., Flagel, S. B., Seeman, P. and Robinson, T. E. (2008). Cocaine self-administration produces a persistent increase in dopamine D2 high receptors. European Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 18(8), 551–56. 3-54. DAWN (Drug Abuse Warning Network. (2013). Highlights Data, Outcomes, and Quality. http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2k13/DAWN127/ sr127-DAWN-highlights.htm (accessed September 30, 2013). 3-55. Brand, H. S., Gonggrijp, S. and Blanksma. (2008). Cocaine and oral health. British Dental Journal, 204(7), 365–69. 3-56. Palmer, C. (August 18, 2005). Meth mouth tells devastating story. American Dental Association News. 3-57. Lindner, J. D., Monkemuller, K. E., Raijman, I., et al. (2000). Cocaineassociated ischemic colitis. Southern Medical Journal, 93(9), 909–13. 3-58. Darras, M., Koppel, B. S. and Atas-Radzion, E. (1994). Cocaine induced choreoathetoid movements (“crack dancing”). Neurology, 44(4), 751–52. 3-59. Kamath, S. and Bajaj, N. (2007). Crack dancing in the United Kingdom: Apropos a video case presentation. Movement Disorders, 22(8), 1190–91. 3-60. Stahl, S. M. (2008). Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
References 3-61. Satel, J. A. and Lieberman, J. A. (1991). Schizophrenia and substance abuse. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 16(2), 401–12. 3-62. Schmitz, J. M. and Stotts, A. L. (2011). Nicotine. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 319–35). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 3-63. Larocque, A. and Hoffman, R. S. (2012). Levamisole in cocaine: unexpected news from an old acquaintance. Clinical Toxicology, 50(4), 231–41. 3-64. DrugID. (2010). Drug Identification Bible. Grand Junction, CO: AmeraChem. (1-83, 4-7). 3-65. Roth, M. D., Tashkin, D. P., Choi, R., Jamieson, B. D., Zack, J. A. (2002). Cocaine enhances human immunodeficiency. Journal of Infectious Diseases, 185(5), 1–5. 3-66. Hamid, A. (1992). The developmental cycle of a drug epidemic: The cocaine-smoking epidemic of 1981–91. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(4), 337–48. 3-67. TEDS. (2012). Treatment Episode Data Sets (TEDS)—2010. http:// wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/webt/tedsweb/tab_year.choose_year_web_table?t_ state=US (accessed, September 30, 2013). 3-68. Jeri, F. R., Sanchez, C., Del Pozo, T. and Fernandez, M. (1992). The syndrome of coca paste. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(2), 173–82. 3-68A. Huff Post World. (October 30, 2013).Oxidado: new drug sweeping Brazil ‘More toxic than crack’ (video). http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2011/06/02/ oxidado-new-drug-sweeping_n_870352.html (accessed February 18, 2014). 3-68B. Phillips, T. (May 30, 2011). Oxi: twice as powerful as crack cocaine at just a fraction of the price. The Guardian. http://www.theguardian.com/ society/2011/may/30/oxi-crack-cocaine-south-america (accessed October 30, 2013). 3-68C. Siegel, R. K. (1992). Cocaine freebase use: A new smoking disorder. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(2), 183–209. 3-69. Castilla, J., Barrio, G., Belza, M. and de la Fuente, L. (1999). Drug and alcohol consumption and sexual risk behavior among young adults: Results from a national survey. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 56, 47–53. 3-70. Goldsmith, R. J., Ries R. K. and Yuodelis-Flores, C. (2009). Substanceinduced mental disorders. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1139–50). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 3-71. Greenbaum, E. (1993). Blackened bronchoalveolar lavage fluid in crack smokers, a preliminary study. American Journal of Clinical Pathology, 100, 481–87. 3-72. Wesson, D. R., Smith, D. E. and Steffens, S. C. (1992). Crack and Ice: Treating Smokable Stimulant Abuse. Center City, MN: Hazelden. 3-73. USDOJ. (2013). Street Gangs. http://www.justice.gov/criminal/ocgs/ gangs/street.html (accessed January 22, 2014). 3-74. Edlin, B. R., Irwin, K. L. and Faruque, S. (1994). Intersecting epidemics: Crack cocaine use and HIV infection among inner-city young adults. New England Journal of Medicine, 331, 1422–27. 3-75. USDOJ. (2013). Prisoners and prisoner reentry. http://www.justice.gov/ archive/fbci/progmenu_reentry.html (accessed January 18, 2014). 3-76. Gonzalez Castro, F., Barrington, E. H., Walton, M. A. and Rawson, R. A. (2000). Cocaine and methamphetamine: Differential addiction rates. Psychology of Addiction Behavior, 14(4), 390–96. 3-77. Grinspoon, L. and Hedblom, P. (1975). The Speed Culture: Amphetamine Use and Abuse in America. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 3-78. Miller, M. and Kozel, N. (1995). Amphetamine epidemics. In J. H. Jaffee, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 110–17). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 3-79. Fukui, S., Wada, K. and Iyo, M. (1991). History and current use of methamphetamine in Japan. In S. Fukui et al., eds. Cocaine and Methamphetamine: Behavioral Toxicology, Clinical Pharmacology and Epidemiology. Tokyo: Drug Abuse Prevention Center. 3-80. Ellinwood, E. H. (1973). Amphetamine and stimulant drugs. Drug Use in America: Problem in Perspective. Second report. Marijuana and Drug Abuse Commission, 140–57. 3-81. NIDA. (2010). NIDA InfoFacts: Methamphetamine. http://www.nida.nih. gov/Infofacts/methamphetamine.html (accessed October 15, 2013). 3-82. Cabaj, R. P. (2005). Gays, lesbians, and bisexuals. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1129–41). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 3-83. Sanello, F. (2005). Tweakers: How Crystal Meth Is Ravaging Gay America. Los Angeles: Alyson Books.
R.7
3-83A. Bajko, M. S. (November 13, 2013). Study: Gay men’s meth use declines. Bay Area Reporter. http://www.ebar.com/news/article.php?sec= newsandarticle=68541 (accessed November 13, 2013). 3-84. Keefe, J. D. (2001). Clandestine methamphetamine laboratories. DEA congressional testimony by Joseph D. Keefe, Chief of Operations, DEA. July 12, 2001. http://www.usdoj.gov/dea/pubs/cngrtest/ct071201.htm (accessed April 5, 2011). 3-85. DEA. (2013). Methamphetamine. http://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/ drug_chem_info/meth.pdf (accessed October 24, 2013). 3-86. Lee, S. J. (2006). Overcoming Crystal Meth Addiction. New York: Marlowe. 3-87. Juozapavicius. (August 25, 2009). Streamlined meth recipe can be made in soda bottle. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A2. 3-88. Barnett, J. (March 10, 2006). Bush signs bill to fight spread of meth. Oregonian, p. 1. 3-89. Fries, A., Anthody, R. W., Cseko, A. Jr., et al. (2008). The Price and Purity of Illicit Drugs: 1981–2007. http://www.whitehouse.gov/ondcp/price-andpurity (accessed January 22, 2014). 3-90. ONDCP Data. (2011). ONDCP, Data Supplement. http://www.whitehouse. gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/2011_data_supplement. pdf (accessed October 24, 2013). 3-91. DEA. (2013). Methamphetamine lab incidents. http://www.justice.gov/dea/ resource-center/meth-lab-maps.shtml (accessed October 25, 2013). 3-92. Havocscope (2013). Global Blackmarket: Street price of ya ba in Thailand. http://www.havocscope.com/street-price-of-yaba-in-thailand/ (October 25, 2013). 3-93. Jacobs, A. (February 21, 2006). Battling HIV: Counselors reach out at the junction of sex and crystal meth. New York Times, p. C12. 3-94. Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., Wang, G. J., et al. (2001). Loss of dopamine transporters in methamphetamine abusers recovers with protracted abstinence. Journal of Neuroscience, 21(23), 9414–18. 3-95. Thompson, P. M., Hayashi, K. M., Simon, S. L., et al. (2004). Structural abnormalities in the brain of human subjects who use methamphetamine. Journal of Neuroscience, 24(26), 6028–36. 3-96. Koob, G. F. and Volkow, N. D. (2010). Neurocircuitry of addiction. Neuropsychopharmacology, 35, 217–38. 3-97. Wang, G. J., Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., et al. (2004). Partial recovery of brain metabolism in methamphetamine abusers after protracted abstinence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161(2), 242–48. 3-98. London, E. D., Simon, S. L., Berman, S. M., et al. (2004). Mood disturbances and regional cerebral metabolic abnormalities in recently abstinent methamphetamine abusers. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61(1), 73–84. 3-99. Paulus, M. P., Tapert, S. F. and Schuckit, M. A. (2005). Neural activation patterns of methamphetamine dependent subjects during decision making predict relapse. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62(7), 761–68. 3-100. Ravenel, M. C., Salinas, C. F., Marlow, N. M., et al. (2012). Methamphetamine abuse and oral health: a pilot study of “meth mouth.” Quintessence International, 43(3), 229–37. 3-101. Paz, M. S., Smith, L. M., LaGrasse, L. L. (2009). Maternal depression and neurobehavior in newborns prenatally exposed to methamphetamine. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 31(3), 177–82. 1-101A. Behnke, M., Smith, V. C., Committee on Substance Abuse; Committee on Fetus and Newborn. (2013). Prenatal substance abuse: short- and long-term effects on the exposed fetus. Pediatrics, 131(3), 1009–24. 3-102. NIDA. (2009). Epidemiological Trends in Drug Abuse, (NIDA/CEWG). http://www.drugabuse.gov/sites/default/files/ cewgjune09vol1_web508.pdf (accessed January 10, 2014). 3-103. Sud, S. (June 22, 2005). New cold pills signal end for meth labs. Oregonian, p. 1. 3-104. Zhou, F. C. and Bledsoe, S. (1996). Methamphetamine causes rapid varicosis, perforation and definitive degeneration of serotonin fibers. Neuroscience Net, Vol. 1, Article 00009. 3-105. Richards, J. B., Baggot, M. J., Sabol, K. E. and Seiden, L. S. (1999). A high-dose methamphetamine regimen results in long-lasting deficits on performance. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 31(4). 3-106. Wilens, T. E., Farone, S. V., Biederman, J. and Gunawardena, S. (2003). Does stimulant therapy of ADHD beget later substance abuse? A meta analytic review of the literature. Pediatrics, 111, 174–85. 3-107. Flearing, R. M. and Boyd, L. B. (2007). The longitudinal effects of fenfluramine-phentermine use. Angiology, 58(3), 355–59.
R.8
References
3-108. Furman, L. (2005). What is ADHD? Journal of Child Neurology, 20(12), 994–1002. 3-109. NIH. (2012). Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder. http://www.nimh. nih.gov/health/publications/attention-deficit-hyperactivity-disorder/index. shtml (accessed October 25, 2013) (3-25). 3-110. Levin, F. R., Mariani, J. J. and Sullivan, M. A. (2009). Co-occurring addictive and attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1211–26). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 3-111. Rapport, M. D., Bolden, J., Kofler, M. J. et al. (2009). Hyperactivity in boys with ADHD: A ubiquitous core symptom or manifestation of working memory deficits. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 37(4), 521–34. 3-111. A. Gold, M. S., Blum, K., Oscar-Berman, M. and Braverman, E. R. (2014). Low dopamine function in attention deficit disorder should genotyping signify early diagnosis in children. Postgraduate Medicine, 126(1). 3-112. Amen, D. J. (2013). ADHD ADD. http://www.amenclinics.com/ (accessed October 25, 2013). 3-113. Castellanos, F. X., Lee, P. L., Sharp, W., et al. (2002). Developmental trajectories of brain volume abnormalities in children and adolescents with ADHD. JAMA, 288, 1740–48. 3-114. Krain, A. L. and Castellanos, F. X. (February 8, 2006). Brain development and ADHD. Clinical Psychology Revue, 26(4), 433–44. 3-115. Gualtieri, C. T. and Johnson, L. G. (2006). Efficient allocation of attentional resources in patients with ADHD. Journal of Attention Disorders, 9(3), 534–42. 3-116. Kofler, M. J., Rapport, M. D., Bolden, et al. (2009). ADHD and Working Memory. Journal of Abnormal Child Psychology, 38(21), 149–61. 3-117. WHO [World Health Organization]. (1998). International Classification of Diseases (ICD-10). 3-118. CDC. (2013). Attention Deficit Hyperactivity Disorder (ADHD). http:// www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/adhd.htm (accessed January 22, 2014). 3-119. Cuffe, S. E., Moore, C. G. and McKeown, R. E. (2005). Prevalence and correlates of ADHD symptoms in the National Health Interview Survey. Journal of Attention Disorders, 9(2), 392–401. 3-119A. Advisory Board Company. (2013). Astronomical rise in ADHD diagnoses raises questions. http://www.advisory.com/Daily-Briefing/2013/04/01/ Astronomical-rise-in-ADHD-diagnoses-raises-questions (accessed October 25, 2013). 3-120. Strine, T. W., Lesesne, C. A., Okoro, C. A., et al. (2006). Emotional and behavioral difficulties and impairments in everyday functioning among children with a history of ADHD. Preventing Chronic Disease, 3(2), A52. 3-121. Biederman, J., Wilens, T., Mick, E., et al. (1999). Pharmacotherapy of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder reduces risk for substance use disorder. Pediatrics, 104(2), e20. 3-122. Cantwell, D. P. (1996). Attention-deficit disorder: A review of the past 10 years. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 35, 978–87. 3-123. Pliszka, S. R. (1998). Comorbidity of AD/HD in children. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59 (suppl. 7), 50–58. 3-124. Faraone, S. V. and Biederman, J. (2005). What is the prevalence of adult ADHD? Results of a population screen of 966 adults. Journal of Attention Disorders, 9(2), 384–91. 3-125. Mannuzza, S., Klein, R. G., Bonagura, N., Malloy, P. and Giampino, T. L. (1991). Hyperactive boys almost grown up. Archives of General Psychiatry, 48, 565–76. 3-126. Gainetdinov, R. R., Wetwel, W. C., Jones, S. R., et al. (1999). Role of serotonin in the paradoxical calming effect of psychostimulants on hyperactivity. Science, 283(5400), 397–401. 3-127. Volkow, N. D., Fowler, J. S., Wang, G., et al. (2002). Mechanism of action of methylphenidate: Insights from PET imaging studies. Journal of Attention Disorders, 6(1), 431–43. 3-128. Harris, G. (December 31, 2011). FDA finds short supply of attention deficit drugs. New York Times, p 1-4. 3-129. Arnold L. E., Hurt, E., and Lofthouse N. (2013). ADHD disorder: dietary and nutritional treatments. Child Adolescent Psychiatric Clinic of North America, 22(3), 381-402. 3-129A. MTA Cooperative Group. (1999). A 14-month randomized clinical trial of treatment strategies for AD/HD. Archives of General Psychiatry, 56(12), 1073–86. 3-130. Sepúlveda, D. R., Thomas, L. M., McCabe, S. E., et al. (2011). Misuse of prescribed stimulant medication for ADHD and associated patterns of
substance use: preliminary analysis among college students. Journal of Pharmacy Practice, 24(6), 551–60. 3-131. Setlik, J., Bond, G. R. and Ho, M. (2009). Adolescent prescription ADHD medication abuse is rising along with prescriptions for those medications. Pediatrics, 124, 875–80. 3-132. Rabiner, D. L., Anastopoulos, A. D., Costelly, E. J., et al. (2009). The misuse and diversion of prescribed ADD medications by college students. Journal of Attention Disorders, 13(2), 144–53. 3-133. ADDitude. (2010). Uncle Sam Doesn’t Want You. http://www. additudemag.com/adhd/article/801.html (accessed October 25, 2013). 3-134. Horner, B. R. and Scheibe, K. E. (1997). Prevalence and implications of AD/HD among adolescents in treatment for substance abuse. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry. 36(1), 30–36. 3-135. Wilens, T. E., Farone, S. V., Biederman, J. and Gunawardena, S. (2003). Does stimulant therapy of ADHD beget later substance abuse? A meta analytic review of the literature. Pediatrics, 111, 174–85. 3-135. Barkley, R. A. (September 10, 1998). Attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder. Scientific American. 3-136. Blum, K., Braverman, E. R., Holder, J. M., et al. (2000). Reward deficiency syndrome (RDS). Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(suppl.). 3-137. Waldman, I. D. and Gizer, I. R. (2006). The genetics of ADHD. Clinical Psychology Revue 26(4). 396–442. 3-138. Aebi, M., Muller, U. C., Asherson, P., et al. (2010). Predictability of oppositional defiant disorder and symptom dimensions in children and adolescents with ADHD combined type. Psychological Medicine, 12, 1–12. 3-139. NIH Research. (2008). NIH research suggest stimulant treatment for ADHD does not contribute to substance abuse later in life. NIDA News Release. http://www.nih.gov/news/health/apr2008/nida-01.htm (accessed January 19, 2014). 3-140. Faraone, S. V. and Glatt, S. J. (2009). A comparison of the efficacy of medications for ADHD disorder using meta-analysis of effect sizes. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 71(6), 754–63. 3-141. Kessler, R. C., Adler, L., Barkley, R., et al. (2006). The prevalence and correlates of adult ADHD in the United States: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(4), 716–23. 3-142. Kruger, J., Galuska, D. A., Serdula, M. K. and Jones, D. A. (2004). Attempting to lose weight: Specific practices among U.S. adults. American Journal of Prevention Medicine, 26(5), 402–6. 3-143. Morgan, J. P., Wesson, D. R., Puder, K. S. and Smith, D. E. (1987). Duplicitous drugs: The history and recent status of lookalike drugs. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 19(1), 21–31. 3-144. Tinsley, J. A. and Wadkins, D. D. (1998). Over-the-counter stimulants: Abuse and addiction. Mayo Clinic Proceedings, 73(10), 977–82. 3-145. Leinwand, D. (August 23, 2002B). U.S. seizures of narcotic shrub on the rise. USA Today, p. 1. 3-145A. Standard Reporter. Kenya. (November 4, 2013). Somali pirates laundering billions in Kenya ‘miraa’ trade. http://www.standardmedia.co.ke/ mobile/?articleID=2000096937andstory_title=somali-pirates-launderingbillions-in-kenya-miraa-trade (accessed January 22, 2014). 3-146. Dizikes, C. (January 3, 2009). Khat—is it more coffee or cocaine? Los Angeles Times. http://articles.latimes.com/2009/jan/03/nation/na-khat3 (accessed October 25, 2013). 3-147. Dhaifalah, I. and Santavy, J. (2004). Khat habit and its health effect: A natural amphetamine. Biomedical Papers, 148(1), 11–15. 3-148. Crenshaw, M. J. and Burke, T. D. (2004). Khat: A potential concern for law enforcement. FBI Law Enforcement Bulletin. http://www.fbi.gov/statsservices/publications/law-enforcement-bulletin/2004-pdfs/aug04leb.pdf (accessed December 25, 2013). 3-149. Kalix, P. (1994). Khat, an amphetamine-like stimulant. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(1), 69–73. 3-150. Al-Habori, M. (2005). The potential adverse effects of habitual use of Catha edulis (khat). Expert Opinion on Drug Safety, 4(6), 1145–54. 3-151. Goudie, A. and Newton, T. (1985). The puzzle of drug-induced taste aversion: Comparative studies with cathinone and amphetamine. Psychopharmacology, 87, 328–33. 3-152. Calkins, R. F., Aktan, G. B. and Hussain, K. L. (1995). Methcathinone: The next illicit stimulant epidemic? Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 27(3), 277–85. 3-153. Winstock, A., Marsden, J. and Micherson, L. (2010). What should be done about mephedrone? British Medical Journal, 340, 1605.
References 3-154. Townsend, M. (2010). New drug set to replace banned mephedrone as a legal high. Guardian.co.uk. http://www.theguardian.com/society/2010/ apr/18/drug-replace-ban-mephedrone (accessed January 21, 2014). 3-154A. Baumann, M. H., Partilla, J. S., Lehner, K. R., et al. (2012). Powerful cocaine-like actions of 3,4-methylenedioxy pyrovalerone (MDPV), a principal constituent of psychoactive “bath salts” products. Neuropsychopharmacology, 38(4), 552–62. 3-154B. Aarde, S. M., Huang, P. K., Creehan, K. M., et al. (2013). The novel recreational drug 3,4-methylenedioxy pyrovalerone (MDPV) is a potent psychomotor stimulant: self-administration and locomotor activity in rats. Neuropharmacology, 71, 130–40. 3-155. Ricaurte, B., Wong, D., Szabo, Z., et al. (1996). Reductions in brain dopamine and serotonin transporters detected in humans previously exposed to repeated high doses of methcathinone using PET. Society for Neuroscience Abstracts, 22, 1915. Also in NIDA Notes, 11(5). 3-156. Bibra, E. F. (1995). Plant Intoxicants: Betel and Related Substances. Rochester, VT: Healing Arts Press. 3-157. Chu, N. S. (2001). Effects of betel nut chewing on the central and autonomic nervous system. Journal of Biomedical Science, 8(3), 229–36. 3-158. Warnakulasuriva, S., Trivedy, C. and Peters, T. J. (2002). Editorial: Areca nut use: An independent risk for oral cancer. British Medical Journal, 324, 799–800. 3-159. Parsell, D. (2005). Palm-nut problem: Asian chewing habit linked to oral cancer. Science News, 167(3), 1–2. 3-160. Morales, A. (2000). Yohimbine in erectile dysfunction: The facts. International Journal of Impotence Research, 12 (suppl. S), 70–74. 3-161. Giampreti, A., Lonati, D., Locatelli, C. and Campailla, M. T. (2009). Acute neurotoxicity after yohimbine ingestion by a body builder. Clinical Toxicology (Phila), 47(8), 827–29. 3-162. Zanolari, B., Ndjoko, K., Isoset, J. R., Marston, A. and Hoslettmen, K. (2003). Qualitative and quantitative determination of yohimbine. Phytochemical Analysis, 14(4), 193–201. 3-163. DrugID. (2010). Drug Identification Bible. Grand Junction, CO: Amera-Chem. 3-164. Woolf, A. D., Watson, W. A., Smolinske, S. and Litovitz, T. (2005). The severity of toxic reactions to ephedra, 1993–2002. Clinical Toxicology (Phila), 43(5), 347–55. 3-165. Weinberg, B. A. and Bealer, B. K. (2001). The World of Caffeine. New York: Routledge. 3-166. Juliano, L. M., Anderson, B. L. and Griffiths, R. R. (2013). Caffeine. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 335–53). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 3-167. Starbucks. (2013). Starbucks Company Profile. http://globalassets .starbucks.com/assets/F62C45CD8A8B4699BEFC60A2618F0431.pdf (accessed October 15, 2013). 3-168. Loxcell. (2013). Loxcell Starbucks Maps. http://www.loxcel.com/sbuxfaq.html (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-169. Marketwatch. (2013). Starbucks Corp. http://www.marketwatch.com/ investing/stock/sbux/financials (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-170. International Coffee Organization. (2013). Total production of exporting countries. http://www.ico.org/prices/po.htm (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-171. Hurst, W. J., Tarka, S. M., Powis, T. G., Valdez, F. and Hester, T. R. (2002). Cacao usage by the earliest Mayan civilizations. Nature, 418, 289–90. 3-172. Barone, J. J. and Roberts, H. R. (1996). Caffeine Consumption. Food Chemistry and Toxicology, 34, 119–29. 3-173. Centers for Science in the Public Interest. (2010). Caffeine Content of Food and Drugs. http://www.cspinet.org/new/cafchart.htm (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-174. Kuhar, M. J. (1995). Cola/cola drinks. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 251–52). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 3-175. Beverage Digest. (2013). U.S. Beverage Results for 2012. http://www. beverage-digest.com/pdf/top-10_2013.pdf (accessed December 26, 2013). 3-176. Owens, B. M. and Kitchens, M. (2007). The erosive potential of soft drinks on enamel surface substrate: An in vitro scanning electron microscopy investigation. Journal of Contemporary Dental Practice, 8(7), 11–20. 3-177. Reid, T. R. (January 2005). Caffeine. National Geographic Magazine. 3-178. Kesmodel, D. (August 4, 2009). Buzz kill? Critics target alcohol-caffeine drinks. Wall Street Journal, p. D1.
R.9
3-179. Thombs, D., O’Mara, R. J., Tsukamoto, M., et al. (2009). Event-level analyses of energy drink consumption and alcohol intoxication in bar patrons. Addictive Behaviors, 35(4), 325–30. 3-180. Kennedy, D. O. and Scholey, A. B. (2004). A glucose-caffeine energy drink ameliorates subjective and performance deficits. Appetite, 42(3), 331–33. 3-181. Candow, D. G., Kleisinger, A. K., Grenier, S. and Dorsch, K. D. (2009). Effect of sugar-free Red Bull energy drink on high-intensity run time-toexhaustion in young adults. Journal of Strength Conditioning Research, 23(4), 1271–75. 3-182. Silverman, K. and Griffiths, R. R. (1995A). Coffee. In J. H. Jaffee, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 250–51). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 3-183. Silverman, K. and Griffiths, R. R. (1995B). Tea. In J. H. Jaffee, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. III, pp. 1018–19). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 3-184. American Beverage Association. (2009). Beverage Industry Basics. http:// www.ameribev.org/news-media/articles-news-stories/ (accessed January 15, 2014). 3-185. Klatsky, A. L., Morton, C., Udaltsova, N. and Friedman, G. D. (2006). Coffee, cirrhosis, and transaminase enzymes. Archives of Internal Medicine, 166(11), 1190–95. 3-186. Rachima-Maoz, C., Peleg, E. and Rosenthal, T. (1998). The effect of caffeine on ambulatory blood pressure in hypertensive patients. American Journal of Hypertension, 11, 1426–32. 3-187. Lane, J. D., Pieper, C. F., Phillips-Bute, B. G., et al. (2002). Caffeine affects cardiovascular and neuroendocrine activation at work and home. Psychosomatic Medicine, 64, 595–603. 3-188. Klebanoff, M. A., Levine, R. J., DeSimonian, R., et al. (1999). Maternal serum paraxanthine, a caffeine metabolite, and the risk of spontaneous abortion. New England Journal of Medicine, 341(22), 1639–44. 3-189. Kurozawa, I., Ogimoto, I., Shibata, A., et al. (2005). Coffee and risk of death from hepatocellular carcinoma in a large cohort study in Japan. British Journal of Cancer, 93(5), 607–10. 3-190. James, J. E. (1991). Caffeine and Health. London: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. 3-191. McGowan, J. D., Altman, R. E. and Kanto, W. P. Jr. (1988). Neonatal withdrawal symptoms after chronic ingestion of caffeine. Southern Medical Journal, 81(9), 1092–94. 3-192. Griffiths, R. R. and Vernotica, E. M. (2000). Is caffeine a flavoring agent in cola soft drinks? Archives of Family Medicine, 9(8), 727–34. 3-193. Severson, K. (September 29, 2002). L.A. school district officials vote to restrict soda sales. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A3. 3-194. Karni, A., Gay, M. and Fermino, J. (October 19, 2013). Bill de Blasio vows to make Mayor Bloomberg’s big soda ban a reality. New York Daily News, p. A1. 3-195A. USDHHS. (2014). The Health Consequences of Smoking—50 Years of Progress: A Report of the Surgeon General. Atlanta, GA: USDHHS, CDC. http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/reports/50-years-of-progress/ (accessed, January 19, 2014). 3-195. Gilman, S. L. and Xun, Z. (2004). Smoke: A Global History of Smoking. London: Reaktion Books. 3-196. Heiman, R. K. (1960). Tobacco and Americans. New York: McGraw-Hill. 3-197. Gately, I. (2001). Tobacco: A Cultural History of How an Exotic Plant Seduced Civilization. New York: Grove Press. 3-198. Benowitz, N. and Fredericks, A. (1995). History of tobacco use. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. III, pp. 1032–36). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 3-199. O’Brien, R., Cohen, S., Evans, G. and Fine, J. (1992). The Encyclopedia of Drug Abuse (2nd ed.). New York: Facts On File. (3-1974-14). 3-200. Slade, J. (1992). The tobacco epidemic: Lessons from history. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(2), 99–110. 3-201. CDC. (2013). Smoking and Tobacco Use. http://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/ data_statistics/fact_sheets/economics/econ_facts/ (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-202. Schmitz, J. M. and Stotts, A. L. (2011). Nicotine. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 319–35). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 3-202A. Brody, A. L. Mandelkern, M. A., Costello, M. R., et al. (2008). Brain nicotinic acetylcholine receptor occupancy: Effect of smoking a
R.10
References
denicotinized cigarette. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, published online 2008. 3-202B. Brody, A. L., et al. (2007). Neural substrates of resisting craving during cigarette cue exposure. Biological Psychiatry 62(6): 642-651. 3-202C. Brody, A. L., et al. (2006). Cigarette smoking saturates brain alpha 4 beta 2 nicotinic acetylcholine receptors. Archives of General Psychiatry 63(8), 907–15. 202D. Freedman, A. (December 28, 1995). Impact booster: Tobacco firm shows how ammonia spurs delivery of nicotine. Wall Street Journal, p. A1. 3-203. Friedman, A., Lax, E., Dikshtein, Y., et al. (2011). Electrical stimulation of the lateral habenula produces an inhibitory effect on sucrose selfadministration. Neuropharmacology, 60(2–3), 381–87. 3-204. Rabinoff, M. (2007). Ending the Tobacco Holocaust: How the Tobacco Industry Affects Your Health. Fullerton, CA: Elite Books. 3-205. Bellinger, L. L., Wellman, P. J., Harris, R. B., et al. (2010). The effects of chronic nicotine on meal patterns, food intake, metabolism and body weight of male rats. Pharmacological Biochemical Behavior, 95(1), 92–99. 3-206. Chen, H., Hansen, M. J., Jones, J. E., et al. (2006). Cigarette smoke exposure reprograms the hypothalamic neuropeptide Y axis to promote weight loss. American Journal of Respiratory Critical Care Medicine, 173(11), 1248–54. 3-207. Brody A. L., Mandelkern, M. A., Olmstead, R. E, Alllen-Martinez, Z, et al. (2009A). Ventral striatal dopamine release in response to smoking a regular vs a denicotinized cigarette. Neuropsychopharmacology, 34(2), 282–89. 3-207A. Pergdia, H., Glowinski, A. L., Wray, N. R., et al. (2011). A 3p26-3p25 genetic linkage finding for DSM-IV major depression in heavy drinking families. American Journal of Psychiatry, 168, 848–52. 3-208. Collins, A. C. (1990). An analysis of the addiction liability of nicotine. In C. K. Erikson, M. A. Javors and W. W. Morgan, eds. Addiction Potential of Abused Drugs and Drug Classes. New York: Haworth Press. 3-209. Xian, H., Scherrer, J. F., Madden, P. A., et al. (2005). Latent class typology of nicotine withdrawal: Genetic contributions and association with failed smoking cessation and psychiatric disorders. Psychological Medicine, 35(3), 409–19. 3-210. Cosgrove, K. P., Batis, J., Bois, F., et al. (2009). b2-nicotinic acetylcholinereceptors availability during acute and prolonged abstinence from tobacco smoking. Archives of General Psychiatry, 66(6), 666–76. 3-211. Stein, E. A., Pankiewicz, J., Harsch, H. H., et al. (1998). Nicotineinduced limbic cortical activation in the human brain: A functional MRI study. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155(8), 1009–15. 211A. Brody, A.L., Mandelkern, M. A., Costello, M. R., et al. (2009). Brain nicotinic acetylcholine receptor occupancy: Effect of smoking a denicotinized cigarette. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 12(3), 305–16. 3-212. Epping-Jordan, M. P., Watkins, S. S., Koob, G. F. and Markou, A. (1998). Dramatic decreases in brain reward function during nicotine withdrawal. Nature, 393(6680), 76–79. 3-213. WHO-Tobacco. (2013); Tobacco Statistics. http://www.who.int/ mediacentre/factsheets/fs339/en/ (accessed October 13, 2013). 3-214. Whitten, L. (2009). Studies link family of genes to nicotine addiction. NIDA Notes, 22(6), 1–6. 3-215. Li, M. D. (2008). Identifying susceptibility loci for nicotine dependence based on genome-wide linkage analyses. Human Genetics, 123(2), 119–131. 3-216. Spitz, M. (March 5, 1998). Gene can help smokers kick the habit. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A4. 3-217. Lemon, S. C., Friedmann, P. D. and Stein, M. D. (2003). The impact of smoking cessation on drug abuse, treatment outcome. Addictive Behaviors, 28(7), 1323–31. 3-218. Monitoring the Future. (2013). Smokeless tobacco use. http:// monitoringthefuture.org/data/11data/pr11cig4.pdf (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-219. Hoffmann, D., Hoffmann, I. and El-Bayoumy, K. (2001). The less harmful cigarette. Chemical Research in Toxicology, 14(7), 767–90. 3-220. Glantz, S. A. (1992). Tobacco: Biology and Politics. Waco: Health Edco. 3-221. Hecht, S. S. (2001). Tobacco smoke carcinogens and lung cancer. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 91(14), 1194–1210. 3-222. Ezzati, M. and Lopez, A. D. (2004). Disease specific patterns of smokingattributable mortality in 2000. Tobacco Control, 13(4), 388–95. 3-223. VofA. (January 5, 2011). Report: Annual tobacco deaths in China could top 3.5 million by 2030. http://www.voanews.com/content/
report-predicts-annual-tobacco-deaths-in-china-topping-35-million -by-2030-113000814/166857.html (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-224. CDC. (2013). Tobacco. http://www.cdc.gov/TOBACCO/ (accessed January 15, 2014). 3-225. U.S. Surgeon General. (2006). The Health Consequences of Involuntary Exposure to Tobacco Smoke: A Report of the Surgeon General. http://www. surgeongeneral.gov/library/reports/secondhandsmoke/index.html (accessed April 17, 2011). 3-226. Doll, R., Peto, R., Boreham, J., et al. (2004). Mortality in relation to smoking: 50 years’ observations on male British doctors. British Medical Journal, 328(1519), 426–29. 3-227. CDC—Surgeon General. (2011). 2010 Surgeon General’s Report—How tobacco smoke causes disease. http://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/ sgr/2010/index.htm (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-228. Ezzati, M., Henley, S. J., Thun, M. J. and Lopez, A. D. (2005). Role of smoking in global and regional cardiovascular mortality. Circulation, 112(4), 489–97. 3-228A. WHO, Lung Cancer. (2013). Cancer, fact sheet. http://www.who.int/ mediacentre/factsheets/fs297/en/ (accessed November 8, 2013). 3-229. Institute of Medicine. (2009). Second hand smoke exposure and cardiovascular effects: Institute of Medicine 8, 2013. http://www.iom.edu/ Reports/2009/Secondhandlung cancer (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-230. American Lung Association. (2013). Trends in COPD. http://www. lung.org/finding-cures/our-research/trend-reports/copd-trend-report.pdf (accessed January 21, 2014). 3-231. American Cancer Society. (2011). Women and Smoking. http://www. cancer.org/Cancer/CancerCauses/TobaccoCancer/WomenandSmoking/ women-and-smoking-intro (accessed April 17, 2011). 3-232. Barsky, S. H., Roth, M. D., Kleerup, E. C., Simmons, M. and Tashkin, D. P. (1998). Histopathologic and molecular alterations in bronchial epithelium in habitual smokers of marijuana, cocaine, and/or tobacco. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 90(16), 1198–1205. 3-233. Tashkin, D. P. (2005). Smoked marijuana as a cause of lung injury. Monaldi Archives of Chest Diseases, 63(2), 93–100. 3-234. Mayo Clinic. (2001). Spit Tobacco: Does Smokeless Mean Harmless? Mayo Clinic Report (out of print). 3-235. Rodu, B. and Cole, P. (2002). Smokeless tobacco use and cancer of the upper respiratory tract. Journal of Oral Surgery, Oral Medicine, Oral Pathology, Oral Radiology, and Endodontics, 93(5), 511–15. 3-236. Weissman, M. M., Warner, V., Wickramaratne, P. J. et al. (1999). Maternal smoking during pregnancy and psychopathology in offspring followed to adulthood. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38, 892–99. 3-237. U.S. Surgeon General. (2004). Health Consequences of Smoking: A Report of the Surgeon General. http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/ smokingconsequences/ (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-237A. Mets, C. N., Gregersen, P. K. and Malhotra, A. K. (2004). Metabolism and biochemical effects of nicotine for primary care providers. Medical Clinics of North America, 88(6), 1399–413. 3-238. Wiencke, J. K., Thurston, S. W., Kelsey, K. T., et al. (1999). Early age at smoking initiation and tobacco carcinogen DNA damage in the lung. Journal of the National Cancer Institute, 91(7), 614–19. 3-239. Hurt, R. D., Ebbert, J. O. and Hays, J. T. (2009). Pharmacologic interventions for tobacco dependence. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 723–735). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 3-240. Oncken, C., Gonzales, D., Nides, M., et al. (2006). Efficacy and safety of the novel selective nicotinic acetylcholine receptor partial agonist, varenicline, for smoking cessation. Archives of Internal Medicine, 166(15):1571–77. 3-241. Goodnough, A. (December 17, 2009). A state’s lower smoking rate draws attention. New York Times, p. A29. 3-242. Suranovic, S. M., Goldfarb, R. S. and Leonard, T. C. (1999). An economic theory of cigarette addiction. Journal of Health Economics, 18, 1–29. 3-243. Szabo, L. (July 23, 2009). Electronic cigarettes push the FDA’s buttons. USA Today, p. 1D. 3-244. AAFP [American Academy of Family Physicians]. (2010). FDA fighting for authority to regulate electronic cigarettes. http://www.aafp.org/online/en/ home/publications/news/news-now/health-of-the-public/20100302e-cigfda.html (accessed January 21, 2014).
References 3-245. CDC. (2005A). Bidis and Kreteks Fact Sheet. Tobacco Information and Prevention Source (TIPS). http://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/ fact_sheets/tobacco_industry/bidis_kreteks/ (accessed January 21, 2014). 3-246. CDC. MMWR (February 13, 2009). Cigarette brand preferences among middle and high school students who are established smokers—United States, 2004 and 2006. http://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/preview/mmwrhtml/ mm5805a3.htm (accessed October 26, 2013). 3-247. CDC. (2006A). 2004 Surgeon General’s Report: The Health Consequences of Smoking. http://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/sgr/sgr_2004/ index.htmfull (accessed April 8, 2011). 3-248. Soldz, S., Clark, T. W., Stewart, E., et al. (2002). Decreased youth tobacco use in Massachusetts 1996 to 1999: Evidence of tobacco control effectiveness. Tobacco Control (suppl. 2), II14–II19. 3-249. Luk, J. (2000). The effectiveness of banning advertising for tobacco products. International Union Against Cancer, 11th World Conference on Tobacco and Health. 3-250. Gross, C. P. (2002). U.S. states not using tobacco dollars wisely. New England Journal of Medicine, 347. 1080–88, 1106–8. 3-251. SCOTH. (2004). Secondhand smoke: Review of evidence since 1998. Scientific Committee on Tobacco. Department of Health. 3-252. White, B. (January 11, 1999). Soft money donations soared despite ongoing investigations. Washington Post, p. A17. 3-253. Schick, S. and Glantz, S. (2005). Philip Morris toxicological experiments with fresh sidestream smoke: More toxic than mainstream smoke. Tobacco Control, 14(6). 3-254. Glantz, S. A. and Charlesworth, A. (1999). Tourism and hotel revenues before and after passage of smoke-free restaurant ordinances. JAMA, 281, 1911–18. 3-255. U.S. Surgeon General. (2000). Reducing tobacco use: A report to the Surgeon General. http://www.cdc.gov/tobacco/data_statistics/sgr/2000/ (accessed April 16, 2011). 3-256. ONDCP. (2013). What America’s Users Spend on Illegal Drugs. http:// www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/page/files/wausid_report_final_1. pdf (accessed October 26, 2013).
Chapter 4 4-1. IMS Health. (2013). Top-Line Market Data. http://www.imshealth.com/ portal/site/imshealth/menuitem.18c196991f79283fddc0ddc01ad8c22a/?vg nextoid=6521e590cb4dc310VgnVCM100000a48d2ca2RCRDandvgnextfm t=default (accessed September 30, 2013). 4-2. DAWN (Drug Abuse Warning Network). (2013). Highlights Data, Outcomes, and Quality. http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2k13/DAWN2k11ED/ DAWN2k11ED.htm (accessed February 12, 2014). 4-3. PDR (Physicians’ Desk Reference). (2014). Physicians’ Desk Reference (61st ed.). Montvale, NJ: Medical Economics Co. 4-4. Los Angeles Coroner. (2009). Michael Jackson’s autopsy report. http:// tmz.vo.llnwd.net/o28/newsdesk/tmz_documents/0208_mj_case_report_ wm.pdf (accessed February 6, 2014). 4-5. Clark, H. W. (2007). Abuse of prescription drugs close behind alcohol, marijuana. Psychiatric Times, 24(11). 4-6. Booth, M. (1996). Opium: A History. New York: St. Martin’s Griffin. 4-7. DrugID. (2010). Drug Identification Bible. Grand Junction, CO: Amera-Chem. 4-8. Karch, S. B. (1996). The Pathology of Drug Abuse. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 4-9. Trancas, B, Borja Santos, N. and Patricia, L. D. (2008). The use of opium in Roman society and the dependence of Princeps Marcus Aurelius. Acta Med. Port, 21(8), 581–90. 4-10. Lazarou J., Pomeranz, B. H., Corey P. N. (1998). Incidence of adverse drug reactions in hospitalized patients: A meta-analysis of prospective studies. JAMA. 279(15), 1200–5. 4-1. Booth, M. (1996). Opium: A History. New York: St. Martin’s Griffin. 4-12. Hoffman, J. P. (1990). The historical shift in the perception of opiates: From medicine to social medicine. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 22(1), 53–62. 4-13. Latimer, D. and Goldberg, J. (1981). Flowers in the Blood: The Story of Opium. New York: Franklin Watts. 4-14. O’Brien, R., Cohen, S., Evans, G. and Fine, J. (1992). The Encyclopedia of Drug Abuse (2nd ed.). New York: Facts On File.
R.11
4-15. Hanes, W. T. and Sanello, F. (2002). The Opium Wars. Naperville, IL: Sourcebook Inc. 4-17. CDC. (2013). Prescription Painkiller Overdoses in the US. http://www.cdc. gov/vitalsigns/PainkillerOverdoses/index.html (accessed September 30, 2013). 4-18. Trebach, A. (1981). The Heroin Solution. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. 4-19. Armstrong, D. and Armstrong, E. M. (1991). The Great American Medicine Show. New York: Prentice Hall. 4-20. Helfand, W. H. (2002). Quack, Quack, Quack: The Sellers of Nostrums. New York: The Golier Club. 4-21. Aldrich, M. R. (1994). Historical notes on women addicts. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(1), 61–64. 4-22. Largo, M. (2008). Genius and Heroin. New York: Harper. 4-23. Casriel, C., Rockwell, R. and Stepherson, B. (1988). Heroin sniffers: Between two worlds. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20(4), 437–40. 4-24. TEDS (Treatment Episode Data Sets). (2013). Data and Statistics., 2011 http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2k13/TEDS2011/TEDS2011NTOC.htm (accessed February 6, 2014)). 4-25. Musto, D. F. (1973). The American Disease: Origins of Narcotic Control. New Haven, CT: Yale University Press. 4-26. USDOJ. (2013). Prisoners in 2012: Advance Counts. http://www.bjs.gov/ content/pub/pdf/p12ac.pdf (accessed February 5, 2014). 4-27. Zule, W. A., Vogtsberger, K. N. and Desmond, D. P. (1997). The intravenous injection of illicit drugs and needle sharing: An historical perspective. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 29(2), 199–204. 4-28. UNODC. (2013). World Drug Report:2013. http://www.unodc.org/unodc/ secured/wdr/wdr2013/World_Drug_Report_2013.pdf (accessed February 5, 2014). 4-29. USDOJ. (2013). National Drug Threat Assessment: 2013. http://www. justice.gov/dea/resource-center/DIR-017-13%20NDTA%20Summary%20 final.pdf4-30 (accessed February 7, 2014). 4-29A. CNN. (2013). Mexico shifts drug war strategy. http://www.cnn. com/2013/03/27/world/americas/mexico-violence (accessed February 6, 2014). 4-30A. Wager, T. D., Atlas, L. Y., Lindquist, M. A., et al. (2013). An fMRI-based neurologic signature of physical pain. New England Journal of Medicine, 368(15), 1388–97. 4-31. Pohl, M. (2011). A Day without Pain. Las Vegas: Central Recovery Press. 4-32. Borg, L. Krevets, I. and Kreek, M. J. (2009). The pharmacology of longacting as contrasted with short-acting opioids. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 241–50). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 4-33. Ruiz, P., Strain, E. C. and Langrod, J. G. (2007). The Substance Abuse Handbook. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer, Lippincott, Williams and Williams. 4-34. Stahl, S. M. (2013). Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 4-35. Toll, L., Khroyan, T. V., Polgar, W. E. (2009). Comparison of the anti-nociceptine and anti-rewarding profiles of novel bifunctional nociceptinreceptor/mu-opioid receptor ligands: Implications for therapeutic applications. Journal of Pharmacology and Experimental Therapeutics, 331(3), 954–64. 4-36. Upshur, C. C., Luckmann, R. S. and Savageau, J. A. (2006). Primary care provider concerns about management of chronic pain in community clinic populations. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 21(6), 652–55. 4-37. Shurman J., Koob G. F. and Gutstein H. B. (2010). Opioids, pain, the brain, and hyperkatifeia: A framework for the rational use of opioids for pain. Pain Medicine, 11(7), 1092–98. 4-38. Grandy, J. K. (2012). A clinical correlation made between opioid-induced hyperalgesia and hyperkatifeia with brain alterations induced by long-term prescription opioid use. Research and Reviews: A Journal of Neuroscience, 2(2), 1–11. 4-39. EAPC (European Association for Palliative Care). (2008). Opioid-induced hyperalgesia: Fact or fiction. http://pmj.sagepub.com/content/22/1/5.extract (accessed October 1, 2013). 4-40. Silverman S. M. (2009). Opioid induced hyperalgesia: Clinical implications for the pain practitioner. Pain Physician, 12(3), 679–84. 4-41. Ferrini, F., Trana, T., Mattioli, T. A., et al. (2013). Morphine hyperalgesia gated through microglia-mediated disruption of neuronal Cl-homeostasis. Nature Neuroscience, 16(2), 183–92.
R.12
References
4-42. DuPen, A., Shen, D. and Ersek, M. (2007). Mechanisms of opioid-induced tolerance and hyperalgesia. Pain Management Nursing, 8(3), 113–21. 4-43. Bhamb, B., Brown, D. and Hariharan, J., et al. (2006). Survey of select practice behaviors by primary care physicians on the use of opioids for chronic pain. Current Medical Research and Opinion, 22(9), 1859–65. 4-44. Kaplan, M. (2013). California Pain Patient’s Bill of Rights. http://www. anapsid.org/cnd/pain/calpainlaws.html (accessed March 4, 2014). 4-45. California Society of Addiction Medicine. (1997, 2004). CSAM Newsletter, 24(2), 29(2). 4-46. American Pain Society. (2009). Use of chronic opioid therapy in chronic non-cancer pain. http://www.americanpainsociety.org/uploads/pdfs/Opioid_ Final_Evidence_Report.pdf (accessed February 5, 2014). 4-47. American Pharmacists Association. (2008). Pharmacotherapy for pain management: New treatment approaches. Continuing Education Monograph for Pharmacists, September 2008, 1–8. 4-48. Goldstein, A. (2001). Addiction: From Biology to Drug Policy (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press. 4-49. Ellison, G. (2002). Neural degeneration following chronic stimulant abuse reveals a weak link in brain, fasciculus retroflexus, implying the loss of forebrain control circuitry. European Neuropsychopharmacology, 12(4), 287–97. 4-50. Hutchinson, M. R., Bland, S. T., Johnson, K. W., et al. (2007). Opioidinduced glial activation: Mechanisms of activation and implications for opioid analgesia, dependence, and reward. The Scientific World Journal, 7, 98–111. 4-51. Schifano, F., Zamparutti, G., Zambello, F., et al. (2006). Review of deaths related to analgesic- and cough-suppressant-opioids; England and Wales 1996–2002. Pharmacopsychiatry, 39(5), 185–91. 4-52. Nestler, E. J. and Aghajanian, G. K. (1997). Molecular and cellular basis of addiction. Science, 278(5335), 58–63. 4-53. Epstein, D. H., Phillips, K. A. and Preston, K. L. (2011). Opioids. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 161–90). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 4-54. Schuckit, M.A. (2000A). Drug and Alcohol Abuse (5th ed.). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. 4-55. Kaltenbach, K. and Jones, H. (2011). Maternal and neonatal complications of alcohol and other drugs. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 648–62). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 4-56. Merck’s Manual. (2013). Drug use during pregnancy. http://www. merckmanuals.com/home/womens_health_issues/drug_use_during_ pregnancy/drug_use_during_pregnancy.html (accessed February 6, 2014). 4-57. Jones, J. D., Mogali, S. and Comer, S. D. (2012). Polydrug abuse: A review of opioid and benzodiazepine combination use. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 125(1-2), 8–18. 4-58. McGregor, C., Darke, S., Ali, R. and Christie, P. (1998). Experience of nonfatal overdose among heroin users in Adelaide, Australia: Circumstances and risk perceptions. Addiction, 93(5), 701–11. 4-59. Martin, J., Zweben, J. E. and Payte, J. T. (2009). Opioid maintenance treatment. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 671–88). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 4-60. CDC. (2013). HIV/AIDS: Statistics overview. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/ statistics/basics/ (accessed March 5, 2014). 4-61. WHO. (2013B). HIV/AIDS: Data and statistics. http://www.who.int/hiv/ data/en/ (accessed February 5, 2014). 4-62. Tang, Y. L., Zhao, D., Zhao, C. and Cubells, J. F. (2006). Opiate addiction in China: Current situation and treatments. Addiction,101(5), 657–65. 4-63. Brown, P. D. and Ebright, J. R. (2002). Skin and soft tissue infections in injection drug users. Current Infectious Disease Reports, 4(5), 415–19. 4-64. DEA. (2013). DEA heroin domestic monitor program: 2011 drug intelligence report. http://publicintelligence.net/dea-hdmp-2011/ (accessed October 1, 2013). 4-65. Camilleri, A., Carise, D. and McLellan, A. T. (2006). Are Prescription Opiate Users Different from Heroin Users? http://www.tresearch.org/ resources/ (accessed October 1, 2013). 4-66. Schackman, B. R., Gebo, K. A., Walensky, R. P., Losina, E. Muccio, T., Sax, P.E., et al. (2006). The lifetime cost of current human immunodeficiency virus care in the United States. Medical Care, 44(11), 990–97.
4-67. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC. htm (accessed February 6, 2014). 4-68. Hser, Y. I., Hoffman, V., Grella, C. E. and Anglin, M. D. (2001). A 33-year follow-up of narcotics addicts. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58(5), 503–8. 4-69. Robins, L. N. and Slobodyan, S. (2003). Post-Vietnam heroin use and injection by returning U.S. veterans: Clues to preventing injection today. Addiction, 98(8), 1053–60. 4-70. Robb, M. (2009). Stars and stripes and substance abuse: Military interventions. Social Work Today, 9(5), 10. 4-71. Zaroya, G. (June 19, 2009). Alcohol abuse by GIs soars since ’03. USA Today, p. A1. 4-72. Whitten, L. (2008A). Morphine-induced immunosuppression, from brain to spleen. NIDA Notes, 21(5), 9–11. 4-73. Brown, D. (January 14, 2010). Morphine found to help stave off PTSD in wounded troops. The Washington Post, p. A2. 4-74. Passik, S. D., Hays, L., Eisner, N. and Kirsh, K. L. (2006). Psychiatric and pain characteristics of prescription drug abusers entering drug rehabilitation. Journal of Pain and Palliative Care Pharmacotherapy, 20(2), 5–13. 4-75. Ho, T., Vrabec, J. T. and Burton, A. W. (2007). Hydrocodone use and sensorineural hearing loss. Pain Physician, 10(3), 467–72. 4-76. N-SSATS. (2012). National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services. Browse and Download Data. http://www.icpsr.umich.edu/icpsrweb/ SAMHDA/download?utm_source=webannandutm_medium=webandutm_ campaign=dawnupdate__download (accessed February 5, 2014). 4-77. Bell, J., Mattick, R., Hay, A., Chan, J. and Hall, W. (1997). Methadone maintenance and drug-related crime. Journal of Substance Abuse, 9, 15–25. 4-78. Gruber, S. A., Tzilos, G. K., Silveri, M. M., et al. (2006). Methadone maintenance improves cognitive performance after two months of treatment. Psychopharmacology, 14(2), 157–64. 4-79. Breslin, K. T. and Malone, S. (2006). Maintaining the viability and safety of the methadone maintenance treatment program. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 38(2), 157–60. 4-80. McCance-Katz, E. F., Sullivan, L. E. and Nallani, S. (2010). Drug interactions of clinical importance among the opioids, methadone and buprenorphine, and other frequently prescribed medications: A review. American Journal of Addiction, 19(1), 4–16. 4-81. Toler, T. (October 27, 2006). Babies born dependent. Bluefield (West Virginia) Daily Telegraph, p. A2. 4-82. Strain, E. C., Walsh, S. L., Preston, K. L., Liebson, I. A. and Bigelow, G. E. (1997). The effects of buprenorphine in buprenorphine-maintained volunteers. Psychopharmacology, 129(4), 329–38. 4-83. Maxwell, J. C. and McCance-Katz, E. F. (2010). Indicators of buprenorphine and methadone use and abuse: What do we know? American Journal of Addictions, 19(1), 73–88. 4-84. Strain, E. C., Stoller, K., Walsh, S. L. and Bigelow, G. E. (2000). Effects of buprenorphine versus buprenorphine/naloxone tablets in non-dependent opioid abusers. Psychopharmacology, 148(4), 374–83. 4-85. U.S. fentanyl deaths. (July 25, 2008). U.S. fentanyl deaths top 1,000 over 2 years. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/health/2008-0724-fentanyl_N.htm (accessed February 5, 2014). 4-86. Wing N. (August 31, 2013). This drug could save thousands of lives a year, so why aren’t we using It? Huffington Post. http://www.huffingtonpost. com/2013/08/31/naloxone-drug-overdose_n_3845339.html (accessed February 6, 2014). 4-87. Burattini, C., Burbassi, S., Aicardi, G. and Cervo, L. (2007). Effects of naltrexone on cocaine- and sucrose-seeking behavior in response to associated stimuli in rats. International Journal of Neuropsychopharmacology, 11(1), 103-9. 4-88. Pettinati, H. M., O’Brien, C. P., Rabinowitz, A. R., Wortman, S. P., Oslin, D. W., Kampman, K. M., et al. (2006). The status of naltrexone in the treatment of alcohol dependence: Specific effects on heavy drinking. Journal of Clinical Psychopharmacology, 26(6), 610–25. 4-89. Ray, L. A., Chin, P. F. and Miotto, K. (2009). Naltrexone for the treatment of alcoholism. CNS and Neurological Disorders Drug Targets, 9(1), 13–22. 4-90. Colquhoun, R., Tan, D. Y. and Hull, S. (2005). A comparison of oral and implant naltrexone outcomes at 12 months. Journal of Opioid Management, 1(5), 249–56.
References 4-91. Volpicelli, J., Pettinati, H., McLellan, A. T. and O’Brien, C. (2001). Combining Medication and Psychosocial Treatments for Addictions. New York: Guilford Publications. 4-92. Paczynski, R. P. and Gold, M. S. (2011). Cocaine and Crack. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 191–213). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 4-93. Brown, N. and Panksepp, J. (2009). Low-dose naltrexone for disease prevention and quality of life. Medical Hypotheses, 72(3), 333–37. 4-94. Smith, D. E. and Seymour, R. B. (2001). The Clinician’s Guide to Substance Abuse. Center City, MN: Hazelden/McGraw-Hill. 94A. DEA. (2010). Drugs of concern. http://www.justice.gov/dea/druginfo/ factsheets.shtml (accessed January 12, 2014). 4-95. Kandall, S. R. (1993). Improving Treatment for Drug Exposed Infants. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services Administration: DHHS Publication no. (SMA) 93-2011. 4-96. Hollister, L. E. (1983). The pre-benzodiazepine era. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 15(1–2), 9–13. 4-97. Sternbach, L. H. (1983). The benzodiazepine story. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 15(1–2), 15–17. 4-98. Critser, G. (2005). Generation Rx: How Prescription Drugs Are Altering American Lives, Minds, and Bodies. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. 4-98A. PEW Charitable Trusts. (2013). How does the pharmaceutical industry markets drugs and how much does it spend? http://www.pewhealth.org/ other-resource/persuading-the-prescribers-pharmaceutical-industrymarketing-and-its-influence-on-physicians-and-patients-85899439814 (accessed February 6, 2014). 4-99. DEA. [Drug Enforcement Administration]. (2000). A Pharmacist’s Guide to Prescription Fraud. http://www.deadiversion.usdoj.gov/pubs/brochures/ pharmguide.htm (accessed February 10, 2014). 4-100. NIDA. (2011). Prescription drugs: abuse and addiction. http://www. drugabuse.gov/publications/research-reports/prescription-drugs (accessed March 5, 2014). 4-101. Schuckit, M. A., Greenblatt, D., Gold, E. and Irwin, M. (1991). Reactions to ethanol and diazepam in healthy young men. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 52(2), 180–87. 4-102. Starcevic, B. and Sicaja, M. (2007). Dual intoxication with diazepam and amphetamine: This drug interaction probably potentiates myocardial ischemia. Medical Hypotheses. Prepublication. 4-103. Brands, B, Blake J. and Marsh, D. C., et al. (2008). The impact of benzodiazepine use on methadone maintenance treatment outcomes. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 27(3), 37–48. 4-104. Longo, L. P. and Johnson, B. (2000). Addiction: Part I. Benzodiazepinesside effects, abuse risk and alternatives. American Family Physician, 61, 2121–28. 4-104A. Potokar, J. and Nutt, D. J. (1994). Anxiolytic potential of benzodiazepine receptor partial agonists. CNS Drugs, 1, 305–315. 4-105. Jenkins, A. J. and Cone, E. J. (1998). Pharmacokinetics: Drug absorption, distribution, and elimination. In S. B. Karch, ed. Drug Abuse Handbook (pp. 181–84). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 4-106. Ciraulo, D. A. and Knapp, C. M. (2009). The pharmacology of nonalcohol sedative hypnotics. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 99–112). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 4-107. Authier, N., Balayssac, D., Sauterear, M. et al. (2009) Benzodiazepine dependence: focus on withdrawal syndrome. Annales Pharmaceutique Françaises, 67(6), 408–13. 4-108. Dickinson, W. E. and Eickelberg, S. J. (2009). Management of sedativehypnotic intoxication and withdrawal. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 573–588). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 4-109. Boucart, M. Waucquier, N., Michael, G. A. and Libersa, C. (2007). Diazepam impairs temporal dynamics of visual attention. Experimental and Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15(1), 115–22. 4-110. Lukas, S. E. (1995). Barbiturates. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 141–46). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 4-112. Griffiths, R. R. and Johnson, M. W. (2005). Relative abuse liability of hypnotic drugs: A conceptual framework and algorithm for differentiating among compounds. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66(suppl. 9), 31–41. 4-113. Rubin, R. (March 15, 2007). Drugs to warn of sleep dangers. USA Today, p. 9D.
R.13
4-114. Goodnough, A. (March 27, 2007). Anna Nicole Smith died from drug overdose. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A2. 4-115. Nicholson, K. L. and Balster, R. L. (2001). GHB: A new and novel drug of abuse. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 63(1), 1–22. 4-116. ElSohly, M. A. and Salamone, S. J. (1999). Prevalence of drugs used in cases of alleged sexual assault. Journal of Analytical Toxicology, 23(3), 141–46. 4-117. PhRMA. (2013). Reports, fact sheets, and more. (Pharmaceutical Research and Manufacturers of America Publications) http://www.phrma. org/phrmapedia/public-documents (accessed February 5, 2014). 4-118. Donn, J., Mendoza, M. and Pritchard, J. (March 10, 2008). Drugs found in drinking water. USA Today, p. A1.
Chapter 5 5-1. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC.htm (accessed January 1, 2014). 5-2. WHO. (2011). Global Status Report on Alcohol and Health. http://www.who. int/substance_abuse/publications/global_alcohol_report/msbgsruprofiles.pdf (accessed December 17, 2013). 5-3. CDC. (2013). Alcohol Use: Fast Stats. http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/fastats/alcohol. htm (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-4. Dawson, D. A. and Grant, B. F. (1998). Family history of alcoholism and gender. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 59(1), 97–106. 5-5. Harwood, H., et al. (2000). Updating Estimates of the Economic Costs of Alcohol Abuse in the United States. Report prepared by the Lexin Group for the National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. http://pubs.niaaa.nih.gov/ publications/economic-2000 (accessed December 17, 2013). 5-6. Monitoring the Future. (2013). http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/ data/13data.html#2013data-drugs (accessed December 20, 2013). 5-7. Nelson, T. F., Naimi, T. S., Brewer, R. D., et al. (2005). The state sets the rate: The relationship of college binge drinking to state binge drinking rates and selected state alcohol control policies. American Journal of Public Health, 95(3), 441–46. 5-8. NIAAA. (2000). 10th Special Report to the U.S. Congress on Alcohol and Health. http://pubs.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/10report/intro.pdf (accessed March 15, 2014). 5-9. Face the Facts. (2013). Americans and Alcohol: Spending More, Drinking Less. http://www.facethefactsusa.org/facts/americans-and-alcohol-spending-moredrinking-less (accessed January 25, 2014). 5-10. CDC. (2011). CDC Reports Excessive Alcohol Consumption Cost the U.S. $224 Billion. http://www.cdc.gov/media/releases/2011/p1017_alcohol_ consumption.html (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-11. Siegel, R. K. (2005). Intoxication: The Universal Drive for Mind-Altering Substances. Rochester, Vermont: Park Street Press. 5-12. Drunk Animals. (2011). Animals Get Drunk on Marula Tree Fruit. http://www. youtube.com/watch?v=ohgqRRLjBsg (accessed December 6, 2013). 5-13. Keller, M. (1984). Alcohol consumption. In Encyclopaedia Britannica (Vol. 1, pp. 437–50). Chicago: Encyclopaedia Britannica. 5-13A. O’Brien, R. and Chafetz, M. (1991). The Encyclopedia of Alcoholism (2nd ed.). New York: Facts on File. 5-14. Okrent, D. (2010). Last Call. New York: Scribner. 5-15. Alcoholics Anonymous [AA]. (1934, 1976). Alcoholics Anonymous. New York: Alcoholics Anonymous World Services. 5-16. Fuller, R. K. and Hiller-Sturmhofel, S. (2003). Alcoholism treatment in the United States. An overview. Alcohol Research and Health, 23(2), 69–77. 5-17. Nace, E. P. (2005). Alcoholics Anonymous. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 587–98). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 5-18. Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau. (2013). President’s Budget Submission. http://www.ttb.gov/pdf/budget/2013cj.pdf (accessed December 6, 2013). 5-19. Thombs, D., O’Mara, R. J., Tsukamoto, M., et al. (2009). Event-level analyses of energy drink consumption and alcohol intoxication in bar patrons. Addictive Behaviors, 35(4), 325–330. 5-20. NIAAA. (1999). Are Women More Vulnerable to Alcohol Effects? Alcohol Alert No. 46. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 5-21. Johnston, A. D. (2013). Drink: The Intimate Relationship Between Women and Alcohol. New York: Harper Wave.
R.14
References
5-22. NIAAA. (1997). Alcohol Metabolism. Alcohol Alert No. 35. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 5-23. Register, T. C., Cline, J. and Shively, C. A. (2002). Health issues in postmenopausal women who drink. Alcohol Research and Health, 26, 299–307. 5-24. Greenfield, S. F., Back, S. E. and Lawson, K. (2011). Women and addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 847–70). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-25. Blume, S. and Zilberman, M. L. (2005). Alcohol and women. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1049–63). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 5-26. John, U., Hans-Jürgen, R., Bischof, G., et al. (2013). Excess mortality of alcohol-dependent individuals after 14 years and Mortality Predictors Based on Treatment Participation and Severity of Alcohol Dependence. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 37(1), 156–63. 5-27. Kinney, J. (2011). Loosening the Grip (10th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill. 5-28. Bosron, W. F., Ehrig, T. and Li, T. K. (1993). Genetic factors in alcohol metabolism and alcoholism. Seminars in Liver Disease, 13(2), 126–35. 5-29. Nguyen, T. A., Jeffner, J. L., Lin, S. W., et al. (2011). Genetic factors in the risk for substance use disorders. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 35–54). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-30. Dickerson, D. (2013). American Indians and Alaska natives. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 837–46). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-31. Woodward, J. J. (2009). The pharmacology of alcohol. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 85–98). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 5-32. Greenspan, P., Bauer, J. D., Pollock, S. H., Gangemi, J. D., Mayer, E. P., Ghaffar, A., et al. (2005). Antiinflammatory properties of the muscadine grape. Journal of Agriculture and Food Chemistry, 53(22), 8481–84. 5-33. Puddey, I. B. and Beilin. L.J. (2006). Alcohol is bad for blood pressure. Clinical and Experimental Pharmacology and Physiology, 33(9), 847–52. 5-34. Turner, R. T. and Sibonga, J. D. (2001). Effects of alcohol use and estrogen on bone. Alcohol Research and Health, 25(4), 276–81. 5-35. De Deco, C. P., da SilvaMarchini, A. M., Barbara, M. A., et al. (2011). Negative effects of alcohol intake and estrogen deficiency combination on osseointegration in a rat model. Journal of Oral Implantology, 37(6), 633–39. 5-36. Sacco, R. L., Elkind, M., Boden-Albala, B., et al. (1999). The protective effect of moderate alcohol consumption on ischemic stroke. JAMA, 281(1), 53–60. 5-37. Vitiello, M. V. (1997). Sleep, alcohol, and alcohol abuse. Addiction Biology, 2, 151–58. 5-38. Monaka, H., Itani, O., Kaneita, Y., et al. (2013). Associations between sleep disturbance and alcohol drinking: A large-scale epidemiological study of adolescents in Japan. Alcohol, 47(8), 619–28. 5-39. Roehrs, T. and Roth, T. (2001). Sleep, sleepiness, and alcohol use. Alcohol: Research and Health, 25(2), 101–9. 5-40. Brower, K. J. (2001). Alcohol’s effects on sleep in alcoholics. Alcohol: Research and Health, 25(2), 110–25. 5-41. Schmidt, H. D., Vassoler, F. M. and Pierce, R. C. (2011). Neurobiological factors of drug dependence and addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 55–78). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-42. Koob, G. F. (2006). Alcoholism: allostasis and beyond. Alcohol: Clinical Experimental Research, 27(2), 232–43. 5-43. Heidbreder, C. A., Andreoli, M., Marcon, C., et al. (2004). Role of dopamine D3 receptors in the addictive properties of ethanol. Drugs Today 40(4), 355–65. 5-44. Tabakoff, B. and Hollman, P. L. (2013). The neurobiology of alcohol consumption and alcoholism: An integrative history. Pharmacology, Biochemistry, and Behavior, 113, 20–37. 5-45. Colombo, G., Serra, S., Vacca, G., et al. (2005). Endocannabinoid system and alcohol addiction: Pharmacological studies. Pharmacology of Biochemical Behavior, 81(2), 369–80. 5-46. Stahl, S. M. (2013). Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 5-47. Presley, C. A. (1997). Alcohol and Drugs on American College Campuses: Issues of Violence and Harassment. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University at Carbondale.
5-48. Monitoring the Future (2013). 2013 Data from In-School Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/ data/12data.html#2012data-drugs (accessed March 14, 2014). 5-49. Bellandi, D. (January 1, 2003). Underage binge drinking climbs by 56 percent. Medford (Oregon) Mail Tribune, p. 1. 5-50. Schuckit, M. A. (2000A). Drug and Alcohol Abuse (5th ed.). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum. 5-51. Begleiter, H. (1980). Biological Effects of Alcohol. New York: Plenum Press. 5-52. Blum, K., Braverman, E. R., Holder, J. M. et al. (2000). Reward deficiency syndrome: A biogenetic model for the diagnosis and treatment of impulsive, addictive, and compulsive behaviors. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(suppl. i–iv), 1–112. 5-53. Enoch, M., White, K. V., Harris, C. R., et al. (2001). Alcohol use disorders and anxiety disorders: Relation to the P300 event-related potential. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 25(9), 1293–1300. 5-54. Finnegan, F., Schulze, D., Smallwood, J. and Helander, A. (2005). The effects of self-administered alcohol-induced “hangover” in a naturalistic setting on psychomotor and cognitive performance and subjective state. Addiction 100(11), 1680–89. 5-55. NIAAA. (1998). Alcohol and tobacco. Alcohol Alert No. 39. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 5-56. Piasecki, I. M., Sher, K. J., Slutske, W. S. and Jackson, K. M. (2005). Hangover frequency and risk for alcohol use disorders: Evidence from a longitudinal high-risk study. Journal of Abnormal Psychology, 114(2), 223–34. 5-57. Paula, H., Asrani, S. K., Boetticher, N. C., et al. (2010). Alcoholic liver disease–related mortality in the United States: 1980–2003. American Journal of Gastroenterology, 105(8), 1782–87. 5-58. Haber, P. S. and Batey R. G. (2009). Liver disorders related to alcohol and other drug use. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 989–1008). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 5-59. Mann, R. E., Smart, R. G. and Govoni, R. (2003). The epidemiology of alcoholic liver disease. Alcohol Research and Health 27(3), 209–20. 5-60. Kinney, J. (2011). Loosening the Grip (10th ed.). Boston: McGraw-Hill. 5-61. Yoon, Y. H. and Yi, H. (2013). Surveillance Report 93: Liver cirrhosis mortality in the U.S., 1970–2009. NIAAA, Division of Epidemiology and Prevention Research. 5-62. Kurose, I., Higuchi, H., Kato, S., Miura, S. and Ishii, H. (1996). Ethanolinduced oxidative stress in the liver. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 20(1), 77A–85A. 5-63. CDC. (2013). Mortality by Underlying and Multiple Causes, U.S. 1981–2010. http://205.207.175.93/HDI/TableViewer/tableView.aspx?ReportId=166 (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-64. Singh, G. K. and Hoyert, D. L. (2000). Social epidemiology of chronic liver disease and cirrhosis mortality in the United States, 1935–1997. Human Biology, 72, 801–20. 5-65. He, J. (2001). Alcohol reduction advised for heavy drinkers with hypertension. Hypertension, 38, 1112–17. 5-66. Roerecke, M. and Rehm, J. (2010). Irregular heavy drinking occasions and risk of ischemic heart disease: A systematic review and meta-analysis. American Journal of Epidemiology, 171(6), 633–44. 5-67. Grabauskas, V., Prochorskas, R. and Veryga, A. (2009). Associations between mortality and alcohol consumption in a Lithuanian population. Medicina (Kaunas), 45(12), 1000–12. 5-68. Brust, C. M. (2009). Neurologic disorders related to alcohol and other drug use. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 241–50). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 5-69. Hernandez-Avila, C. A. and Kranzer, H. R. (2011). Alcohol use disorders. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 138–60). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-70. Martin, P. R., Singleton, C. K. and Hiller-Sturmhofel, S. (2003). The role of thiamine deficiency in alcoholic brain disease. Alcohol Research and Health 27(2), 134–43. 5-71. Devantag, F., Mandich, G., Zaiotti, G. and Toffolo, G. G. (1983). Alcoholic epilepsy: Review of a series and proposed classification and etiopathogenesis. Harvard Journal of Neurologic Science, 4, 275–84.
References 5-72. Emanuele, M. A., Wezeman, F. and Emanuele, N. V. (2002). Alcohol’s effects on female reproductive function. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(4), 274–81. 5-73. Kaltenbach, K. and Jones, H. (2011). Maternal and neonatal complications of alcohol and other drugs. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 648–62). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-74. Muthusami, K. R. and Chinnaswamy, P. (2005). Effect of chronic alcoholism on male fertility hormones and semen quality. Fertility and Sterility, 84(4), 919–24. 5-75. Brooks, P. J. (2011). Alcohol as a human carcinogen. In S. Zakhari, V. Vasiliou and Q. Max Guo, eds. Alcohol and Cancer. Berlin: Springer. 5-76. Bowlin, S. J. (1997). Alcohol intake and breast cancer. International Journal of Epidemiology, 26, 915–23. 5-77. Terry, M. B., Zhang, F. F., Kabat, G., et al. (2005). Lifetime alcohol intake and breast cancer risk. Annals of Epidemiology, 16(3), 230–40. 5-78. Zhang, S. M., Lee, I. M., Manson, J. E., et al. (2007). Alcohol consumption and breast cancer risk in the Women’s Health Study. American Journal of Epidemiology, 165(6), 667–76. 5-78A. Blot, W. J. (1992). Alcohol and cancer. Cancer Research Supplement, 52, 2119s–21s. 5-79. Bagnardi, V., Blangiardo, M., La Vecchia, C. and Corrao, G. (2001). Alcohol consumption and the risk of cancer. Alcohol Research and Health 25(4), 264–70. 5-80. Vaillant, G. E. (1995). The Natural History of Alcoholism Revisited. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 5-81. Moos, R. H., Brennan, P. L. and Mertens J. R. (1994). Diagnostic subgroups and predictors of one-year re-admission among late-middleaged and older substance abuse patients. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 55(2),173-83. 5-82. Greenfield, T. K. and Rogers, J. D. (1999). Who drinks most of the alcohol in the U.S.? The policy implications. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 60(1), 78–89. 5-83. Trice, H. M. (1995). Alcoholics Anonymous. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 85–92). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 5-84. Jellinek, E. M. (1961). The Disease Concept of Alcoholism. New Haven, CT: College and University Press. 5-85. Babor, T. F. (1996). The classification of alcoholics. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20(1), 6–18. 5-86. Olds, J. (October 1956). Pleasure centers in the brain. Scientific American, pp. 105–16. 5-87. Olds, J. and Milner, P. (1954). Positive reinforcement produced by electrical stimulation of septal area and other regions of rat brain. Journal of Comparative and Physiological Psychology, 47(6), 419–27. 5-88. Goldstein, A. (2001). Addiction: From Biology to Drug Policy (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press. 5-89. NIDA Notes. (2009). New technique links 89 genes to drug dependence. NIDA Notes, 22(1). 5-90. Uhl, G. R., Drgon, T., Liu, Q. R., et al. (2008). Higher order addiction molecular genetics. Convergent data from genome wide association in humans and mice. Biochemical Pharmacology, 75(1), 98–111. 5-91. Bohman, M., Sigvardson, S. and Cloninger, C. G. (1981). Maternal inheritance of alcohol abuse: Cross-fostering analysis of adopted women. Archives of General Psychiatry, 38, 965–69. 5-92. Cloninger, C. R., Bohman, M. and Sigvardson, S. (1996). Type I and type II alcoholism: An update. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20(1), 18–23. 5-93. American Psychiatric Association (APA). (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, DSM-5. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association. 5-94. Morse, R. M., Flavin, D. K., et al. (1992). The definition of alcoholism. JAMA, 268, 1012–14. 5-95. Schuckit, M. A., Edenberg, H. J., Kalmijn, J., et al. (2001). A genomewide search for genes that relate to a low level of response to alcohol. Alcohol Clinical and Experimental Research, 25(3), 323–29. 5-96. Anthenelli, R. M. and Schuckit, M. A. (2003). Genetic influences in addiction. In A. W. Graham, T. K. Schultz, M. F. Mayo-Smith, R. K. Ries and B. B. Wilford, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (3rd ed., pp. 41–51). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 5-97. Knop, J., Goodwin, D. W., Teasdale, T. W., et al. (1984). A Danish prospective study of young males at high risk for alcoholism. In D. W.
R.15
Goodwin, K. Van Dusen and S. A. Mednick, eds. Longitudinal Research in Alcoholism. Boston: Kluwer-Nijhoff. 5-98. Li, T. K., Lumeng, L., McBride, W. J., et al. (1986). Studies on an animal model of alcoholism. In M. C. Braude and H. M. Chao, eds. Genetic and Biological Markers in Drug Abuse and Alcoholism. NIDA Research Monograph 66. Rockville, MD: SAMHSA. 5-99. Prescott, C. A. and Kendler, K. S. (1999). Genetic and environmental contributions to alcohol abuse and dependence in a population-based sample of male twins. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156, 34–40. 5-100. Schuckit, M. A., Smith, T. L., Beltran, I., et al. (2005). Performance of a self-report measure of the level of response to alcohol in 12- to 13-year-old adolescents. Journal of Studies on Alcohol 66(4), 452–58. 5-101. Reed, T., Pagte, W. F., Viken, R. J. and Christian, J. C. (1996). Genetic predisposition to organ-specific endpoints of alcoholism. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 20(9), 1528–33. 5-102. Brems, C., Johnson, M. E., Neal, D. and Freemon, M. (2004). Childhood abuse history and substance use among men and women receiving detoxification services. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 30(4), 799–821. 5-103. Tabakoff, B., Cornell, N. and Hoffman, P. L. (1992). Alcohol tolerance. Annals of Emergency Medicine, 15(9), 1005–12. 5-104. Vogel-Sprott, M., Rawana, E. and Webster, R. (1984). Mental rehearsal of a task under ethanol facilitates tolerance. Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, 21(3), 329–31. 5-105. Mayo-Smith, M. (2009). Management of alcohol intoxication and withdrawal. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 559–72). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 5-106. Schuckit, M. A. (1996). Hangovers: A rarely studied but important phenomenon. Vista Hill Foundation Drug Abuse and Alcoholism Newsletter, 23(1). 5-107. Cordovil De Sousa Uva, M., Luminet, O., Cortesi, M., et al. (2010). Distinct effects of protracted withdrawal on affect, craving, selective attention and executive functions among alcohol-dependent patients. Alcohol and Alcoholism, 45(3), 241–46. 5-108. Isbell, H., Fraser, H. F., Wikler, A., et al. (1955). An experimental study of the etiology of rum fits and delirium tremens. Quarterly Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 16(1), 1–33. 5-109. Willenbring, M. L. (2009). Treatment of heavy drinking and alcohol use disorders. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 335–48). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 5-110. Blum, K. and Payne, J. E. (1991). Alcohol and the Addictive Brain. New York: Free Press. 5-111. Gorwood, P., Lanfumey, L. and Hamon, M. (2004). Alcohol dependence and polymorphisms of serotonin-related genes. Medical Science (Paris), 20(12), 1132–38. 5-112. Heinz, A., Ragan, P., Johns, D. W., et al. (1998). Reduced central serotonin transporters in alcoholism. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155(11), 154-59. 5-113. Olling, J. D., Ulrichsen, J. l., Correll, M., et al. (2010). Gene expression in the neuropeptide Y system during ethanol withdrawal kindling in rats. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 34(3), 462–70. 5-114. Edenberg, H. J., Koller, D. L., Xuei, X., et al. (2010). Genome-wide association study of alcohol dependence implicates a region on chromosome 11. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 34(5), 840–52. 5-115. Thanos, P. K., Dimitrakakis, E. S., Rice, O., et al. (2005). Ethanol selfadministration and ethanol conditioned place preference are reduced in mice lacking cannabinoid CB1 receptors. Behavioral Brain Research, 164(2), 206–13. 5-116. Redzic, A., Licanin, I. and Krosnjar, S. (2003). Simultaneous abuse of different psychoactive substances among adolescents. Bosnian Journal of Basic Medical Science 3(1), 44–48. 5-117. DAWN (Drug Abuse Warning Network. (2013). Highlights Data, Outcomes, and Quality. http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2k13/DAWN127/ sr127-DAWN-highlights.htm (accessed September 30, 2013). 5-118. Shiffman, S. and Balabanis, M. (1995). Associations between alcohol and tobacco. In J. B. Fertig and J. P. Allen, eds. Alcohol and Tobacco: From Basic Science to Clinical Practice, NIAAA Research Monograph 30, pp. 17–36.
R.16
References
5-119. Petrakis, I. L., Gonzalez, G., Rosenheck, R. and Krystal, J. H. (2002). Comorbidity of alcoholism and psychiatric disorders: An overview. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 81–89. 5-120. Kushner, M. G., Abrams, K., Thuras, P., et al. (2005). Follow-up study of anxiety disorder and alcohol dependence in comorbid alcoholism treatment patients. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 29(8), 1432–43. 5-121. Schuckit, M. A., Tipp, J. E., Bucholz, K. K., et al. (1997). The life-time rates of three major mood disorders and four major anxiety disorders in alcoholics and controls. Addiction, 92(10), 1289–304. 5-122. Kessler, R. C., Nelson, C. B. and McGonagle, K. A. (1996). Epidemiology of co-occurring addictive and mental disorders: Implications for prevention and service utilization. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 66(1), 17–31. 5-123. Regier, D. A., Farmer, M. E., Rae, D. S., et al. (1990). Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (RCA) study. JAMA, 264(19), 2511–18. 5-124. Oquendo, S. L., Galfalvy, H. C., Grunebaum, M. F., et al. (2005). The relationship of aggression to suicidal behavior in depressed patients with a history of alcoholism. Addictive Behavior 30(6), 1144–53. 5-125. Koob, G. (August 23, 1999). Alcohol stimulates release of stress chemicals. Speech presented at a meeting of the American Chemical Society, New Orleans, LA. 5-126. Dammann, W. M., Wiesbeck, G. A. and Klapp, B. F. (2005). Psychosocial stress and alcohol consumption. Neurological Psychiatry, 73(9), 517–25. 5-127. Inaba, D. and Cohen, W. (2011). Uppers, Downers, All Arounders (7th ed.). Medford, OR: CNS Productions. 5-128. Strakowski, S. M., DelBello, M. P., Fleck, D. E., et al. (2005). Effects of co-occurring alcohol abuse on the course of bipolar disorder following a first hospitalization for mania. Archives of General Psychiatry 62(8), 851–58. 5-129. Dom, G., Hulstijn, W. and Sabbe, B. (2006). Differences in impulsivity and sensation seeking between early- and late-onset alcoholics. Addictive Behaviors, 31(2), 298–308. 5-130. Nace, E. P., Saxon, J. J. and Shore, N. (1983). A comparison of borderline and nonborderline alcoholic patients. Archives of General Psychiatry, 40, 56–58. 5-131. Evrard, S. G. (2010). Diagnostic criteria for fetal alcohol syndrome and fetal alcohol spectrum disorders. Archivos Argentinos de Pediatría, 108(1), 61–67. 5-131A. CDC. (2012). Fetal Alcohol Spectrum Disorders (FASDS, Data and Statistics). http://www.cdc.gov/ncbddd/fasd/data.html (accessed February 20, 2014). 5-131B. CDC. (2012). Reproductive Health. Tobacco Use and Pregnancy. http:// www.cdc.gov/Reproductivehealth/TobaccoUsePregnancy/index.htm (accessed February 21, 2014). 5-131C. Sokol, R. J. and Clarren, S. K. (1989). Guidelines for use of terminology describing the impact of prenatal alcohol on the offspring. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 13(4), 597–09. 5-132. May, P. A. and Gossage, J. P. (2001). Estimating the prevalence of fetal alcohol syndrome. A summary. Alcohol Research and Health, 25, 159–67. 5-133. West J. R. and Blake C. A. (2005). Fetal alcohol syndrome: An assessment of the field. Experimental Biological Medicine, 230(6), 354–56. 5-134. Wunsch, M. J. and Weaver, M. F. (2009). Alcohol and other drug use during pregnancy: Management of the mother and child. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1111–25). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 5-135. Jones, K. L. and Smith, D. W. (1973). Recognition of the fetal alcohol syndrome in early infancy. Lancet, 2(7836), 999–1001. 5-136. Sood, B., Delaney-Black, V., Covington, C., et al. (2001). Prenatal alcohol exposure and childhood behavior at age 6 to 7 years. Dose response effect. Pediatrics, 108(2), E34. 5-137. Riikonen, R. S., Nokelainen, P., Valkonen, K., et al. (2005). Deep serotonergic and dopaminergic structures in fetal alcohol syndrome. Biological Psychiatry 57(12), 1565–72. 5-138. Streissguth, A. P., Barr, H. M., Kogn, J. and Bookstein, F. L. (1996). Understanding the occurrence of secondary disabilities in clients with FAS and FAE (Tech. Rep. No. 96-06). Atlanta, GA: Centers for Disease Control and Prevention. 5-139. Streissguth, A. P., Bookstein, F. L., Barr, H. M., et al. (2004). Risk factors for adverse life outcomes in fetal alcohol syndrome and fetal alcohol effects. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 25(4), 228–38.
5-140. May, P. A., Brooke, L., Gossage, J. P., et al. (2000). Epidemiology of FAS in a South African community. American Journal of Public Health, 90(12), 1905–12. 5-141. CDC. (2009). Drinking While Pregnant Still a Problem. http://www.cdc. gov/media/pressrel/2009/r090521.htm (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-142. Coles, C. (1994). Critical periods for prenatal alcohol exposure: Evidence from animal and human studies. Alcohol Health and Research World, 18, 22–29. 5-143. Goodlett, C. R. and Johnson, T. B. (1999). Temporal windows of vulnerability to alcohol during the third trimester equivalent. In J. H. Hannigan, L. P. Spear, N. E. Spear and C. R. Goodlett, eds. Alcohol and Alcoholism: Effects on Brain and Development (pp. 59–91). Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. 5-144. Miller, M. M. (1995). Effect of pre- or postnatal exposure to ethanol: Cell proliferation and neuronal death. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 19(5), 1359–63. 5-145. Streissguth, A. P. (1997). Fetal Alcohol Syndrome. Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. 5-146. Ikonomidou, C., Bittigau, P., Ishimaru, M. J., et al. (2000). Ethanolinduced apoptotic neurodegeneration and fetal alcohol syndrome. Science, 287(5455), 1056–60. 5-147. Maier, S. E. and West, J. R. (2001). Drinking patterns and alcoholrelated birth defects. Alcohol Research and Health, 25(3), 168–74. 5-148. Ouko, L. A., Shantikumar, K., Knezovich, J., et al. (2009). Effect of alcohol consumption of CpG methylation in the differentially methylated regions of H19 and IG-DMR in male gametes: Implications for FASD. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 13(9), 1615–27. 5-149. Bielawski, D. M., Zaher, F. M., Svinarich, D. M., et al. (2002). Paternal alcohol exposure affects sperm cytosine methyltransferase messenger RNA levels. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 26(3), 347–51. 5-150. Little, R. E. and Sing, C. F. (1986). Association of father’s drinking and infant’s birth weight. New England Journal of Medicine, 314(25), 1644–45. 5-151. Stoff, D. M. and Cairns, R. B., eds. (2005). Aggression and Violence: Genetic, Neurobiological, and Biosocial Perspectives. Mahwah, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum Associates. 5-152. Zaleski, M., Pinsky, I., Laranjeira, R., et al. (2010). Intimate partner violence and alcohol consumption. Revista Saude Publica, 44(1), 53–59. 5-153. Javors, M., Tiouririne, M. and Prihoda, T. (2000). Platelet serotonin uptake is higher in early-onset than in late-onset alcoholics. Alcohol and Alcoholism, 35, 390–93. 5-154. Miczek, K. A., Fish, E. W., de Almeida, R. M., et al. (2004). Role of alcohol consumption to violence. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 1036, 278–89. 5-155. Gustafson, R. (1994). Alcohol and aggression. Juvenile Offender Rehabilitation, 21(3/4), 41–80. 5-156. Bushman, B. J. (1997). Effects of alcohol on human aggression. In M. Galanter, ed. Recent Developments in Alcoholism (Vol. 13, pp. 227–43). New York: Plenum Press. 5-157. Higley, J. D. (2001). Individual differences in alcohol-induced aggression. Alcohol Research and Health, 25(1), 12–19. 5-159. Bureau of Justice Statistics. (2013). Crime Characteristics. http://www. bjs.gov/content/acf/ac_methodology.cfm (accessed December 16, 2013). 5-160. Roizen, J. (1997). Epidemiological issues in alcohol-related violence. In M. Galanter, ed., Recent Developments in Alcoholism (Vol. 13, PP. 00–00). New York: Plenum Press. 5-161. Brookoff, D., O’Brien, K. K., Cook, C. S., et al. (1997). Characteristics of participants in domestic violence: Assessment at the scene of domestic assault. JAMA, 277(17), 1369–72. 5-162. Collins, J. J. and Messerschmidt, P. M. (1993). Epidemiology of alcoholrelated violence. Alcohol Health and Research World, 17(2), 93–100. 5-163. Abbey, A., Zawacki, M. A., Buck, M. A., et al. (2001). Alcohol and sexual assault. Alcohol Research and Health, 25(1), 43–51. 5-164. Hingson, R. and Winter, M. (2003). Epidemiology and consequences of drinking and driving. Alcohol Research and Health, 27(1), 63–78. 5-165. NHTSA (National Highway Traffic Safety Administration). (2013). Traffic Safety Facts. http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811856.pdf (accessed December 15, 2013). 5-165A. FBI. (2012). Drive Sober or Get Pulled Over. http://transportation. ky.gov/Highway-Safety/Documents/FBIStatsChart.pdf (accessed December 18, 2013).
References 5-166. Miller, T. R., Lestina, D. C. and Spicer, R. S. (1996). Highway crash costs in the United States by driver age, blood alcohol level, victim age, and restraint use. In 40th Annual Proceedings of the Association for the Advancement of Automotive Medicine (pp. 495–517). 5-167. Moskowitz, H., Burns, M., Fiorentino, D., et al. (2000). Driver Characteristics and Impairment at Various BACs. Washington, DC: National Highway Traffic Safety Administration. 5-168. Yesavage, J. A. and Leirer, V. O. (1986). Hangover effects on aircraft pilots 14 hours after alcohol ingestion. American Journal of Psychiatry, 143(12), 1546–50. 5-169. Baker, S. P., Braver, E. R., Chen, L. H., Li, G. and Williams, A. F. (2002). Drinking histories of fatally injured drivers. Injury Prevention, 8, 221–26. 5-169A. Online Schools. (2012). Driving While Intexticated. http://www. textinganddrivingsafety.com/texting-and-driving-stats (accessed December 18, 2013). 5-169B. NTSB (National Transportation Safety Board. (2013). Safety report on eliminating impaired driving. http://www.ntsb.gov/news/events/2013/ eliminate_impaired_driving/faq.html (accessed December 18, 2013). 5-170. Bernstein, M. and Mahoney, J. J. (1989). Management perspectives on alcoholism: The employer’s stake in alcoholism treatment. Occupational Medicine, 4(2), 223–32. 5-171. NCADD (National Council on Alcoholism and Drug Dependence. (2013). Alcohol and the Workplace. http://www.ncadd.org/index.php/learnabout-alcohol/workplace/204-workplace (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-172. Health-EU. (2006). Report: Alcohol in Europe. http://ec.europa.eu/ health/index_en.htm (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-172A. WHO. (2013). Status report on alcohol and health in 35 European countries 2013. http://www.euro.who.int/en/publications/abstracts/statusreport-on-alcohol-and-health-in-35-european-countries-2013 (accessed December 16, 2013). 5-173. Bloomfield, K., Stockwell, T., Gmel, G., et al. (2003). International comparisons of alcohol consumption. Alcohol Research Health, 27, 95–109. 5-174. Rehm, J., Room, R., Monteiro, M., et al. (2004). Alcohol. In M. Ezzati, A. D. Lopez, and A. Rodgers, et al., eds. Comparative Quantification of Health Risk: Global and Regional Burden of Disease Due to Selected Major Risk Factors. (pp. 959–1108). Geneva: World Health Organization. 5-175. Badkhen, A. (September 5, 2003). 500 years later, a czar’s command is Russia’s curse—vodka. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A8. 5-176. Bobak, M. (1999). Alcohol consumption in a national sample of the Russian population. Addiction, 94(6), 857–66. 5-177. Courtwright, D. (2001). Forces of Habit. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 5-177A. NIAAA. (2012). Apparent Per Capita Alcohol Consumption, 19772009. http://pubs.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/Surveillance92/CONS09.pdf (accessed March 22, 2014). 5-178. Satter, R. G. (February 22, 2008). Concern rises over alcohol use in Britain. Seattle Times, p. A9. 5-179. Center for Science in the Public Interest. (2006). Alcohol Policies Project Fact Sheet: Women and Alcohol. http://www.cspinet.org/booze/women.htm (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-180. Kendler, K. S., Heath, A. C., Neale, M. C., Kessler, R. C. and Eaves, L. J. (1993). Alcoholism and major depression in women. A twin study of the causes of comorbidity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50(9), 690–98. 5-181. Prescott, C. A. (2002). Sex differences in the genetic risk for alcoholism. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(4), 264–73. 5-182. Sartor, C. E., Lynskey, M. T., Bucholz, K. K., et al. (2009). Timing of first alcohol use and alcohol dependence: Evidence of common genetic influences. Addiction, 104(9), 1512–18. 5-183. Pride Surveys. (2009). 2008–2009 National Summary: Grades 4 thru 6. http://www.pridesurveys.com/customercenter/ue08ns.pdf (accessed December 12, 2013). 5-184. Nixon, K. and McClain, J. A. (2010). Adolescence as a critical window for developing an alcohol use disorder: Current findings in neuroscience. Current Opinions in Psychiatry, 23(3), 227–32. 5-185. Rose, R. J., Dick, D. M., Viken, R. J., et al. (2001). Gene-environment intersection in patterns of adolescent drinking. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 25(5), 637–43. 5-186. Dawson, D. A., Grant, B. F. and Li, T. K. (2007). Impact of age at first drink on stress-reactive drinking. Alcohol Clinical and Experimental Research, 31(1), 69–77.
R.17
5-187. Campbell, S. B., Shaw, D. S. and Gilliom, M. (2000). Early externalizing behavior problems: Toddlers and preschoolers at risk for later maladjustment. Development and Psychopathology, 12(3), 467–88. 5-188. Marldein, M. B. (March 11, 2009). College freshmen study booze more than books. USA Today, p. 3. 5-189. Reifman, A. and Watson, W. K. (2003). Binge drinking during the first semester of college: Continuation and desistance from high 5-school patterns. Journal of American College Health, 52(2), 73–81. 5-190. Nelson, T. F., Xuan, Z, Lee, H. et al. Persistence of heavy drinking and ensuing consequences at heavy drinking colleges. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 70(5), 726–34. 5-191. O’Malley, P. M. and Johnston, L. D. (2002). Epidemiology of alcohol and other drug use among American college students. Journal of Studies on Alcohol Supplement, 14, 23–39. 5-192. Wechsler, H., Lee, J. E., Kuo, M., et al. (2002). Trends in college binge drinking during a period of increased prevention efforts. Journal of American College Health, 50(5), 203–17. 5-193. NIH. (2013). College Drinking. http://pubs.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/ CollegeFactSheet/CollegeFactSheet.pdf (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-194. Hingson, R., Heeren, T., Winter, M. and Wechsler, H. (2005). Magnitude of alcohol-related mortality and morbidity among U.S. college students ages 18–24: Changes from 1998 to 2001. Annual Review of Public Health, 26, 259–79. 5-195. U.S. Census Bureau. (2009). The Older Population, 2008. http://www .census.gov/population/age/ (accessed December 16, 2013). 5-196. American Medical Association. (1996). Alcoholism in the elderly. AMA Council on Scientific Affairs. JAMA, 275(10), 797–801. 5-197. Joseph, C. L. (1997). Misuse of alcohol and drugs in the nursing home. In A. M. Gumack, ed. Older Adults’ Misuse of Alcohol, Medicines, and Other Drugs: Research and Practice Issues. New York: Springer Science. 5-198. NIAAA. (2006). Report to the Extramural Advisory Board. http://pubs.niaaa. http://www.niaaa.nih.gov/about-niaaa/our-work/advisory-council/reviewextramural-research-areas (accessed December 17, 2013). 5-199. Adams, W. L., Yuan, Z., Barboriak, J. J., et al. (1993). Alcohol-related hospitalizations of elderly people. JAMA, 270(10), 1222–25. 5-200. Blow, F. C and Barry, K. L. (2003): Use and Misuse of Alcohol Among Older Women. http://pubs.niaaa.nih.gov/publications/arh26-4/308-315.htm (accessed March 13, 2014). 5-201. Korrapati, M. R. and Vestal, R. E. (1995). Alcohol and medications in the elderly: Complex interactions. In T. Beresford and E. Gomberg, eds. Alcohol and Aging (pp. 42–55). New York: Oxford University Press. 5-202. NIAAA. (2003). Helping People with Alcohol Problems: A Health Practitioner’s Guide. National Institutes of Health Pub. No. 03–3769. Bethesda, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 5-203. Rigler, S. K. (2000). Alcoholism in the elderly. American Family Physician, 61(6), 1710–16. 5-204. Gambert, S. R. and Albrecht III, C. R. (2005). The elderly. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1038–47). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 5-205. Fletcher, B. W. and Compton, W. M. (2011). The older drug abuser. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 802–11). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-206. U.S. Census. (2012). The Older Population in the United States. http:// www.census.gov/population/age/data/2012.html (accessed December 12, 2013). 5-207. Rheim, K. T. (2001). Alcohol Abuse Costs DOD Dearly. American Forces Press Service. http://usmilitary.about.com/library/milinfo/milarticles/ blalcohol.htm (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-208. Bray, R. M. and Pemberton, M. R. (2011). Substance use in the armed forces. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 926–35). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-209. Jacobson, I. G., Ryan, M. A., Hooper, T. I., et al. (2008). Alcohol use and alcohol-related problems before and after military combat deployment. JAMA, 300(6), 663–75. 5-210. Harwood, H. J., Zhang, Y., Dall, T. M., et al. (2009). Economic implications of reduced binge drinking among the military health system’s TRICARE Prime plan beneficiaries. Military Medicine 174(7), 728–36.
R.18
References
5-211. Zoroya, G. (June 19, 2009). Alcohol abuse by GIs soars since ’03. USA Today, p. A1. 5-212. Feldman, J. M. (2011). The homeless. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 901–7). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-213. Department of Housing and Urban Development. (2013). Annual Homeless Assessment Report to Congress. https://www.onecpd.info/resources/ documents/AHAR-2013-Part1.pdf (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-214. North, C. S., Eyrich, K. M., Pollio, D. E., et al. (2004). The Homeless Supplement to the Diagnostic Interview Schedule: Test-retest analyses. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 13(3), 184–91. 5-215. U.S. Conference of Mayors. (2012). Hunger and Homelessness Survey. http://usmayors.org/pressreleases/uploads/2012/1219-report-HH.pdf (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-216. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. (2005). National Resource and Training Center on Homelessness and Mental Illness. Get the Facts. http://www.nationalhomeless.org/publications/facts/Mental_Illness. pdf (accessed February 25, 2014). 5-217. Galvin, F. H. and Caetano, R. (2003). Alcohol use and related problems among ethnic minorities in the United States. Alcohol Research and Health, 27(1), 87–94. 5-218. James, W. H. and Johnson, S. L. (1996). Doin’ Drugs: Patterns of African American Addiction. Austin: University of Texas Press. 5-219. Lawson, W. B., Herrera, J. and Lawson, R. G. (2011). African Americans: alcohol and substance abuse. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 373–83). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-220. Caetano, R. and Clark, C. L. (1998). Trends in alcohol-related problems among Whites, African Americans, and Hispanics: 1984–1995. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 22(2), 534–38. 5-221. Pearson, W. S., Dube, S. R., Nelson, D. E. and Caetano, R. (2009). Differences in patterns of alcohol consumption among Hispanics in the United States, by survey language preference, Behavioral Risk Factor Surveillance System, 2005. Preventing Chronic Disease, 6(2), A53. 5-222. U.S. Census Bureau. (2013). Hispanic Population. http://www.census. gov/newsroom/releases/archives/facts_for_features_special_editions/ cb13-ff19.html (accessed December 12, 2013). 5-223. Ruiz, P. (2011). Hispanic Americans. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 819–28). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-224. U.S. Census Bureau. (2011A). 2010 Census Data. http://www.census. gov/2010census/data/ (accessed March 5, 2014). 5-225. Sue, D. (1987). Use and abuse of alcohol by Asian Americans. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 19(1), 57–66. 5-226. Zane, N. W. and Kim, J. C. (1994). In N. W. Zane, D. T. Takeuchi and K. N. J. Young, eds. Confronting Critical Health Issues of Asian and Pacific Islander Americans (pp. 316–46). Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 5-227. Johnson, R. C. and Nagoshi, C. T. (1990). Asians, Asian Americans and alcohol. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 22(1), 45–52. 5-228. Tsuang, J. W. and Pi, E. H. (2011). Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 829–36). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 5-229. Makimoto, K. (1998). Drinking patterns and drinking problems among Asian Americans and Pacific Islanders. Alcohol Health and Research World, 22(4), 265–69. 5-230. Goedde, H. W., Harada, S. and Agarwal, D. P. (1979). Racial differences in alcohol sensitivity: A new hypothesis. Human Genetics, 51, 331–34. 5-231. Teng, Y. S. (1981). Human liver aldehyde dehydrogenase in Chinese and Asiatic Indians: Gene deletion and its possible implications in alcohol metabolism. Biochemical Genetics, 19, 107–14. 5-232. Yokoyama, M., Yokoyama, A., Yokoyama, T., et al. (2005). Hangover susceptibility in relation to aldehyde dehydrogenase-2 genotype, alcohol flushing, and mean corpuscular volume in Japanese workers. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 29(7), 1165–71. 5-233. U.S. Census Bureau. (2011). Population: Elderly, Racial and Hispanic Origin, Population Profiles. http://www.census.gov/compendia/statab/2010/ cats/population/elderly_racial_and_hispanic_origin_population_profiles. html (accessed December 17, 2013). 5-234. Beauvais, F. (1998). American Indians and alcohol. Alcohol Health and Research World, 22(4), 253–59.
5-235. Garcia-Andrade, C., Wall, T. L. and Ehlers, C. L. (1997). The firewater myth and response to alcohol in Mission Indians. American Journal of Psychiatry, 154, 983–88. 5-236. Manson, S. M., Shore, J. H. and Baron, A. E. (1992). Alcohol abuse and dependence among American Indians. In J. E. Helzer and G. J. Canino, eds. Alcoholism in North America, Europe, and Asia (pp. 113–30). New York: Oxford University Press. 5-237. Hill, T. W. (2013). Native American Drinking: Life Styles, Alcohol Use, Drunken Comportment, Problem Drinking, and the Peyote Religion. Boston: New University Press.
Chapter 6 6-1. Siegel, R. K. (1985). LSD hallucinations: From ergot to electric Kool-Aid. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 17(4), 247–56. 6-2. Escohotado, A. (1999). A Brief History of Drugs. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press. 6-3. Goldstein, A. (2001). Addiction: From Biology to Drug Policy (2nd ed.). New York: Oxford University Press. 6-4. Rätsch, C. (2005). The Encyclopedia of Psychoactive Plants. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press. 6-5. Diaz, J. L. (1979). Ethnopharmacology and taxonomy of Mexican psychodysleptic plants. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 11(1–2), 71–101. 6-6. Efferink, J. G. R. (1988). Some little-known hallucinogenic plants of the Aztecs. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20(4), 427–34. 6-7. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC. htm (accessed January 6, 2014). 6-8. Monitoring the Future (2013). 2012 Data from In-School Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/ data/12data.html#2012data-drugs (accessed October 14, 2013). 6-8A. Monitoring the Future (2014). 2013 Data from In-School Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/ data/13data.html#2013data-drugs (accessed January 15, 2014). 6-9. Rosen, W. and Weil, A. (2004). From Chocolate to Morphine. Boston: Houghton Mifflin Company. 6-10. Lambe, E. K. and Aghajanian, G. K. (2006). Hallucinogen-induced UP states in the brain slice of rat prefrontal cortex: Role of glutamate spillover and NR2B-NMDA receptors. Neuropsychopharmacology, 31(8), 1682–89. 6-11. Gresch, P. J., Strickland, L. V. and Sanders-Bush, E. (2002). Lysergic acid diethylamide-induced Fos expression in rat brain: Role of serotonin-2A receptors. Neuroscience, 114, 707–13. 6-12. Aghajanian, G. K. and Marek, G. J. (1999). Serotonin and hallucinogens. Neuropsychopharmacology, 21, 165–235. 6-13. Meyer, J. S. and Quenzer, L. F. (2005). Psychopharmacology: Drugs, the Brain, and Behavior. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates. 6-14. Cozzi, N. V., Gopalakrishnan, A., Anderson, L. L., et al. (2009). Dimethyltryptamine and other hallucinogenic tryptamines. Journal of Neural Transmission, 16(12), 1591–99. 6-15. Pechnick, R. N. and Cunningham, K. A. (2011). Hallucinogens. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 267–76). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 6-16. Stafford, P. (1982). Psychedelics Encyclopedia (Vol. 1, p. 157). Berkeley, CA: Ronin. 6-17. DrugID. (2010). Drug Identification Bible. Grand Junction, CO: Amera-Chem. 6-18. Lee, M. A. and Shlain, B. (1994). Acid Dreams: The Complete Social History of LSD. New York: Grove Weidenfeld. 6-19. Stafford, P. (1985). Recreational uses of LSD. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 17(4), 219–28. 6-20. Greenfield, R. (2006). Timothy Leary: A Biography. New York: Houghton Mifflin Harcourt. 6-21. Wolfe, T. (1968). The Electric Kool-Aid Acid Test. New York: Bantam Books. 6-22. Henderson, L. and Glass, W., eds. (1994). LSD Report. Lexington, MA: Lexington Books. 6-23. NIDA. (2001). Research Report Series: Hallucinogens and Dissociative Drugs. http://www.drugabuse.gov/ResearchReports/Hallucinogens/Hallucinogens .html (accessed January 4, 2014). 6-24. USDOJ, Office of Diversion. (2010). Control of ergocristine. http://www. druglibrary.org/schaffer/dea/pubs/lsd/LSD-5.htm (accessed January 4, 2014).
References 6-25. Grim., R. (April 1, 2004). Who’s Got the Acid? MSN News. http://www .slate.com/articles/news_and_politics/hey_wait_a_minute/2004/04/whos_ got_the_acid.html (accessed January 15, 2014). 6-26. Glennon, R. A. (2009). The pharmacology of classical hallucinogens and related designer drugs. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 215–30). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 6-27. DEA Drug Threat. (2013). National Drug Threat Assessment, Summary, 2013. http://www.justice.gov/dea/resource-center/DIR-017-13%20NDTA% 20Summary%20final.pdf (accessed January 5, 2014). 6-28. Erowid—LSD. (2005). Lysergic Acid Diethylamide (LSD) Synthesis. http://www.erowid.org/archive/rhodium/chemistry/lsd-buzz.html (accessed January 4, 2014). 6-29. Snyder, S. H. (1996). Drugs and the Brain. New York: W. H. Freeman and Sons. 6-30. Grof, S. (2001). LSD Psychotherapy. Sarasota, FL: MAPS NIDA, 2001. 6-32. American Psychiatric Association (APA). (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, DSM-5. Arlington, VA.: American Psychiatric Association. 6-33. Halpern, J. H. and Pope, H. G., Jr. (2003) Hallucinogen persisting perception disorder: What do we know after 50 years? Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 69(2), 109–19. 6-34. Lerner, A. G., Gelkopf, M., Skladman, L., et al. (2002). Flashback and hallucinogenic persisting perceptual disorder: Clinical aspects and pharmacological treatment approach. Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences, 39(2), 92–99. 6-35. Domino, E. F. and Shannon, C. M. (2009). The pharmacology of dissociatives. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 241–50). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 6-36. Hollister, L. E. (1984). Effects of hallucinogens in humans. In B. L. Jacobs, ed. Hallucinogens: Neurochemical, Behavioral, and Clinical Perspectives (pp. 19–34). New York: The Raven Press. 6-37. Jaffe, J. H. (1989). Psychoactive substance abuse disorder. In H. Kaplan and B. J. Sadock, eds. Comprehensive Textbook of Psychiatry (5th ed., pp. 642–86). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 6-38. Snow, O. (2003). LSD. New York: Thoth Press. 6-39. Lerner, A. G., Gelkopf, M., Oyffe, I. (2000). LSD-induced hallucinogen persisting perception disorder treatment with clonidine: An open pilot study. International Clinical Psychopharmacology, 15(1), 35–37. 6-40. Young, C. R. (1997). Sertraline treatment of hallucinogen persisting perception disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 58(2), 85. 6-41. Hermle, L., Simon, M., Ruchsow, M., et al. (2012) Hallucinogen-persisting perception disorder. Therapeutic Advances in Psychopharmacology, 2(5), 199–205. 6-42. Stamets, P. (1996). Psilocybin Mushrooms of the World. Berkeley, CA: Ten Speed Press. 6-43. Furst, P. T. (1976). Hallucinogens and Culture. San Francisco: Chandler and Sharp. 6-44. Schultes, R. E. and Hofmann, A. (1992). Plants of the Gods. Rochester, VT: Healing Arts Press. 6-45. Griffiths, R. R., Johnson, M., McCann U. and Jesse, R. (2008). Mysticaltype experiences occasioned by psilocybin mediate the attribution of personal meaning and spiritual significance 14 months later. Journal of Psychopharmacology, 22(6), 621–32. 6-46. Flammer, R. and Schenk-Jaeger, K. M. (2009). Mushroom poisoning— the dark side of mycetism. Therapeutische Umschau. Revue Therapeutique, 66(5), 357–64. 6-47. O’Brien, R., Cohen, S., Evans, G. and Fine, J. (1992). The Encyclopedia of Drug Abuse (2nd ed.). New York: Facts On File. 6-48. Maciulaitis, R., Kontrimaviciute, V., Bressolle, F. M., et al. (2008). Ibogaine, an anti-addictive drug: Pharmacology and time to go further in development. A narrative review. Human Experimental Toxicology, 27(3), 181–94. 6-49. Panchal, V., Taraschenko, O. D., Maisonneuve, I. M. and Glick, S. D. (2005). Attenuation of morphine withdrawal signs by intracerebral administration of 18-Methoxycoronaridine. European Journal of Pharmacology, 525(1–3): 98–104. 6-50. MAPS (Multidisciplinary Association for Psychedelic Studies). (2013). RandD Medicines: Ibogaine for drug addiction. http://www.maps.org/ibogaine (accessed January 8, 2014).
R.19
6-51. Wilkins, J. N., Hrymoc, M. and Gorelick, D. A. (2009). Pharmacological interventions for other drug and multiple drug addiction. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 735–42). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 6-52. Brown, T. K. (2013). Ibogaine in the treatment of substance dependence. Current Drug Abuse Reviews, 6(1), 3–16. 6-53. Lyttle, T., Goldstein, D. and Gartz, J. (1996). Bufo toads and bufotenine: Fact and fiction surrounding an alleged psychedelic. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 28(3), 267–70. 6-54. Dobkin de Rios, M. and Grob, C. S. (2005). Ayahuasca use in crosscultural perspective. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 37(2), 119–22. 6-55. Kjellgren, A., Eriksson, A. and Norlander, T. (2009). Experiences of encounters with ayahuasca—the vine of the soul. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 41(4), 309–15. 6-56. Doering-Silveira, E., Lopez, E., Grob, C. S., et al. (2005). Ayahuasca in adolescence: A neuropsychological assessment. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 37(2), 123–28. 6-57. DEA Microgram Bulletin. (2007). Clandestine Dimethyltryptamine (DMT) Laboratory Seized in Hollywood, California. http://www.justice. gov/dea/pr/micrograms/2007/mg0707.pdf (accessed January 14, 2014). 6-58. Wilson, J. M., McGeorge, F., Smolinske, S. and Meatherall, R. (2005). A foxy intoxication. Forensic Science International, 148(1), 31–36. 6-59. Shulgin, A. and Shulgin, A. (2000). PiHKAL: A Chemical Love Story. Berkeley, CA: Transform Press. 6-60. DEA. (2012). Drugs of Abuse, 2011. http://www.justice.gov/dea/docs/ drugs_of_abuse_2011.pdf (accessed January 10, 2014). 6-61. La Barre, J. and Weston, D. (1979). Peyotl and mescaline. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 11(1–2), 33–39. 6-62. Halpern, J. H., Sherwood, A. R., Hudson, J. I., et al. (2005). Psychological and cognitive effects of long-term peyote use among Native Americans. Biological Psychiatry, 15(8), 624–31. 6-63. McCann, U. D. (2011). PCP/designer drugs/MDMA. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 277–83). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 6-64. Pentney, A. R. (2001). As exploration of the history and controversies surrounding MDMA and MDA. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 33(3), 213–21. 6-65. Holland, J. (2001). Ecstasy: The Complete Guide. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press. 6-66. DEA. (2001). Ecstasy: Rolling Across Europe. http://www1.cj.msu.edu/ ~outreach/mvaa/Drugs%20and%20Alcohol/Ecstasy_Fact_Sheet.pdf (accessed May 5, 2011). 6-67. UNODC. (2013). World Drug Report. http://www.unodc.org/unodc/ secured/wdr/wdr2013/World_Drug_Report_2013.pdf. (accessed October 1, 2013). 6-68. CBS News. (September 30, 2013). Fake Ecstasy Drug Kills 6 in Florida. http://abcnews.go.com/US/story?id=95562 (accessed January 10, 2014). 6-69. DuPont, R. L. (1997). The Selfish Brain: Learning from Addiction. Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 6-70. Gable, R. S. (2004). Acute toxic effects of club drugs. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 36(3), 303–14. 6-71. Fischer, C., Hatzidimitriou, G., Wlos, J., et al. (1995). Reorganization of ascending 5-HT axon projections in animals previously exposed to recreational drug 3,4-Methylenedioxymethamphetamine (MDMA, ecstasy). Journal of Neuroscience, 15, 5476–85. 6-72. Irvine, R. J., Keane, M., Felgate, P., et al. (2006). Plasma drug concentrations and physiological measures in “dance party” participants. Neuropsychopharmacology, 31(2), 424–30. 6-73. Barnes, M. (2013). Around the World in 80 Raves. London: Dog N Bone. 6-74. Fernandez-Calderon, F., Lozano, O. M., Vidal, C., et al. (2011). Polysubstance use patterns in underground rave attenders: A cluster analysis. Journal of Drug Education, 41(2), 183–202. 6-75. DAWN (Drug Abuse Warning Network. (2013). Highlights Data, Outcomes, and Quality. http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2k13/DAWN127/ sr127-DAWN-highlights.htm (accessed September 30, 2013). 6-76. Said, C. (May 31, 2010). One Dead, Five Others Critical After Cow Palace Rave. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A1. 6-77. Erowid. (2001). The Vaults of Erowid: Sulfurous Samadhi: An Investigation of 2C-T-2 and 2C-T-7. http://www.erowid.org/chemicals/2ct7/article1/ article1.shtml (accessed May 20, 2011).
R.20
References
6-78. Leger, D. L. (September 25, 2013). Overdoses attributed to club drug “Molly” increases. USA Today. http://www.usatoday.com/story/news/nation/ 2013/09/25/club-drug-molly-abuse-increases/2868811/ (accessed January 14, 2014). 6-79. Ott, J. (1976). Hallucinogenic Plants of North America. Berkeley, CA: Wingbow Press. 6-79A. Erowid. (2006). The Vaults of Erowid: Nootropics: “Smart drugs.” http:// www.erowid.org/smarts/smarts.shtml (accessed April 20, 2011). 6-80. Schultes, R. E. and Hofmann, A. (1980). The Botany and Chemistry of Hallucinogens. Springfield, IL: Charles C. Thomas. 6-81. Smith, M. V. (1981). Psychedelic Chemistry. Port Townsend, WA: Loompanics Unlimited. 6-82. American Association of Poison Control Centers. (2012). 2011 Annual Report of the AAPCCs’ National Poison Data System: 29th Annual Report. 2011. https://aapcc.s3.amazonaws.com/pdfs/annual_reports/2011_NPDS_ Annual_Report_-_Final.pdf (accessed January 14, 2014). 6-83. Leinwand, D. (November 2, 2006). Jimson weed users chase high all the way to hospital. USA Today, p. 2A. 6-84. Petersen, R. C. (1980). Phencyclidine: A Review (NIDA Publication No. 1980-0-341-166/614). Washington, DC: U.S. Government Printing Office. 6-85. Siegel, R. K. (1989). Life in Pursuit of Artificial Paradise. New York: E. P. Hutton. 6-86. Fox, B. (October 3, 2002). Authorities break up big club-drug ring. Medford Mail Tribune, p. 11. 6-87. Jansen, K. (2001). Ketamine: Dreams and Realities. Sarasota, FL: MAPS. 6-88. Corazza, O. and Schifano, F., (2010). Near-death states reported in a sample of 50 misusers. Substance Use and Misuse, 45(6), 916–24. 6-89. National Drug Intelligence Center. (2004). Ketamine. http://www.justice. gov/archive/ndic/pubs10/10255/10255p.pdf (accessed January 20, 2014). 6-90. DEA (2003). Ketamine. http://www.justice.gov/archive/ndic/pubs10/ 10255/10255p.pdf (accessed January 14, 2014). 6-91. Krupitsky, E. M. and Grinenko, A. Y. (1997). Ketamine psychedelic therapy (KPT). A review of the results of ten years of research. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 29(2), 165–83. 6-92. Jansen, K. L. R. and Darracot-Cankovic, R. (2001). The nonmedical use of ketamine, part two: A review of problem use and dependence. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 33(2), 151–58. 6-93. Hawley, C. (June 25, 2009). Mexico “magic mint” bittersweet. USA Today, p. A1. 6-94. Bucheler, R., Gleiter, C. H., Schwoerer, P. and Gaertner, I. (2005). Use of nonprohibited hallucinogenic plants: Increasing relevance for public health? A case report and literature review of the consumption of Salvia divinorum (diviner’s sage). Pharmacopsychiatry, 38(1), 1–5. 6-95. Internet Sacred Text Archive. (2006). The Vedas, Rig Veda, Hymn IV. http:// www.sacred-texts.com/hin/rigveda/rv01004.htm (accessed April 20, 2011). 6-96. Ott, J. (1976). Hallucinogenic Plants of North America. Berkeley, CA: Wingbow Press. 6-97. Elora, H. (2001). Adolescent dextromethorphan abuse. Toxalert, 18(1), 1–3. 6-98. Marwaha, A. (2008). Getting high on HIV drugs in S. Africa. BBC News. http://news.bbc.co.uk/2/hi/africa/7768059.stm (accessed March 5, 2014). 6-99. Sciutto, J. (April 6, 2009). No turning back: Teens abuse HIV drugs. ABC News. http://www.abcnews.go.com/print?id=7227982 (accessed January 5, 2014). 6-100. Booth, M. (2004). Cannabis: A History. New York: Thomas Dunne Books, St. Martin’s Press. 6-101. Touw, M. (1981). The religious and medicinal uses of Cannabis in China, India, and Tibet. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 13(1), 23–33. 6-102. Brunner, T. F. (1977). Marijuana in ancient Greece and Rome? The literary evidence. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 9(3), 1–25. 6-103. DuToit, B. M. (1980). Cannabis in Africa. Rotterdam: Balkema. 6-104. Courtwright, D. (2001). Forces of Habit. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 6-105. Walton, R. P. (1938). Marijuana: America’s New Drug Problem. Philadelphia: Lippincott. 6-106. Degenhardt, L., Dierker, L., Chiu, W. T., et al. (2010). Evaluating the drug use “gateway” theory using cross-national data. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 108(1–2), 84–97. 6-107. ADAM (2013). Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program. http://www. whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/Fact_Sheets/adamfactsheet_for_ web.pdf (accessed December 21, 2013).
6-108. UNODC. (2013). World Drug Report. http://www.unodc.org/unodc/ secured/wdr/wdr2013/World_Drug_Report_2013.pdf (accessed January 1, 2014). 6-109. Bibra, E. F. (1995). Plant Intoxicants: Betel and Related Substances. Rochester, VT: Healing Arts Press. 6-110. USDOJ. (2013). National Drug Threat Assessment. http://www.justice. gov/ndic/pubs31/31379/31379p.pdf (accessed January 18, 2014). 6-111. DEA. (2012). National Drug Threat Assessment 2012. http://www.justice. gov/dea/concern/18862/ndic_2009.pdf (accessed January 17, 2014). 6-112. Squatriglia, C. (September 6, 2006). Pot farms ravaging park land. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A1. 6-113. Ritter, J. (February 7, 2007). Pot growing moves to suburbs. USA Today, p. A3. 6-114. ElSohly, M. A. (2009). Quarterly Report Potency Monitoring Project, Report 104, December 16, 2008 thru March 15, 2009. http://www.ntis.gov/ search/product.aspx?ABBR=PB2010111485 (accessed April 17, 2014). 6-115. Welch, K. A., McIntosh, A. M., Job, D. E., et al. (2010). The impact of substance use on brain structure in people at high risk of developing schizophrenia. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 37(5), 1066–76. 6-116. Di Forti, M., Sallis, H., Allegri, F., et al. (2013). Daily use, especially of high-potency Cannabis, drives the earlier onset of psychosis in Cannabis users. Schizophrenia Bulletin. doi: 10.1093/schbul/sbt181 (accessed April 17, 2014). 6-117. IDA (Institute for Defense Analyses). (2009). The Price and Purity of Illicit Drugs: 1981–2007. http://www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ ondcp/policy-and-research/bullet_1.pdf (accessed April 17, 2014). 6-118. Willing, R. (February 16, 2004). British test inhaler that dispenses medical marijuana. USA Today, p. 4A. 6-119. DEA Microgram Bulletin. (2009). “Spice”—plant material(s) laced with synthetic cannabinoids or cannabinoid mimicking compounds, March 2009. http://www.justice.gov/dea/pr/micrograms/2009/mg0309.pdf (accessed December 12, 2013). 6-120. Danko, D. (January 28, 2009). Synthetic Cannabis mimic found in herbal incense. High Times News. http://hightimes.com/news/dan/5014 (accessed April 11, 2011). 6-121. Howlett, A. C., Evans, D. M. and Houston, D. B. (1992). The cannabinoid receptor. In L. Murphy and A. Bartke, eds. Marijuana/Cannabinoids: Neurobiology and Neurophysiology (pp. 35–72). Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 6-121A. Hoffman, J. (2009). Cannabimimetic indoles, pyrroles, and indenes: Structure activity relationship and receptor interactions. In P. H. Reggio, ed. The Cannabinoid Receptors. New York: Humana Press. 6-122. Devane, W. A., Hanus, L., Breuer, A., et al. (1992). Isolation and structure of a brain constituent that bonds to the cannabinoid receptor. Science, 258(5090), 1882–84, 1946–49. 6-122A. Bisogno, T., Ligresti, A. and Dimarzo, V. (2005). The endocannabinoid signaling system: Biochemical aspects. Pharmacology, Biochemistry and Behavior, 81(2), 224–38. 6-123. Mackie, K. and Stella, N. (2006). Cannabinoid receptors and endocannabinoids: Evidence for new players. AAPS Journal, 8(2), 298–306. 6-124. Welch, S. P. (2009). The pharmacology of cannabinoids. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 193–214). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 6-125. Hill, M. N. and McKewen, B. S. (2010). Involvement of the endocannabinoid system in the neurobehavioural effects of stress and glucocorticoids. Progress in Neuropsychopharmacology and Biological Psychiatry, 34(5), 791–97. 6-126. Huestis, M. A., Gorelick, D. A., Heishman, S. J., et al. (2001). Blockade of effects of smoked marijuana by the CBI-selective cannabinoid receptor antagonist SR141716. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58(4), 322–28. 6-127. High Times. (October 12, 2012). To dab or not to dab. http://www. hightimes.com/read/dab-or-not-dab (accessed January 1, 2014). 127A. Young, B. (July 2, 2013). State faces the latest twist in pot law: Concentrates. Seattle Times. http://seattletimes.com/html/localnews/2021315471_ potconcentratesxml.html (accessed January 12, 2014). 6-128. DEA, marijuana. (2013). Cannabis eradication. http://www.justice.gov/ dea/ops/cannabis_2012.pdf (accessed January 12, 2014). 6-129. Rossato, M., Pagano, C. and Vettor, R. (2008). The cannabinoid system and male reproductive functions. Journal of Neuroendocrinology, 20(suppl. 1), 90–93. 6-130. McLaughlin, P. J., Winston, K., Swezey, L., et al. (2003). The cannabinoid CB1 antagonists SR 141716A and AM 251 suppress food
References intake and food-reinforced behavior in a variety of tasks in rats. Behavioral Pharmacology, 14(8), 583–88. 6-131. Kirkham, T. C. (2009). Cannabinoids and appetite: Food craving and food pleasure. International Review of Psychiatry, 21(2), 163–71. 6-132. Cermak, T. L. (May 2004). Update on marijuana: Why it works and why it doesn’t. San Francisco Medicine. http://www.sfms.org/ AM/Template.cfm?Section=Homeandtemplate=/CM/HTMLDisplay. cfmandContentID=1555 (accessed May 20, 2011). 6-133. Breivogel, C. S., Scates, S. M., Beletskaya, I. O., Lowery, O. B. and Martin, B. R. (2003). The effects of delta-9-tetrahydrocannabinol physical dependence on brain cannabinoid receptors. European Journal of Pharmacology, 459(2–3), 139–50. 6-134. Sim-Selley, L. J. (2003). Regulation of cannabinoid CB1 receptors in the central nervous system by chronic cannabinoids. Critical Review of Neurobiology, 15(2), 91–119. 6-135. Laaris, N., Good, C. H. and Lupica, C. R. (2010). Delta(9)tetrahydrocannabinol is a full agonist at CB1 receptors on GABA neuron axon terminals in the hippocampus. Neuropharmacology, 59(1–2), 121–27. 6-136. Nestor, L., Roberts, G., Garavan, H. and Hester, R. (2008). Neuroimaging, 40(3), 1328–39. 6-137. Solowij, N., Stephens, R. S., Roffman, R. A., et al. (2002). Cognitive functioning of long-term heavy Cannabis users seeking treatment. Journal of the American Medical Association, 287(9), 1123–31. 6-138. SAMHSA. (2005). Substance Use During Pregnancy. The NSDUH Report. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/2K5/pregnancy/pregnancy.cfm (accessed January 12, 2014). 6-139. Fridberg, D. J., Queller, S., Ahn, W-Y, et al. (2010). Cognitive mechanisms underlying risky decision-making in chronic Cannabis users. Journal of Mathematical Psychology, 54(1), 28–38. 6-140. Young, J. M., McGregor, I. S. and Mallet, P. E. (2005). Co-administration of THC and MDMA (ecstasy) synergistically disrupts memory in rats. Neuropsychopharmacology, 30(8), 1475–82. 6-141. Joy, J. E., Watson, S. J., Jr. and Benson, J. A., eds. (1999). Marijuana and Medicine: Assessing the Science Base. Washington, DC: National Academy Press. 6-142. Wilkins, J. N., Mellott, K. G., Markvitsa, R. and Gorelick, D. A. (2003). Management of stimulant, hallucinogen, marijuana, and phencyclidine intoxication and withdrawal. In A. W. Graham, T. K. Schultz, M. F. MayoSmith, R. K. Ries and B. B. Wilford, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (3rd ed., pp. 671–95). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 6-143. Pope, H. G., Gruber, A. J., Hudson, J. I., et al. (2001). Neuropsychological performance in long-term Cannabis users. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58(10), 909–15. 6-144. Tashkin, D. P. (2005). Smoked marijuana as a cause of lung injury. Monaldi Archives of Chest Diseases, 63(2), 93–100. 6-145. Tashkin, D. P., Simmons, M. and Clark, V. (1988). Acute and chronic effects of marijuana smoking compared with tobacco smoking on blood carboxy-hemoglobin levels. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20(1), 27–32. 6-146. Richter, K. P., Kaur, H., Reznicow, K., et al. (2005). Cigarette smoking among marijuana users in the United States. Substance Abuse, 25(2), 35–43. 6-147. Tan, W. C., Lo, A., Jong, A., et al., (2009). Marijuana and chronic obstructive lung disease: A population based study. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 180(8), 814–20. 6-148. Tashkin, D. P. (May 23, 2006). Cancer and smoking marijuana. Paper presented at the American Thoracic Society 102nd International Conference, San Diego, CA. 6-149. Williamson, J. E., July, M., Gonzalez, L. M., et al. (2013). Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome: Cyclical vomiting behind the cloud of smoke. American Journal of Medicine, 62(49), 1016–17. 6-150. Enuh, H. A., Chin, J. and Nfonoyim, J. (2013). Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome with extreme hydrophilia. International Journal of General Medicine, 6, 685–87. 6-151. Hopkins, C. Y. and Gilchrist, B. L. (2013). A case of cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome caused by synthetic cannabinoids. Journal of Emergency Medicine, 45(4), 544–46. 6-152. Chen, J. and McCarron, R. M. (2013). Cannabinoid hyperemesis syndrome: A result of chronic Cannabis use. Current Psychiatry 12(10), 48–54.
R.21
6-153. Allen, J. H., de Moore, G. M., Heddle, R., et al. (2004). Cannabinoid hyperemesis: Cyclical hyperemesis in association with chronic Cannabis abuse. Cut, 53(11):1566–70. 6-154. Roth, M. D., Tashkin, B. P., Whittaker, K. M., Choi, R. and Baldwin. G. C. (2005). Tetrahydrocannabinol suppresses immune function and enhances HIV replication in the huPBL-SCID mouse. Life Sciences, 77(14), 1711–22. 6-155. McKallip, R. J., Nagarkatti, M. and Nagarkatti, P. S. (2005). Delta-9tetrahydrocannabinol enhances breast cancer growth and metastasis by suppression of the antitumor immune response. Journal of Immunology, 174(6), 3281–89. 6-156. Francoeur, N. and Baker, C. (2010). Attraction to Cannabis among men with schizophrenia: A phenomenological study. Canadian Journal of Nursing Research, 42(1), 132–49. 6-157. Grinspoon, L., Bakalar, J. B. and Russo, E. (2005). Marijuana: Clinical aspects. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 263–76). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 6-158. Os, J., Bak, M., Hanssen, R. V., et al. (2002). Cannabis use and psychosis: A longitudinal population-based study. American Journal of Epidemiology, 156, 319–27. 6-159. Marceaux, J. C., Dilks, L. S. and Hixson, S. (2008). Neuropsychological effects of formaldehyde use. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 40(2), 207–9. 6-160. Aceto, M. D., Scates, S. M. and Martin, B. B. (2001). Spontaneous and precipitated withdrawal with a synthetic cannabinoid. European Journal of Pharmacology, 416(1–2), 75–81. 6-161. Rinaldi-Carmona, M., Barth, M., Heauline, M., et al. (1994). SR141716, a potent and selective antagonist of the brain cannabinoid receptor. Federation of European Biochemical Sciences Letters, 350(2–3), 240–44. 6-162. Tsou, K., Patrick, S. L. and Walker, J. M. (1995). Physical withdrawal in rats tolerant to delta 9-tetrahydrocannabinol precipitated by a cannabinoid receptor antagonist. European Journal of Pharmacology, 280(3), R13–R15. 6-163. Budney, A. J., Hughes, J. R., Moore, B. A. and Novy, P. L. (2001). Marijuana abstinence effects in marijuana smokers maintained in their home environment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 58(10), 917–24. 6-164. Haney, M., Ward, A. S., Comer, S. D., et al. (1999). Abstinence symptoms following smoked marijuana in humans. Psychopharmacology, 141(4), 395–404. 6-165. Kouri, E. M., Pope, H. G. and Lukas, S. E. (1999). Changes in aggressive behavior during withdrawal from long-term marijuana use. Psychopharmacology, 143(3), 302–8. 6-166. Zickler, P. (2002). Study demonstrates that marijuana smokers experience significant withdrawal. NIDA Notes, 17(3). http://archives. drugabuse.gov/NIDA_Notes/NNVol17N3/Demonstrates.html (accessed April 20, 2011). 6-167. American Psychiatric Association (APA). (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, DSM-5. Arlington, VA.: American Psychiatric Association. 6-168. TEDS. (2012). Treatment Episode Data Sets (TEDS)—2010. http:// wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/webt/tedsweb/tab_year.choose_year_web_table?t_ state=US (accessed September 30, 2013). 6-169. Ehlers, C. L., Gizer, I. R., Vieten, C., et al. (2010). Cannabis dependence in the San Francisco Family Study: Age of onset of use, DSM-IV symptoms, withdrawal, and heritability. Addictive Behaviors, 35(2), 102–10. 6-170. Kandel, D. B. and Yamaguchi, K. (1993). From beer to crack: Developmental patterns of drug involvement. American Journal of Public Health, 83, 851–55. 6-171. Lynskey, M. T., Heath, A. C., Bucholz, K. K., et al. (2003). Escalation of drug use in early-onset Cannabis users vs. co-twin controls. Journal of the American Medical Association, 289(4), 427–33. 6-172. Lynskey, M. T., Vink, J. M. and Boomsma, D. I. (2006). Early onset Cannabis use and progression to other drug use in a sample of Dutch twins. Behavioral Genetics 36(2), 195–200. 6-173. Drug War Facts. (2013). Drug War Facts: Marijuana. http://drugwarfacts. org/cms/?q=node/53 (accessed May 5, 2011). 6-174. Legality of Marijuana. (2014). Legality of Cannabis by country. http:// en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Legality_of_cannabis_by_country (accessed January 4, 2014). 6-175. Lenne, M. G., Dietze, P. M., Triggs, T. J., et al. (2010). The effects of Cannabis and alcohol on simulated arterial driving: Influences of driving experience and task demand. Accident Analysis and Prevention, 42(3), 859–66.
R.22
References
6-176. Mann, R. E., Stoduto, G., lalomiteanu, A., et al. (2010). Self-reported collision risk associated with Cannabis use and driving after Cannabis use among Ontario adults. Traffic Injury Prevention, 11(2), 115–22. 6-177. Gieringer, D. H. (1988). Marijuana, driving, and accident safety. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 20(1), 93–100. 6-178. Courage, K. H. (February 9, 2012). Smoke and mirrors: Driving while high on marijuana doubles one’s chances of a serious car crash. Scientific American. http://blogs.scientificamerican.com/observations/2012/02/09/ smoke-and-mirrors-driving-while-on-marijuana-doubles-ones-chances-ofa-serious-car-crash/ (accessed January 4, 2014). 6-178A. Hartman R. L, and Huestis, M. A. (2013). Cannabis effects on driving skills. Clinical Chemistry, 59(3), 478–92. 6-179. Mathias, R. (1996). Marijuana Impairs Driving-Related Skills and Workplace Performance. NIDA Notes, 11(1). http://archives.drugabuse.gov/ NIDA_Notes/NNVol11N1/Marijuana.html (accessed April 5, 2011). 6-180. Hollister, L. E. (1986). Health aspects of Cannabis. Pharmacological Revues, 38(1), 1–20. 6-181. Reeve, V. C., Robertson, W. B., Grant, J., et al. (1983). Hemolyzed blood and serum levels of delta-9-THC: Effects on the performance of roadside sobriety tests. Journal of Forensic Sciences, 28(4), 963–71. 6-182. Smiley, A. (1986). Marijuana: On-road and driving simulator studies. Alcohol, Drugs, and Driving: Abstracts and Reviews, 2(3–4), 121–34. 6-183. Ramaekers, J. G., Berghaus, G., van Laar, M. and Drummer, O. H. (2004). Dose related risk of motor vehicle crashes after Cannabis use. Drug and Alcohol Dependency 73(2), 109–19. 6-184. Laumon, B., Gadegbeku, B., Martin, J. L., Biecheler, M. B. and SAM Group. (2005). Cannabis intoxication and fatal road crashes in France: Population based case-control study. British Medical Journal, 331(7529): 1371. 6-185. Bramness, J. G., Khiabani, H. Z. and Morland, J. (2010). Impairment due to Cannabis and ethanol: Clinical signs and additive effects. Addiction, 105(6), 1080–87. 6-186. Huffington Post. (January 2, 2014). Here’s How Much It Costs to Buy Weed in Colorado Now. http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2014/01/02/ marijuana-prices-colorado_n_4532463.html?utm_hp_ref=mostpopular (accessed April 17, 2014). 6-187. Huffington Post. (February 27, 2014). Marijuana Sales. http://www .huffingtonpost.com/2014/01/03/pot-sales_n_4536780.html (accessed February 28, 2014). 6-188. Reutman, R. (April 20, 2010). Medical marijuana business is on fire. USA Today (CNBC). 6-189. Spillman, J. (December 14, 2009). Colorado’s Green Rush: Medical Marijuana. CNN. http://articles.cnn.com/2009-12-14/us/colorado.medical. marijuana_1_medical-marijuana-dispensaries-supply-and-demand?_ s=PM:US (accessed February 15, 2014). 6-190. Egelko, B. (October 15, 2002). Court affirms medical pot law limits. San Francisco Chronicle, p. 1. 6-191. McMeens, R. R. (1860). Report to the Ohio State Medical Committee on Cannabis indica. In T. H. Mikuriya, ed. Marijuana: Medical Papers 1839–1972. Oakland, CA: Medi-Comp Press. 6-192. Reynolds, J. R. (1890). Therapeutical uses and toxic effects of Cannabis indica. Lancet, 1, 637–38. 6-193. Grinspoon, L. and Bakalar, J. B. (1985). Cocaine: A Drug and Its Social Evolution. New York: Basic Books. 6-194. Russel, S. (February 13, 2007). Medical pot cuts pain study finds. San Francisco Chronicle, p. B1. 6-195. Guindon, J. and Hohmann, A. G. (2009). The endocannabinoid system and pain. CNS and Neurological Disorder Drug Targets, 8(6), 403–21. 6-196. Young, S. (August 7, 2013). Marijuana stops child’s severe seizures. CNN Health. http://www.cnn.com/2013/08/07/health/charlotte-childmedical-marijuana/ (accessed January 7, 2014).
Chapter 7 7-1. American Gambling Association. (2013). State of the States: The AGA Survey of Casino Entertainment. http://www.americangaming.org/sites/ default/files/uploads/docs/aga_sos2013_fnl.pdf (assessed February 7, 2014). 7-2. Giannini, A. J. (1991). The volatile agents. In N. S. Miller, ed., Comprehensive Handbook of Drug and Alcohol Addiction. New York: Marcel Dekker.(1-35).
7-3. Brecher, E. M. (1972). Licit and Illicit Drugs. Consumers Union Reports. Boston: Little, Brown. 7-4. Swan, N. (1995). Inhalants. In J. H. Jaffe, ed., Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. II, pp. 590–600). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 7-5. Weil, A. and Rosen, W. (2004). From Chocolate to Morphine. Boston: Houghton Mifflin. 7-6. Smith, G. (1974). When the Cheering Stopped. Toronto: MacLeod. 7-7. Sharp, C. W., Howard, M. O. and Schiffer, W. K. (2011). Inhalants. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 284–318). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 7-8. DAWN (Drug Abuse Warning Network). (2013). Highlights Data, Outcomes, and Quality. http://www.samhsa.gov/data/2k13/DAWN127/ sr127-DAWN-highlights.htm (accessed September 30, 2013). 7-9. WHO. (1998B). Volatile Solvent Use: A Global Overview, WHO/HSC/ SAB/99.7. http://www.who.int/substance_abuse/activities/volatilesolvent/ en (accessed May 3, 2013). 7-10. Foundation for a Drug-Free World. (2012). The Truth About Inhalants. http://www.drugfreeworld.org/drugfacts/inhalants/international-statistics. html (accessed February 9, 2014). 7-11. Njord, L., Merrill, R. M., Njord, R., et al. (2010). Drug use among street children and non-street children in the Philippines. Asia Pacific Journal of Public Health, 22(2), 203–11. 7-12. Kumar, S., Grover, S., Kulhara, P., et al. (2008). Inhalant abuse: A clinicbased study. Indian Journal of Psychiatry, 50(2), 117–20. 7-13. ONDCP. (2006). Inhalants. http://www.whitehousedrugpolicy.gov/ drugfact/inhalants/index.html (accessed April 17, 2011). 7-14. Wu, L. T. and Ringwalt, C. L. (2006). Inhalant use and disorders among adults in the United States. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 85(1), 1–11. 7-15. Monitoring the Future (2013). 2012 Data from In-School Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. http://www.monitoringthefuture. org/data/12data.html#2012data-drugs (accessed February 5, 2014). 7-16. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC. htm (accessed February 5, 2014). 7-17. NIPC (National Inhalant Prevention Coalition). (2013). About Inhalants. http://www.inhalants.org/scatter.htm (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-18. TEDS. (2012). Treatment Episode Data Sets (TEDS)—2010. http:// wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/webt/tedsweb/tab_year.choose_year_web_table?t_ state=US (accessed September 30, 2013). 7-19. Gerasimov, M. R., Ferrieri, R. A., Schiffer, W. K., et al. (2002). Study of brain uptake and biodistribution of [11C]toluene in non-human primates and mice. Life Sciences, 70(23), 2811–28. 7-20. Balster, R. L. (2009). The pharmacology of inhalants. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 241–50). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 7-21. NIDA Infofacts. (2012). Drug Facts: Inhalants. http://www.drugabuse. gov/publications/drugfacts/inhalants (accessed February 9, 2014). 7-22. Rosenberg, N. L., Grigsby, J., Dreisbach, J., Busenbark, D. and Grigsby, P. (2002). Neuropsychologic impairment and MRI abnormalities associated with chronic solvent abuse. Journal of Toxicology, Clinical Toxicology, 40(1), 21–34. 7-23. Yucel, M., Zalesky, A., Takagi, M. J., et al. (2010). White-matter abnormalities in adolescents with long-term inhalant and cannabis use: A diffusion magnetic resonance imaging study. Journal of Psychiatry Neuroscience, 35(6), 409–12. 7-24. Wu, L. T., Howard, M. O. and Pilowsky, D. J. (2008). Substance use disorders among inhalant users: Results from the National Epidemiological Survey on alcohol and related conditions. Addictive Behaviors, 33(7), 968–72. 7-25. Korman, M., Trimboli, F. and Semler, I. (1980). A comparative evaluation of 162 inhalant users. Addictive Behavior, 5(2), 143–52. 7-26. Sakai, J. T., Mikulich-Gilbertson, S. K. and Crowley, T. J. (2006). Adolescent inhalant use among male patients in treatment for substance and behavior problems: Two-year outcome. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 32(1), 29–40. 7-27. Garland, E. L., Howard, M. O. and Perron, B. E. (2009). Nitrous oxide inhalation among adolescents: Prevalence, correlates, and co-occurrence with volatile solvent inhalation. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 41(4), 337–47.
References 7-28. Marsolek, M. R., White, N. C. and Litovitz, T. L. (2010). Inhalant abuse: Monitoring trends by using poison control data, 1993–2008. Pediatrics, 125(5), 906–13. 7-29. Sharp, C. W., Beauvais, F. and Spence, R. (1992). Inhalant Abuse: A Volatile Research Agenda. NIDA Research Monograph Series No. 129, NIH Publication No. 93-3480. Rockville, MD: National Institutes of Health. 7-30. Hormes, J. T., Filley, C. M. and Rosenberg, N. L. (1986). Neurologic sequelae of chronic solvent vapor abuse. Neurology, 36(5), 698–702. 7-31. Siegel, E. and Wason, S. (1990). Sudden death caused by inhalation of butane and propane. New England Journal of Medicine, 323(23), 1638. 7-32. Beauvais, F., Oetting, E. R. and Edwards, R. W. (1985). Trends in the use of inhalants among American Indian adolescents. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 11(3–4), 209–29. 7-33. Williams, J. F., Storck, M. (2007). Inhalant Abuse. American Academy of Pediatrics, Clinical Report. http://pediatrics.aappublications.org/ content/119/5/1009.full (accessed April 18, 2014). 7-34. Hall, M. T. and Howard, M. O. (2009). Nitrite inhalant abuse in antisocial youth: Prevalence, patterns, and predictors. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 41(2); 135–43. 7-35. Hatfield, L. A., Horvath, K. J., Jacoby, S. M., et al. (2009). Comparison of substance use and risky sexual behavior among a diverse sample of urban, HIV-positive men who have sex with men. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 28(3), 208–18. 7-36. Tran, D. C., Brazeau, D. A., Nickerson, P. A. and Fung, H. L. (2006). Effects of repeated in vivo inhalant nitrite exposure on gene expression in mouse liver and lungs. Nitric Oxide, 14(4), 279–89. 7-37. Viagra, poppers are a fatal combination. (June 22, 1999). San Francisco Chronicle, p. B1. 7-38. Wu, L. T., Schlenger, W. E. and Ringwalt, C. L. (2005). Use of nitrite inhalants (“poppers”) among American youth. Journal of Adolescent Health, 37(1), 52–60. 7-39. Luck, S. and Hedrick, J. (2004). The alarming trend of substance abuse in anesthesia providers. Journal of Perianesthesia Nursing, 19(5), 308–11. 7-40. Sneader, W. (2005). Drug Discovery: A History. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley and Sons. 7-41. Lynn, E. J., Walter, R. G., Harris, L. A., Dendy, R. and James, M. (1972). Nitrous oxide: It’s a gas. Journal of Psychedelic Drugs, 5(1), 1–7. 7-42. Zacny, J. P. and Jun, J. M. (2010). Lack of sex differences to the subjective effects of nitrous oxide in healthy volunteers. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 112(3), 251–54. 7-43. American Psychiatric Association (APA). (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, DSM-5. Arlington, Va.: American Psychiatric Association. 7-44. WADA (World Anti-Doping Agency). (2014). WADA Home. http://www. wada-ama.org (accessed February 12, 2014). 7-45. Canseco, J. (2005). Juiced: Wild Times, Rampant ’Roids, Smash Hits, and How Baseball Got Big. New York: HarperCollins. 7-46. Blum, R. (January 12, 2010). Big Mac fesses up. Medford Mail Tribune, p. 1D. 7-47. Hanley, D. F. (1983). Drug and sex testing: Regulations for international competition. Clinical Sports Medicine, 2(1), 13–17. 7-48. Wooley, B. H. (1992). Drugs of abuse in sport. In R. Banks Jr., ed., Substance Abuse in Sport: The Realities (2nd ed., pp. 3–12). Dubuque, IA: Kendall/Hunt. 7-49. Contador tests positive, suspended. (January 13, 2010). The Associated Press. 7-50. Pound, D. (2006). Inside Dope. Mississauga, Ontario: John Wiley and Sons Canada. 7-51. NCAA. (2012). NCAA Study of Substance Use Trends Among College Student-Athletes. http://www.ncaapublications.com/productdownloads/ SAHS09.pdf (accessed March 16, 2014). 7-52. PDR (Physicians’ Desk Reference). (2014). Physicians’ Desk Reference (61st ed.). Montvale, NJ: Medical Economics. 7-53. McCutcheon, C. (December 15, 2005). Abuse of Muscle Relaxant Prompts Regulatory Moves. Newhouse News Service. 7-54. Anderson, S. D., Sue-Chu, M., Perry, C. P., et al. (2006). Bronchial challenges in athletes applying to inhale a beta 2-agonist at the 2004 Summer Olympics. Journal of Allergy and Clinical Immunology, 117(4), 767–73.
R.23
7-55. Fuentes, R. J. and DiMeo, M. (1996). Exercise-induced asthma and the athlete. In R. J. Fuentes, J. M. Rosenberg and A. Davis, eds., Athletic Drug Reference ’96 (pp. 217–34). Durham, NC: Clean Data. 7-56. Rupp, N. T., Brudno, D. S. and Guill, M. F. (1993). The value of screening for risk of exercise-induced asthma in high school athletes. Annual Allergy, 70(4), 339–42. 7-57. Lukas, S. E. (2009). The pharmacology of steroids. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 251–64). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 7-58. Kochakian, C. D. (1990). History of anabolic-androgenic steroids. In G. Lin and L. Erinoff, eds., Anabolic Steroid Abuse (pp. 29–59). Rockville, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. 7-59. Mottram, D. R., ed. (2002). Drugs in Sport (3rd ed.). London: Routledge Press. 7-60. Yesalis, C. E., Herrick, R. T., Buckley, W. E., et al. (1988). Self-reported use of anabolic-androgenic steroids by elite powerlifters. Physiology of Sports Medicine, 16, 91–100. 7-61. Westreich, L. M. (2013). Anabolic-androgenic steroids. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 354–71). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 7-62. Pope, H. J. Jr. and Katz, D. L. (1994). Psychiatric and medical effects of anabolic-androgenic steroid use. A controlled study of 160 athletes. Archives of General Psychiatry, 51(5), 375–82. 7-63. Steroids in baseball. (June 3, 2002B). Sports Illustrated, pp. 35–49. 7-64. Lumia, A. R. and McGinnis, M. Y. (2010). Impact of anabolic androgenic steroids on adolescent males. Physiological Behavior, 100(3), 199–204. 7-65. Cooper, C. J., Noakes, T. D., Dunne, T., Lambert, M. I. and Rochford, K. (1996). A high prevalence of abnormal personality traits in chronic users of anabolic-androgenic steroids. British Journal of Sports Medicine, 30(3), 246–50. 7-66. Su, T. P., Pagliaro, M., Schmidt, P. J., et al. (1993). Neuropsychiatric effects of anabolic steroids in male normal volunteers. JAMA, 269, 2760–64. 7-67. NIDA. (2012). Anabolic Steroid Abuse. NIDA Research Report. http:// www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/anabolic-steroids (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-68. Wood, R. I. (2004). Reinforcing aspects of androgens. Physiology and Behavior, 83(2), 279–89. 7-69. Bhasin, S., Storer, T. W., Berman, N., et al. (1996). The effects of supraphysiologic doses of testosterone on muscle size and strength in normal men. New England Journal of Medicine, 335(1), 1–7. 7-70. Brody, J. E. (May 4, 2010). A plus side for human growth hormone. New York Times, p. B1. 7-71. Schnirring, L. (2000). Growth hormone doping: The search for a test. The Physician and Sports Medicine, 28(4), 16–18. 7-72. Vinton, N. (September 27, 2010). Terry Newton, former rugby player who tested positive for HGH, found dead from apparent suicide. Daily News, A1. 7-73. NBC. (February 14, 2014). Mark Cuban wants NBA to consider allowing use of HGH. http://www.drugabuse.gov/ResearchReports/ Steroids/AnabolicSteroids.html (accessed February 14, 2014). 73A. Guardian. (February 4, 2014). 2014 Winter Olympics: New Drug Claim Shocks World Anti-Doping Agency (WADA). http://www.theguardian. com/sport/2014/feb/04/2014-winter-olympics-drug-evidence-world-antidoping-agency-sochi (accessed March 16, 2014). 7-74. Jacobson, B. H. (1990). Effect of amino acids on growth hormone release. Physical Sports Medicine, 18(1), 63. 7-75. Rosenberg, N. L., Fuentes, R. J., Wooley, B. H., et al. (1996). Questions and answers: What athletes commonly ask. In R. J. Fuentes, J. M. Rosenberg and A. Davis, eds., Athletic Drug Reference ’96. Durham, NC: Clean Data. 7-76. Mottram, D. R., ed. (2010). Drugs in Sport (5th ed.). London: Routledge Press. 7-75. Deventer, K., Van Eenoo, P. and Delbeke, F. T. (2006). Screening for amphetamine and amphetamine-type drugs in doping analysis by liquid chromatography/mass spectrometry. Rapid Communication Mass Spectrometry, 20(5), 877–82. 7-76. Spriet, L. L. (1995). Caffeine and performance. International Journal of Sports Nutrition, 5, S84–S99. 7-77. Weinberg, B. A. and Bealer, B. K. (2001). The World of Caffeine. New York: Routledge Press. 7-78. Hespel, P., Maughan, R. J. and Greenhaff, P. L. (2006). Dietary supplements for football. Journal of Sports Science, 24(7), 749–61.
R.24
References
7-79. Thiessen, M. (April 14, 2005). Judge rules against FDA ban on ephedra. Washington Post, p. E5. 7-79A. Patrick, D. (August 24, 1998). McGwire taking hits over use of power pill. USA Today, p. 1D. 7-80. King, D. S., Sharp, R. L., Vukovich, M. D., et al. (1999). Effect of oral androstenedione on serum testosterone and adaptations to resistance training in young men: A randomized controlled trial. JAMA, 281(21), 2020–28. 7-81. Gordon, N. F., and Duncan, J. J. (1991). Effect of beta-blockers on exercise physiology: Implication for exercise training. Medical Science Sports Exercise, 23(6), 668–76. 7-82. Fuentes, R. J., Rosenberg, J. M. and Davis, A., eds. (1996). Athletic Drug Reference ’96. Durham, NC: Clean Data. 7-83. Provencher, Herve, P., Jais, X., et al. (2006). Deleterious effects of beta-blockers on exercise capacity and hemodynamics in patients with portopulmonary hypertension. Gastroenterology, 130(1), 120–26. 7-84. Pascual, J. A., Belalcazar, V., de Bolos, C., Gutierrez, R., Llop, E. and Segura, J. (2004). Recombinant erythropoietin and analogues: A challenge for doping control. Therapeutic Drug Monitoring, 26(2), 175–79. 7-84A. Cycling Control. (2014). Drug free? 2013 Tour de France returns no positive tests. http://www.sbs.com.au/cyclingcentral/news/50801/drugfree--2013-tour-de-france-returns-no-positive-tests (accessed March 14, 2014). 7-86. Schumacher, Y. O. and Ashenden, M. (2004). Doping with artificial oxygen carriers: An update. Sports Medicine, 34(3), 141–50. 7-86. Goforth, H. W. Jr., Campbell, N. L., Hodgdon, J. A. and Sucec, A. A. (1982). Hematological parameters of trained distance runners following induced erythrocythemia. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 14, 174. 7-87. Williams, M. H., Wesseldine, S., Somma, T. and Schuster, R. (1981). The effect of induced erythrocythemia upon 5-mile treadmill run time. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 13(3), 169–75. 7-88. Van der Merwe, P. J. and Grobbelaar, E. (2005). Unintentional doping through the use of contaminated nutritional supplements. South African Medical Journal, 95(7), 510–11. 7-89. Weisman, L. (June 2, 2005). Strict rules restrain NFL supplements. USA Today, p. 1C. 7-90. Palmer, M. E., Haller, C., McKinney, P. E., et al. (2003). Adverse events associated with dietary supplements: An observational study. Lancet, 361(9352), 101–6. 7-91. Rosenberg, N. L., Fuentes, R. J., Wooley, B. H., et al. (1996). Questions and answers: What athletes commonly ask. In R. J. Fuentes, J. M. Rosenberg and A. Davis, eds., Athletic Drug Reference ’96. Durham, NC: Clean Data. 7-92. Becque, M. D., Lochmann, J. D. and Melrose, D. R. (2000). Effects of oral creatine supplementation on muscular strength and body composition. Medicine and Science in Sports and Exercise, 32(3), 654–58. 7-93. Okudan, N. and Gokbel, H. (2005). The effects of creatine supplementation on performance during the repeated bouts of supramaximal exercise. Journal of Sports Medicine and Physical Fitness, 45(4), 507–11. 7-94. Watson, G., Casa, D. J., Fiala, K. A., et al. (2006). Creatine use and exercise heat tolerance in dehydrated men. Journal of Athletic Training, 41(1), 18–29. 7-95. Segura-Garcia, C., Ammendolia, A., Procopio, L., et al. (2010). Body uneasiness, eating disorders, and muscle dysmorphia in individuals who overexercise. Journal of Strength Conditioning and Research, 24(11), 3098–104. 7-96. Olympic cross-country skiing. (February 2, 2002A). Sports Illustrated, pp. 24–26. 7-97. Bausell, R. B., Bausell, C. R. and Siegel, D. G. (1994). The links among alcohol, drugs, and crime on American college campuses: A national follow-up study (unpublished report). Towson, MD: Towson State University Campus Violence Prevention Center. 7-98. Arnheim, D. D. and Prentice, W. E. (2013). Principles of Athletic Training (15th ed.). St. Louis, MO: Mosby Year Book. 7-99. NCAA. (2012). NCAA Study of Substance Use Trends Among College Student-Athletes. http://www.ncaapublications.com/productdownloads/ SAHS09.pdf (accessed March 16, 2014). 7-100. Klein, M. and Kramer, F. (2004). Rave drugs: Pharmacological considerations. American Association of Nurse Anesthetists Journal, 72(1), 61–67.
7-101. Loviglio, J. (2001). Newest dangerous high: Embalming fluid abuse. Medford Mail Tribune, p. 3B. 7-102. Pommier, D. H. (2006). Hallucinatory fish poisoning: Two case reports from the Western Mediterranean. Clinical Toxicology, 44(2), 185. 7-103. U.S. Pharmacopeia. (2014). USP Dietary Supplement Standards. http:// www.usp.org/dietary-supplements/overview/ (accessed February 15, 2014). 7-104. Bent, S. (2008). Herbal medicine in the U.S.: Review of efficacy, safety, and regulation. Journal of General Internal Medicine, 23(6), 854. 7-105. Helmich, N. (May 18, 2006). Panel neutral on multivitamins. USA Today, p. 11D. 7-106. Marchione, M. (June 29, 2006). Study finds no evidence that folate and B vitamins help fight dementia. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A8. 7-107. Buccafusco, J. J., ed. (2004). Cognitive Enhancing Drugs. Basel, Switzerland: Birkhäuser Verlag. 7-108. Dean, W. and Morgenthaler, J. (1991). Smart Drugs and Nutrients. Santa Cruz, CA: BandJ Publications. 7-109. Rubin, R. (July 8, 2004). Smart pills make headway. USA Today, p. 1D. 7-110. Dennison, S. J. (2011). Substance use disorders in individuals with co-occurring psychiatric disorders. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 721–29). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 7-111. Breiter, H. C., Aharon, I., Kahneman, D., Dale, A. and Shizgal, P. (2001). Functional imaging of neural responses to expectancy and experience of monetary gains and losses. Neuron, 30(2), 619–39. 7-112. Hudson, J. I., Lalonde, J. K., Berry, J. M., et al. (2006). Binge-eating disorder as a distinct familial phenotype in obese individuals. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63(3), 313–19. 7-113. Rankinen, T. and Bouchard, C. (2006). Genetics of food intake and eating behavior phenotypes in humans. Annual Review of Nutrition, 26, 413–34. 7-114. Lobo, D. S. and Kennedy, J. L. (2009). Genetic aspects of pathological gambling: A complex disorder with shared genetic vulnerabilities. Addiction, 104(9), 1454–65. 7-115. Bouchard, C., ed. (1994). Genetics of Obesity. Boca Raton, FL: CRC Press. 7-116. Blum, K., Braverman, E. R., Holder, J. M., et al. (2000). Reward deficiency syndrome (RDS). Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(suppl. i–iv), 1–112. 7-117. Blum, K., Cull, J. G., Braverman, E. R. and Comings, D. E. (1996). Reward deficiency syndrome. American Scientist, 84, 132–45. 7-118. Barbarich, N. C., Kaye, W. H. and Jimerson, D. (2003). Neurotransmitter and imaging studies in anorexia nervosa: New targets for treatment. Current Drug Targets, 2(1), 61–72. 7-119. Shaffer, H. J., Hall, M. N. and Vander Bilt, J. (1999). Estimating the prevalence of disordered gambling behavior in the United States and Canada: A research synthesis. American Journal of Public Health, 89(9), 1369–76. 7-120. Kessler, D. A. (2009). The End of Overeating. New York: Rodale. 7-121. Dittmar, H., Beattie, J. and Friese, S. (1996). Objects, decision considerations and self-image in men’s and women’s impulse purchases. Acta Psychologica, 93(1–3), 187–206. 7-122. Poker Listings. (2013). Main Event. http://www.pokerlistings.com/livetournaments/wsop (accessed February 16, 2014). 7-123. Price Waterhouse Coopers. (2012). Global Gaming Outlook 2015. http://www.pwc.com/gx/en/entertainment-media/publications/globalgaming-outlook.jhtml7 (accessed February 17, 2014). 7-125. Gamblers Anonymous (GA). (2010). Gamblers Anonymous Combo Book. Los Angeles: Gamblers Anonymous. 7-126. Herman, R. D. (1984). Gambling. In Encyclopaedia Britannica (Vol. 7, pp. 866–67). Chicago: Encyclopaedia Britannica. 7-127. Grinols, E. L. (2004). Gambling in America: Costs and Benefits. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. 7-128. Gambler’s Lament, The. (1000 B.C.). Traditions of Poetry in India. http://www-personal.umich.edu/~pehook/250w97.gambler.html (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-129. Schwartz, D. G. (2006). Roll the Bones: The History of Gambling. New York: Gotham Books. 7-130. Dunstan, R. (1999). History of Gambling in the United States. http:// www.library.ca.gov/CRB/97/03/Chapt2.html (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-131. Clotfelter, C. T., Cook, P. J., Edell, J. A. and Moore, M. (1999). State Lotteries at the Turn of the Century: Report to the National Gambling Impact Study Commission. Chapel Hill, NC: Duke University.
References 7-132. Fleming, A. M. (1992). Something for Nothing: A History of Gambling. New York: Delacorte Press. 7-133. 500 Nations. (2014) Indian Casino Facts. http://500nations.com/ Indian_Casinos.asp (accessed February 17, 2014). 7-134. National Indian Gaming Commission. (2014). Tribal Data Overview. http://www.nigc.gov (accessed February 14, 2014). 7-135. Wall Street Journal. (January 2, 2014). Macau’s 2013 Gambling Revenue Rose 19%. http://online.wsj.com/news/articles/SB10001424052702303640 604579295884261629874 (accessed February 17, 2014). 7-136. Wiseman, P. (January 22, 2007). Casinos, hotels bet on Macau. USA Today, p. 1B. 7-136A. Sassen, M., Kraus, L. and Buhringer, G. (2011). Differences in pathological gambling prevalence estimates: Facts or Artefacts. International Journal of Methods in Psychiatric Research, 20(4), e83–99. 7-137. Esteve, H. (November 22–28, 2013). Oregon Lottery series. Portland Oregonian. 7-138. RKMA and Associates. (2013). Gaming and Wagering 2013. http://www. rkma.com/report-detail.cfm?report_id=107 (accessed February 15, 2014). 7-139. NCSL (National Conference of State Legislatures). (2013). 2013 Legislation Regarding Internet Gambling and Lotteries. http://www.ncsl. org/research/financial-services-and-commerce/2013onlinegaminglegislat ion.aspx (accessed February 15, 2014). 7-140. American Gaming Association. (2014). Industry Information. http:// www.americangaming.org (accessed February 17, 2014). 7-141. Grinols, E. L. (2004). Gambling in America: Costs and Benefits. Cambridge, England: Cambridge University Press. 7-142. Bettor Choices. (2007). About Problem Gambling [in Connecticut]. http://www.dmhas.state.ct.us/statewideservices/bettorchoices.htm/about (accessed February 18, 2014). 7-143. Tice, D. J. (February 1993). Big Spenders. Saint Paul Pioneer Press (Special Reprint Section). 7-144. Shaffer, H. J., Hall, M. N. and Vander Bilt, J. (1999). Estimating the prevalence of disordered gambling behavior in the United States and Canada: A research synthesis. American Journal of Public Health, 89(9), 1369–76. 7-145. DeVito, E. E. and Potenza, M. (2011). Pathologic gambling. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 384–92). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 7-146. GBGC. (2014). Global Gambling Revenues. http://www.gbgc. com/2012/02/lotteries-lagging-in-interactive-take-up/ (accessed February 18, 2014). 7-146A. Boning, J., Meyer, G. and Hayer, T. (2013). Gambling Addiction (in Germany). Nervenarzt 84(5), 563–68. 7-147. Petry, M. M. (2005). Pathological Gambling: Etiology, Comorbidity, and Treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. 7-148. NORC (1999). Gambling Impact and Behavior Study. Report to the National Gambling Impact Study Commission. http://govinfo.library.unt. edu/ngisc/index.htm (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-149. Kerber, C. S., Black, D. W. and Buckwalter, K. (2008). Comorbid psychiatric disorders among older adult recovering pathological gamblers. Issues in Mental Health Nursing, 29(9), 1018–28. 7-150. Petry, N. M., Stinson, F. S. and Grant, B. F. (2005). Comorbidity of DSM-IV pathological gambling and other psychiatric disorders: Results from the National Epidemiologic Survey on Alcohol and Related Conditions. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 66(5), 564–74. 7-151. McNeilly, D. P. and Burke, W. J. (2001). Gambling as a social activity of older adults. International Journal of Aging and Human Development, 52(1), 19–28. 7-152. Petry, N. M. and Gonzalez-Ibanez, A. (2013). Internet gambling in problem gambling college students. Journal of Gambling Studies. Prepublication. doi: 10.1007/10899-013-043203. 7-153. LaBrie, R. A., Shaffer, H. J., LaPlante, D. A. and Wechsler, H. (2003). Correlates of college student gambling in the United States. Journal of American College Health, 52(2), 53–62. 7-154. Engwall, D., Hunter, R. and Steinberg, M. (2004). Gambling and other risk behaviors on university campuses. Journal of American College Health, 52(6), 245–55. 7-155. Adlaf, E. M. and Ialomiteanu, A. (2001). Prevalence of problem gambling in adolescents: Findings from the 1999 Ontario Student Drug Use Survey. Canadian Journal of Psychiatry, 45(8), 752–55.
R.25
7-157. Lesieur, H. R., Blume, S. B. and Zoppa, R. M. (1986). Alcoholism, drug abuse, and gambling. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 10(1), 33–38. 7-158. Meyer, G., Hauffa, B. P., Schedlowski, M., et al. (2000). Casino gambling increases heart rate and salivary cortisol in regular gamblers. Biological Psychiatry, 48(9), 948–53. 7-158A. Takahashi, H., Fujie, S., Camerer, C., et al. (2012). Norepinephrine in the brain is associated with aversion to financial losses. Molecular Psychiatry, 18(1), 3–4. 7-159. Linden, R. D., Pope, H. G. Jr. and Jonas, J. M. (1986). Pathological gambling and major affective disorder: Preliminary findings. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 47(4), 201–3. 7-160. Seguin, M., Boyer, R., Lesage, A., et al. (2010). Suicide and gambling: Psychopathology and treatment-seeking. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 24(3), 541–47. 7-161. Park, S., Cho, M. J., Jeon, H. J., et al. (2010). Prevalence, clinical correlations, comorbidities, and suicidal tendencies in pathological Korean gamblers. Social Psychiatry and Psychiatric Epidemiology 45(6), 621–29. 7-162. Slutske, W. S. (2006). Natural recovery and treatment-seeking in pathological gambling: Results of two U.S. national surveys. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(2), 297–302. 7-163. Collier, R. (2008). Do slot machines play mind games with gamblers? Canadian Medical Association Journal, 179(1), 23–24. 7-164. Harrigan, K. A. (2007), Slot machine structural characteristics: Distorted player views of payback percentages. Journal of Gambling Issues, 20, 215–34. 7-166. Ciarrocchi, J. W. (2002). Counseling Problem Gamblers. San Diego: Academic Press. 7-167. Chase, H. W. and Clark, L. (2010). Gambling severity predicts midbrain response to near-miss outcomes. Journal of Neuroscience, 30(18), 6180–87. 7-168. Clark, L., Lawrence, A. J., Astley-Jones, F. et al. (2009). Gambling near-misses enhance motivation to gamble and recruit win-related brain circuitry. Neuron, 61(3), 481–90. 7-169. Debt clock. (2014). U.S. National Debt Clock. http://www.brillig.com/ debt_clock/ (accessed March 4, 2014). 7-170. Federal Reserve. (2014). G-19 report on consumer credit. http://www. federalreserve.gov/releases/g19/hist/cc_hist_sa_levels.html (accessed March 15, 2014). 7-171. Black, D. W. (2001). Compulsive buying disorder: Definition, assessment, epidemiology, and clinical management. CNS Drugs, 15(1), 17–27. 7-172. Koran, L. M., Faber, R. J., Aboujaoude, E., et al. (2006). Estimated prevalence of compulsive buying behavior in the United States. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(10), 1806-12. 7-172A. Derbyshire, K. L., Chamberlain, S. R., Odlaug, B. L., et al. (2014). Neurocognitive functioning in compulsive buying disorder. Annual Clinics in Psychiatry, 26(1), 57–63. 7-173. McElroy, S. L., Satlin, A., Pope, H. G. Jr., et al. (1991). Treatment of compulsive shopping and antidepressants: A report of three cases. Annals of Clinical Psychiatry, 3, 199–204. 7-174. Mueller, A., Mitchell, J. E., Black, D. W., et al. (2010). Latent profile analysis and comorbidity in a sample of individuals with compulsive buying disorder. Psychiatry Research, 178(2), 348–53. 7-175. Koran, L. M., Chuong, H. W., Bullock, K. D. and Smith, S. C. (2003). Citalopram for compulsive shopping disorder: An open-label study followed by double-blind discontinuation. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 64(7), 793–98. 7-176. University of Sussex. (1997). Shopping Addicts Need Help. Bulletin in the University of Sussex newsletter. http://www.sussex.ac.uk/press_office/ bulletin/17jan97/item5.html (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-177. Black, D. W. (2007). Compulsive buying disorder: A review of the evidence. CNS Spectrums, 12(2), 124–32. 7-178. Christenson, G. A., Faber, R. J., de Zwaan, M., et al. (1994). Compulsive buying: Descriptive characteristics and psychiatric comorbidity. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 55(1), 5–11. 7-179. Dittmar, H., Beattie, J. and Friese, S. (1996). Objects, decision considerations and self-image in men’s and women’s impulse purchases. Acta Psychologica, 93(1–3), 187–206. 7-180. Mellan, O. (2009). Overcoming Overspending (3rd ed.). New York: Walker.
R.26
References
7-181. Weintraub, D., Koester, J., Potenza, M. N., et al. (2010). Impulse control disorders in Parkinson disease: A cross-sectional study of 3,090 patients. Archives of Neurology, 67(5), 589–95. 7-182. Mitchell, J. E., Burgard, M., Faber, R., Crosby, R. D. and De Zwaan, M. (2006). Cognitive behavioral therapy for compulsive buying disorder. Behavioral Research and Therapy, 44(12), 1859–65. 7-183. Chocano, C. (June 17, 2011). Underneath every hoarder is a normal person waiting to be dug out. New York Times. 7-184. Fimrite, P. (June 24, 2006). Reclusive rat owner fit profile of hoarder. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A1. 7-185. Brody, E. B. (July 2, 2013). A label calls attention to obesity. New York Times, p. D7. 7-186. Mission: Readiness. (2010). Too fat to fight. http://cdn.missionreadiness. org/MR_Too_Fat_to_Fight-1.pdf (accessed May 18, 2014). 7-187. Flegal, K. M., Carroll, M. D., Ogden, C. L., et al. (2010). Prevalence and trends in obesity among U.S. adults, 1999–2008. JAMA, 303(3), 235–41. 7-188. Flegal, K. M., Carroll, M. D., Kit, B. K., et al. (2012). Prevalence of obesity and trends in the distribution of body mass index among US adults, 1999–2010. JAMA, 307(5):491–97. http://jama.ama-assn.org/ content/307/5/491(accessed March 5, 2014). 7-189. Ogden, C. L., Carroll, M. D., Kit, B. K., et al. (2012). Prevalence of obesity and trends in body mass index among US children and adolescents, 1999–2010. JAMA. 307(5):483–90. http://jama.ama-assn.org/ content/307/5/483(accessed March 5, 2014). 7-190. CDC Health Stats. (2012). Summary Health Statistics for U.S. Adults: National Health Interview Survey, 2010. Vital and Health Statistics 10(252). http://www.cdc.gov/nchs/data/series/sr_10/sr10_252.pdf (accessed March 5, 2014). 7-191. WHO. (2010B). Global strategy on diet, physical activity, and health. http://www.who.int/dietphysicalactivity/en/ (accessed April 17, 2014). 7-192. Xiaochen, S. and Lei, L. (August 6, 2013). Obesity rate on the increase. China Daily. http://usa.chinadaily.com.cn/china/2013-08/06/ content_16872878.htm (accessed March 6, 2014). 7-193. CDC. (2013) Overweight and obesity. http://www.cdc.gov/obesity/ childhood/index.html (accessed March 19, 2014). 7-194. Barlow, S. E., Dietz, W. H., Klish, W. J. and Trowbridge, F. L. (2002). Medical evaluation of overweight children and adolescents: Reports from pediatricians, pediatric nurse practitioners, and registered dietitians. Pediatrics, 110(1 Pt 2), 222–28. 7-195. Body Image. (2009). Body image: eating disorders. The National Women’s Health Information Center. http://www.womenshealth.gov/ fitness-nutrition/index.html (accessed March 18, 2014). 7-196. Brownell, K. D. (2005). The environment and obesity. In C. G. Fairburn and K. D. Brownell, eds. Eating Disorders and Obesity (2nd edition). New York: The Guilford Press. 7-197. Flegal, K. M., Carroll, M. D., Ogden, C. L., et al. (2010). Prevalence and trends in obesity among U.S. adults, 1999–2008. JAMA, 303(3), 235–41. 7-198. Ackard, D. M. and Neumark-Sztainer, D. (2003). Multiple sexual victimization among adolescent boys and girls: Prevalence and associations with eating behaviors and psychological health. Journal of Child Sexual Abuse, 12(1), 17–37. 7-199. Becker, A. E., Grinspoon, S. K., Klibanski, A. and Herzog, D. B. (1999). Eating disorders. New England Journal of Medicine, 340(14), 1092–98. 7-200. Brandt, J. A., Crawford, S. F. and Halmi, K. A. (2011). Eating disorders and substance use disorders. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 373–83). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 7-201. Epstein, L. H., Temple, J. L., Neaderhiser, B. J., et al. (2007). Food reinforcement, the dopamine D2 receptor genotype, and energy intake in obese and nonobese humans. Behavioral Neuroscience, 121(5), 877–86. 7-202. Alsio, J., Olszewski, P. K., Norback, A. H., et al. (2010). Dopamine D1 receptor gene expression decreases in the nucleus accumbens upon longterm exposure to palatable food and differs depending on diet-induced obesity phenotype in rats. Neuroscience, 171(3), 779–87. 7-203. Clement, K. (2006). Human obesity: toward functional genomics. Journal of Social Biology, 200(1), 17–28. 7-204. Clement, K. and Sorensen, T. I. A. (2007). Genetics of Obesity. London: Informa Healthcare.
7-205. Herbert, A., Gerry, N. P., McQueen, M. B., et al. (2006). A common genetic variant is associated with adult and childhood obesity. Science, 312(5771), 279–83. 7-206. Berthoud, H. R. (2003). Neural systems controlling food intake and energy balance in a modern world. Current Opinions in Clinical Nutrition and Metabolic Care, 6(6), 615–20. 7-207. Zheng, H., Lenard, N. R., Shin, A. C. et al. (2009). Appetite control and energy balance regulation in the modern world; reward-driven brain overrides repletion signals. International Journal of Obesity, 33 (Suppl. 2), S8–S13. 7-208. Berthoud, H. R. (2004B). Neural control of appetite: Cross-talk between homeostatic and non-homeostatic systems. Appetite, 43(3), 315–17. 7-209. Ostrowski, J. (March 29, 2010). Scripps Florida: Addicted rats starved themselves rather than give up junk food in study. Palm Beach Post. 7-210. Briggs, D. I., Enriori, P. J., Lemus, M. B., et al. (2010). Diet-induced obesity causes ghrelin resistance. Endocrinology, 151(10), 45–55. 7-211. Meyer, J. S. and Quenzer. L. F. (2005). Psychopharmacology: Drugs, The Brain, and Behavior. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates. 7-212. Volkow, N. D., Fowler, J. S. and Wang, G. J. (2003). The addicted brain: Insights from imaging studies. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 111(10), 1444–51. 7-213. Food on the brain. (January 10, 2005). Forbes, pp. 63–67. 7-214. Levine, A. S., Kotz, C. M. and Gosnell, B. A. (2003). Sugars: Hedonic aspects, neuroregulation, and energy balance. American Journal of Clinical Nutrition, 78(4), 834S–842S. 7-215. Wang, G. J., Volkow, N. D., Logan, J., et al. (2001). Brain dopamine and obesity. Lancet, 357(9253), 354–57. 7-216. Kessler, D. A. (2009), The End of Overeating. New York: Rodale. 7-217. Whitten, L. (2011). Orexin receptor-blocking medications might treat both cocaine abuse and unhealthy eating. NIDA Notes. http://www. drugabuse.gov/news-events/nida-notes/2011/07/neuropeptide-promotesbehaviors-tied-to-addiction-overeating (accessed May 4, 2014). 7-218. Moss, M. (February 20, 2013). The extraordinary science of addictive junk food. New York Times. http://www.nytimes.com/2013/02/24/ magazine/the-extraordinary-science-of-junk-food.html?_r=0 (accessed March 17, 2014). 7-219. Statistic Brain. (2014), Fast Food Statistics. http://www.statisticbrain. com/fast-food-statistics (accessed March 9, 2014). 7-220. Calle, E. E., Rodriguez, C., Walker-Thurmond, K. and Thun, M. J. (2003). Overweight, obesity, and mortality from cancer in a prospectively studied cohort of U.S. adults. New England Journal of Medicine, 348(17), 1625–38. 7-221. Finklestein, E., Brown, D. S., Wrage, L. A., et al. (2010). Individual and aggregate years-of-life lost associated with overweight and obesity. Obesity, 18(2), 333–39. 7-222. American Diabetes Association. (2014). Diabetes. http://www.diabetes. org/diabetes-basics/statistics/?loc=db-slabnav (accessed March 10, 2014). 7-223. University of Chicago. (2011). Diabetes cases to double and costs to triple by 2034. http://www.nephrologynews.com/articles/americandiabetes-cases-to-double-by-2034 (accessed April 18, 2014). 7-224. Boyle, J. P., Thompson, T. J., Gregg, E. W., et al. (2010). Projection of the year 2050 burden of diabetes in the U.S. adult population. Population Health Metrics, 8(1), 29. 7-225. Hillier, T. A. and Pedula, K. L. (2001). Characteristics of an adult population with newly diagnosed type 2 diabetes: The relation of obesity and age of onset. Diabetes Care 24(9), 1522–27. 7-226. Herzog, D. B., Nussbaum, K. M. and Marmor, A. K. (1996). Comorbidity and outcome in eating disorders. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 19(4), 843–59. 7-227. Kaye, W. H., Pickar, D., Naber, D. and Ebert, M. H. (1982). Cerebrospinal fluid opioid activity in anorexia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 139(5), 643–45. 7-228. Becker, A. E., Grinspoon, S. K., Klibanski, A. and Herzog, D. B. (1999). Eating disorders. New England Journal of Medicine, 340(14), 1092–98. 7-229. Merlo, L. J., Stone, A. M. and Gold, M. S. (2009). Co-occurring addiction and eating disorders. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1263–74). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 7-230. Herzog, D. B., Dorer, D. J., Keel, P. K., Selwyn, S. E., Ekeblad, E. R., Flores, A. T., et al. (1999). Recovery and relapse in anorexia and bulimia
References nervosa: A 7.5-year follow-up study. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 38(7), 829–37. 7-231. Pritts, S. D. and Susman, J. (2003). Diagnosis of eating disorders in primary care. American Family Physician, 67(2), 297–304. 7-232. NIMH. (2011). Eating Disorders: Facts About Eating Disorders and the Search for Solutions. http://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/publications/eatingdisorders/index.shtml (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-233. Forman-Hoffman, V. (2004). High prevalence of abnormal eating and weight control practices among U.S. high-school students. Eating Behaviors, 5(4), 325–36. 7-234. Fairburn, C. G. and Beglin, S. J. (1990). Studies of the epidemiology of bulimia nervosa. American Journal of Psychiatry, 147(4), 401–8. 7-236. NEDA (National Eating Disorder Association). (2006). NEDA college poll. http://www.nationaleatingdisorders.org/general-statistics (accessed April 12, 2014). 7-237. Beals, K. A. and Manore, M. M. (2002). Disorders of the female athlete triad among collegiate athletes. International Journal of Sport Nutrition and Exercise Metabolism, 12(3), 281–93. 7-238. Daee, A., Robinson, P., Lawson, M., Turpin, J. A., Gregory, B. and Tobias, J. D. (2002). Psychologic and physiologic effects of dieting in adolescents. Southern Medical Journal, 95(9), 1032–41. 7-239. Bell, R. M. (1985). Holy Anorexia. Chicago: University of Chicago Press. 7-240. Morton, R. (1694). Phthisological: Or a Treatise of Consumptions. London: Smith and Walford. 7-241. Brumberg, J. J. (2000). Fasting Girls: The History of Anorexia Nervosa. New York: Vintage. 7-242. Aronson, J. K. (1993). Insights in the Dynamic Psychotherapy of Anorexia and Bulimia: An Introduction to the Literature. Northvale, NJ: Jason Aronson. 7-243. Rukavina T. and Pokrajac-Bulian, A. (2006). Thin-ideal internalization, body dissatisfaction, and symptoms of eating disorders in Croatian adolescent girls. Eating and Weight Disorders, 11(1), 31–37. 7-244. Rybakowski, F., Slopien, A., Dmitrzak-Weglarz, M., et al. (2006). The 5-HT2A-1438 A/G and 5-HTTLPR polymorphisms and personality dimensions in adolescent anorexia nervosa: Association study. Neuropsychobiology, 53(1), 33–39. 7-245. Treasure, J. and Campbell, I. (1994). The case for biology in the aetiology of anorexia nervosa. Psychological Medicine, 24(1) 3–8. 7-246. Bulik, C. M., Sullivan, P. F., Tozzi, F., et al. (2006). Prevalence, heritability, and prospective risk factors for anorexia nervosa. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63(3), 305–12. 7-247. Marazzi, M. A. and Luby, E. D. (1989). Anorexia nervosa as an autoaddiction. Annual of the New York Academy of Science, 575, 545–47. 7-248. Gura, T. (June/July 2008). Addicted to Starvation: The Neurological Roots of Anorexia. Scientific American, 60–67. 7-249. Tamburrino, M. B. and McGinnis, R. A. (2002). Anorexia nervosa: A review. Panminerva Medicine, 44(4) 301–11. 7-250. Beaumont, P. J. V. (2002). Clinical presentation of anorexia nervosa and bulimia nervosa. In C. G. Fairburn and K. D. Brownell, eds., Eating Disorders and Obesity (2nd edition, pp. 162–70). New York: The Guilford Press. 7-251. Gardner, G. and Halweil, B. (2000). Underfed and overfed: The global epidemic of malnutrition. Worldwatch Paper 150. http://www.worldwatch. org/node/840 (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-252. Goodman, E. and Whitaker, R. C. (2002). A prospective study of the role of depression in the development and persistence of adolescent obesity. Pediatrics, 110(3), 497–504. 7-253. Johnson, J. G., Cohen, P., Kotler, L., et al. (2002). Psychiatric disorders associated with risk for the development of eating disorders during adolescence and early adulthood. Journal of Consulting Clinical Psychology, 70(5), 1119–28. 7-254. Internet Filter Review. (2014). Internet Pornography Statistics. http:// internet-filter-review.toptenreviews.com/internet-pornography-statistics. html (accessed March 15, 2014). 7-255. Covenant Eyes. (2014). Pornography Statistics. http://blog. clinicalcareconsultants.com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/porn_ stats_2013_covenant_eyes.pdf (accessed March 11, 2014). 7-256. Huffington Post. (2013). Porn sites get more visitors than Netflix, Amazon, and Twitter combined. http://blog.clinicalcareconsultants.
R.27
com/wp-content/uploads/2013/12/porn_stats_2013_covenant_eyes.pdf (accessed March 11, 2014). 7-257. Oleksyn, V. (February 8, 2007). Austrians break international child pornography operation. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A11. 7-258. Garcia, F. D. and Thibaut, F. (2010). Sexual addictions. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 36(5), 254–60. 7-259. Sadock, V. A. (2011). Sexual addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 393–406). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 7-260. Meston, C. M. and Gorzalka, B. B. (1992). Psychoactive drugs and human sexual behavior: The role of serotonergic activity. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(1), 1–40. 7-261. Shoptaw, S. J. (2009). Sexual addiction. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller, and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 519–30). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 7-262. Carnes, P. and Schneider, J. P. (2000). Recognition and management of addictive sexual disorders: Guide for the primary care clinician. Lippencotts Primary Care Practice, 4(3), 302–18. 7-263. Coleman, E. (1992). Is your patient suffering from compulsive sexual behavior? Psychiatric Annual, 22, 320–25. 7-264. Bancroft, J. and Vukadinovic, Z. (2004). Sexual addiction, sexual compulsivity, sexual impulsivity, or what? Toward a theoretical model. Journal of Sex Research, 41(3), 225–34. 7-265. Internet World Stats (2013). Internet Usage Statistics: The Big Picture. http://www.internetworldstats.com/stats.htm (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-266. Weintraub, P., Dunn, T. M., Yager, J. et al. (2011). Internet addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 406–416). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 7-267. Kershaw, S. (December 1, 2005). Hooked on the Web: Help is on the way. New York Times, p. B1. 7-268. Shaw, M. and Black, D. W. (2008). Internet addiction: definition, assessment, epidemiology and clinical management. CNS Drugs, 22(5), 353–65. 7-269. Kotaku. (2014). Korea to impose overnight bans on MMO gaming. http://kotaku.com/5515459/south-korea-to-impose-overnight-bans-onmmo-gaming (accessed March 14, 2014). 7-270. Kubey, R. and Csikszentmihalyi, M. (2004). Television addiction is no mere metaphor. Scientific American, 286(2), 74–80. 7-271. Herr, N. (2009). Television and Health. http://www.csun.edu/science/ health/docs/tvandhealth.html (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-272. Bureau of Labor. (2013). Time spent in leisure and sports activities, 2012 averages. http://www.bls.gov/news.release/atus.t11.htm (accessed March 27, 2014). 7-273. Collins, R. L., Elliot, S. H., Berry, D. E. (2004). Watching sex on television predicts adolescent initiation of sexual behavior. Pediatrics, 114(3), e280–89. 7-274. Graham, J. (2004). How television viewing affects children. University of Maine. http://umaine.edu/publications/4100e/ (accessed May 15, 2014). 7-275. Hancox, R. J., Milne, B. J. and Poulton, R. (2005). Association of television viewing during childhood with poor educational achievement. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 159(7), 614–18. 7-276. Portio Research. (2013). Mobile Factbook. http://www.portioresearch. com/en/market-briefings.aspx (accessed April 15, 2014). 7-277. Pew Research. (2013). Smartphone ownership 2013. http://www. pewinternet.org/2013/06/05/smartphone-ownership-2013/ (accessed March 15, 2014). 7-278. Kamibeppu, K. and Sugiura, H. (2005). Impact of the mobile phone on junior high-school students’ friendships in the Tokyo metropolitan area. Cyberpsychological Behavior, 8(2), 121–30. 7-279. Archer, D. (2013). Smartphone addiction. Psychology Today. http:// www.psychologytoday.com/blog/reading-between-the-headlines/201307/ smartphone-addiction (accessed March 16, 2014). 7-280. FCC. (2013). The dangers of texting while driving. http://www.fcc.gov/ guides/texting-while-driving (accessed March 15, 2014). 7-281. Alcohol Problems and Solutions. (2014). Driving while texting six times more dangerous than driving while drunk. http://www2.potsdam. edu/alcohol/files/Driving-while-Texting-Six-Times-More-Dangerous-thanDriving-while-Drunk.html#.UySvqsKPL3g (accessed March 15, 2014).
R.28
References
Chapter 8. 8-1. Barthwell, A. (2005). Testimony before the European Parliament in Brussels. http://www.ecad.net/activ/EPBarthwell.html (accessed March 25, 2011). 8-2. ONDCP. (2011C). White House Drug Czar Releases National Drug Control Strategy. http://www.whitehousedrugpolicy.gov/publications/ policy/11budget/table3.pdf (accessed April 17, 2014). 8-3. ONDCP(2013). National Drug Control Budget, FY 2014. http://www. whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/fy_2014_ drug_control_budget_highlights_3.pdf (accessed March 13, 2014). 8-4. Rush, B. (1814). An Inquiry into the Effect of Ardent Spirits upon the Human Body and Mind with an Account of the Means and of the Remedies for Curing Them (8th ed). Brookfield, MA: E. Merriam. 8-5. Gately, I. (2008). Drink: A Cultural History of Alcohol. New York: Gotham Books. 8-6. White, W. L. (1998). Slaying the Dragon: The History of Addiction Treatment and Recovery in America. Bloomington, IL: Chestnut Health Systems/ Lighthouse Institute. 8-7. Okrent, D. (2010). Last CallNew York: Scribner. 8-8. Aaron, P. and Musto, D. F. (1981). Temperance and prohibition in America: A historical overview. In M. Moore and D. Gerstein, eds. Alcohol and Public Policy: Beyond the Shadow of ProhibitionWashington, DC: National Academy Press. 8-9. Jaffee, J. H. and Shopland, D. R. (1995). Tobacco: Medical complications. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. 2, pp. 1045–46). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 8-10. Moore, M. H. (October 16, 1989). Actually, prohibition was a success. New York Times Opinion. 8-11. Lender, M. E. and Martin, J. K. (1987). Drinking in America: History. New York: The Free Press. 8-12. ACCBO [Addiction Counselor Certification Board of Oregon] (September–October 2008). Amethyst. ACCBO Newsletter, 1. 8-13. GPAC Governors Prevention Advisory Council, California. (2008). Amethyst Initiative. http://www.adp.ca.gov/prevention/pdf/Amethyst.pdf (accessed March 28, 2011). 8-14. Choose Responsibly. (2008) Alcohol and You: For Young Adults, or Educators, or Parents. Choose Responsibly. http://www.chooseresponsibility. org (accessed March 29, 2011). 8-15. Inaba, D. A. (2008). The Amethyst Initiative. http://www.cnsproductions. com/drugeducationblog/in-the-news/67 (accessed March 18, 2014). 8-16. Hanson D. J. (1997) Underage Drinking http://www2.potsdam.edu/ hansondj/underagedrinking.html (accessed March 28, 2014). 8-17. Lewis M. A. and Neighbors C. (2006) Social norms approaches using descriptive drinking norms education: A review of the research on personalized normative feedback. Journal of the American College of ealth, 54(4), 213–18. 8-18. McNamara-Meis, K (1995) Burned. Forbes MediaCritic pp. 20–24. 8-19. NHTSA [National Highway Traffic Safety Administration](2013). Traffic Safety Facts, 2012. http://www-nrd.nhtsa.dot.gov/Pubs/811870.pdf (accessed March 29, 2014). 8-20. Fell, J. C., Fisher, D. A., Voas, R. B., et al. (2008) The Relationship of Underage Drinking Laws to Reductions in Drinking Drivers in Fatal Crashes in the United States. Accident Analysis Prevention, 40 1430–40. 8-21. Wilson, B. (2008). University ses “ocial Norming” to Curb Drinking. NPR http://www.npr.org/templates/story/story.php?storyId=95937183andsc= emaf (accessed April 29, 2014). 8-22. Rusche, S. (1995). Prevention movement. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. II, pp. 856–61). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 8-23. SAMHSA. (2013). National Survey on Drug Use and Health, 2012. http://www.samhsa.gov/data/NSDUH/2012SummNatFindDetTables/ NationalFindings/NSDUHresults2012.htm#fig2.1 (accessed April 5, 2014). 8-23A. N-SSATS. (2013). National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services. http://wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/webt/state_data/US12.pdf (accessed April 1, 2014). 8-24. Moskowitz, J. (1989). The primary prevention of alcohol problems. A critical review of the research literature. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 50(1), 54–88. 8-25. Milin, R. and Walker, S. (2011). Adolescent substance abuse. In P. Ruiz and E C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive
Textbook (5 ed., pp. 786–801). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer.8-26. SAMHSA NREPP. (2014). National Registry of Evidence-based Programs and Practices. http://www.nrepp.samhsa.gov/ViewAll.aspx (accessed April 5, 2014). 8-27. Kumpfer, K. L. (1994). Promoting Resiliency to AOD Use in High Risk Youth. Rockville, MD: Center for Substance Abuse Prevention. 8-28. Botvin, G. J. and Griffin, K. W. (2011). Internet addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 406–16). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-29. Kitashima, M. (1997). Lesson from my life. Resiliency in Action, 2(3), 30–36. 8-30. Kumpfer, K. L., Goplerud, E. and Alvarado, R. (1998). Assessing individual risks and resiliencies. In A. W. Graham, T. K. Schultz, M. F. Mayo-Smith R. K. Ries and B. B. Wilford, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (3rd ed., pp. 1157–78). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 8-31. Mason, W. A. and Hawkins, H. (2009). Adolescent risk and protective factors: Psychosocial. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1383–90). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 8-32. Weitzman, E. R., Folkman, A., Folkman, K.L., et al. (2003). The relationship of alcohol outlet density to heavy and frequent drinking and drinking-related problems among college students at eight universities. Health and Place 9 1–6. 8-33. Kumpfer, K. L., Goplerud, E. and Alvarado, R. (1998). Assessing individual risks and resiliencies. In A. W. Graham, T. K. Schultz, M. F. Mayo-Smith R. K. Ries and B. B. Wilford, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (3rd ed., pp. 1157–78). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 8-34. Kumpfer, K. L. and Alvarado, R. (2003). Family-trengthening approaches for the prevention of youth problem behaviors. American Psychologist, 58(6/7), 457–65. 8-35. USDOJ. (2013). National Drug Threat Assessment. National Drug Intelligence Center. http://www.justice.gov/ndic/pubs38/38661/38661p.pdf (accessed April 14, 2015). 8-36. DEA Drugs of Concern. (2014). Drugs and chemicals of concern. http:// www.justice.gov/dea/druginfo/factsheets.shtml (accessed April 11, 2014). 8-37. UNODC. (2013). World Drug Report. http://www.unodc.org/unodc/ secured/wdr/wdr2013/World_Drug_Report_2013.pdf (accessed April 2, 2014). 8-38. Washington Post Editorial (August 3, 2010). The Fair Sentencing Act corrects a long-time wrong in cocaine cases. http://www.washingtonpost.com/wp-dyn /content/article/2010/08/02/AR2010080204360.html (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-39. DEA. (2003A). FAQs About the Illicit Drug Anti-Proliferation Act. http:// thomas.loc.gov/cgi-bin/query/z?c108:S.226: (accessed April 17, 2014). 8-40. Hands off. (August 1, 1998). Hands off pregnant drug users. USA Today p. 1D. 8-41. Klein, L. and Goldenberg, R. L. (1990). Prenatal care and its effect on pre-term birth and low birth weight. In I. R. Markets and J. E. Thompson, eds. New Perspectives on Prenatal Care (pp. 511–13). New York: Elsevier. 8-42. Plans to link. (October 11, 1999). Plans to link welfare benefits to drug testing spark outcry. Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Weekly, pp. 1–2. 8-43. Blythe, L and Turner, K. (2011). US charity pays drug addicts to use birth control http://www.bbc.com/news/uk-12666325 (accessed April 7, 2011). 8-44. USDOJ. (2013). Prisoners in 2012: Advance counts. http://www.bjs.gov/ content/pub/pdf/p12ac.pdf (accessed April 14, 2914). 8-45. Bureau of Justice Statistics. (2013) Sourcebook. (2010). Sourcebook of criminal justice statistics online http://www.albany.edu/sourcebook(accessed April 1, 2014). 8-45. Mumola, C. (1998). Substance Abuse and Treatment, State and Federal Prisoners, 1997. Washington, DC: Bureau of Justice Statistics. 8-46. NCVC [The National Center for Victims of Crime]. 2013). Drug related crime. http://www.victimsofcrime.org/library/crime-informationand-statistics/overview-of-crime-statistics (accessed March 29, 2014). 8-47. ONDCP [Office of National Drug Control Policy]. (2000). EvidenceBased Principles for Substance Abuse Prevention. http://www.ncjrs.gov/ ondcppubs/publications/prevent/evidence_based_eng.html (accessed April 12, 2014). 8-48. USDOJ. (2013). Drugs and Crime Facts. Bureau of Justice tatistics. http:// bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/dcf/enforce.cfm (accessed April 17, 2014).
References 8-49. National Alliance for Model State Drug Laws (October 2013). Prescription drug monitoring project http://www.namsdl.org/prescription-monitoringprograms.cfm (accessed March 31, 2014). 8-50. Chu, K., Block, S. and Shell, A. (April 17). Employers grapple with medical marijuana use. USA Today p. 1B. 8-51. DEA. (2012). Drug paraphernalia http://www.justice.gov/archive/ndic/ pubs6/6445/index.htm (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-52. ONDCP. (2006). Inhalants. http://www.dhra.mil/perserec/adr/drugs/ inhalants.htm (accessed April 17, 2014). 8-54. Martin, E. (2013). New synthetic cannabinoids. http://www.daystared.com/ online/SyntheticDrugsOfAbuseHandouts.pdf (accessed March 28, 2014). 8-55. Clay, R. A. (2006). Incarceration vs. treatment: Drug courts help substance abusing offenders. SAMHSA News, 14(2). http://store.samhsa. gov/product/MS990 (accessed March 19, 2014). 8-56. Huddleston, C. W., Marlowe, D.B. and Casebolt, R. (2008). Painting the Current Picture: A National Report Card on Drug Courts and Other Problem Solving Programs in the United States National Drug Court Institute, 2(1). 8-57. NCJRS [National Criminal Justice Reference System]. (2012). Drug Courts: Facts and Figures. https://www.ncjrs.gov/spotlight/drug_courts/ facts.html (accessed April 17, 2014). 8-58. Anglin, M. D., Prendergast, M. and Farabee, D. (1998) The Effectiveness of Coerced Treatment for Drug-Abusing Offenders. ONDCP Conference of Scholars and Policy Makers: NCJRS Abstracts Database. 8-59. Nurco, D. N., Hanlon, T. E., Bateman, R. W. et al. (1995). Drug abuse treatment in the context of correctional surveillance. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 12(1), 19–27. 8-60. Eggert, L. L. (1996). Reconnecting Youth: An Indicated Prevention Program. National Conference on Drug Abuse Prevention Research http://archives. drugabuse.gov/meetings/CODA/Keynote2.html (accessed May 18, 2014). 8-61. Reyna, V. F. and Farley, F. (2007). Is the teen brain too rational? Scientific American Mind, 17(6), 58–65. 8-62. Botvin, G. J. and Griffin, Kow. (2011). School-based programs. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 742–53). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-63. Adlaf, E. M., Paglia, A., Ivis, F. J. and Ialomiteanu, A. (2000). Nonmedical drug use among adolescent students: Highlights from the 1999 Ontario Student Drug Use Survey. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 162(12): 1677–80. 8-64. De Wit, D. J., Offord, D. R. and Wong, M. (1997). Patterns of onset and cessation of drug use over the early part of the life course. Health Education and Behavior, 24(6), 746–58. 8-65. Cotto, J. H., Davis, E., Dowling, G. J., et al. (2010). Gender effects on drug use, abuse, and dependence: A special analysis of results from the National Survey on Drug Use and Health. Gender Medicine, 7(5), 402–13. 8-66. Pumariega, A. J., Kilgujs, M. D. and Rodriguez, L. (2005). Adolescents. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1021–37). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 8-67. Barthwell, A. G. (April 17–18, 2008). Personal communications and interview. Third Annual Southern Oregon Educational Conference on Advances in Chemical Dependency and Mental Health Treatment. 8-68. Gerstein, D. R., Johnson, R. A., Harwood, H., et al. (1994). Evaluating Recovery Services: The California Drug and Alcohol Treatment Assessment (CALDATA). Sacramento: California Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs (Executive Summary: Publication No. ADP94–628). 8-69. ONDCP Data. (2011). ONDCP, Data Supplement. http://www.whitehouse. gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/2011_data_supplement. pdf (accessed April 24, 2014). 8-70. Huo, D. and Ouellet, L. J. (2007). Needle exchange and injection-related risk behaviors in Chicago: A longitudinal study. Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes, 45(1), 108–14. 8-71. Drug War Facts. (2013). Syringe/needle exchange programs. http:// www.drugwarfacts.org/cms/syringe_exchange#sthash.3J345Xr7.dpbs8(accessed April 25, 2014). 8-72. NASEN [North American Syringe Exchange Network. (2011). Newsworks Exchange. http://www.nasen.org (accessed March 30, 2014). 8-73. Wodak, A. and Lurie, P. (1997). A tale of two countries: Attempts to control HIV among injecting drug users in Australia and the United States. Journal of Drug Issues, 27(1), 117–34.
R.29
8-74. Avert. (2013). Needle Exchange. www.avert.org/needle-exchange.htm (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-75. Feacham, R. G. A. (1995). Valuing the Past…Investing in the Future. Evaluation of the National HIV/AIDS Strategy 1993–94 to 1995–96. Canberra, Australia: Australian Government Publishing Service. 8-76. N-SSATS. 2013). 2012 N-SSATS. (2010). Overview of Opioid Treatment Programs ithin the United States, 2011. http://wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/webt/ state_data/US12.pdf (accessed April 17, 2014). 8-77. Metzger, D. S., Woody, G. E., McLellan, A., et al. (1993). Human immunodeficiency virus seroconversion among intravenous drug users in and out of treatment: An 18-month prospective follow-up. Journal of Acquired Immune Deficiency Syndromes, 6(9), 1049–56. 8-78. Hubbard, R. L., Craddock, S. G. and Anderson, J. (2003). Overview of 5-year follow-up outcomes in the Drug Abuse Treatment Outcome Studies. 8-79. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2010). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www .oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2011). 8-80. Federal Trade Commission. (2007). Cigarette Report for 2004 and 2005. http://www.ftc.gov/opa/2007/04/cigaretterpt.shtm (accessed April 19, 2011). 8-81. U.S. BeverageAlcohol Forum. (2014). US beverage alcohol trends. 2012. http://www.usdrinksconference.com/assets/files/agenda/U.S.%20Beverage %20Alcohol%20Trends.pdf (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-82. Report Linker. (2014) Tobacco industry: market research reports, statistics and analysis. http://www.reportlinker.com/ci02053/Tobacco.html (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-83. Tobacco tax. (January 14, 2000). Tobacco tax has desired effect. Medford Mail Tribune, p. 6A. 8-84. Newmeyer, J. A. (2007). Mother of All Gateway Drugs: Parables for ime. Haight-Ashbury Publications, San Francisco, CA. 8-85. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2010). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www .oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2011). 8-86. Feldman, J. M. (2011). The homeless. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 901–07). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-87. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2010). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www .oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2011). 8-88. U.S. Census Bureau. (2011A). 2013 Census Data. http://2010.census. gov/2010census/data (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-89. Monitoring the Future (2014). 2010 Data from In-school Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/ data/13data.html#2013data-drugs (accessed March 8, 2014). 8-90. Boyd, J. W. and Knight, J. R. (2011). Substance use disorders among health care professionals. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 892–92). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-91. ADAM (2010). ADAM II, 2013 Annual Report. http://www.whitehouse. gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/policy-and-research/adam_ii_2012_annual_ rpt_web.pdf (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-92. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2010). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www .oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2011). 8-93. May, P. A. and Gossage, J. P. (2001). Estimating the prevalence of fetal alcohol syndrome. A summary. Alcohol Research and Health, 25, 159–67. 8-94. NIDA, NIH. (2011). Topics in Brief: Pexposure to drugs of abuse. http:// www.drugabuse.gov/publications/topics-in-brief/prenatal-exposure-todrugs-abuse (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-94A. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2013).The NSDUH Report: Alcohol and pregnancy. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results. htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-95. Spect, S. (September 17, 2010). Study: Pregnant Southern Oregon woman rate highest for drug use. Mail Tribune, p. A1. 8-96. Chasnoff, I. J., Wells, A. M., Telford, E., et al. (2010). Neurodevelopmental functioning in children with FAS, pFAS, and ARND. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 31(3), 192–201. 8-97. Katz, J. and Matson, S. (2010). Children at risk: substance use during pregnancy and how it can be prevented. Kansas Alliance for Drug Endangered Children www.4prevention.info/downloads/Children%20At%20Risk.ppt (accessed March 3, 2011).
R.30
References
8-98. Worth, D. (1991). American women and polydrug abuse. In P. Roth, ed. Alcohol and Drugs Are Women’s Issues (Vol. 1). Metuchen, NJ: Women’s Action Alliance and the Scarecrow Press. 8-99. Young, C. R. (1997). Sertraline treatment of hallucinogen persisting perception disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 58(2), 85. 8-100. Jones, K. L. and Smith, D. W. (1973). Recognition of the fetal alcohol syndrome in early infancy. Lancet, 2(7836), 999–1001. 8-101. Kaltenbach, K. and Jones, H. (2011). Maternal and neonatal complications of alcohol and other drugs. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 648–62). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-102. UNICEF. (2012). Child Info: Prevent mother to child transmission of HIV. http://www.childinfo.org/hiv_aids_mother_to_child.html (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-103. CDC. (1999). Mother-to-Child (Perinatal) HIV Transmission and Prevention. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/topics/perinatal/resources/factsheets/ perinatal.htm (accessed Apr 18, 2011). 8-104. Harris, N. S., Thompson, S. J., Ball, R., et al. (2002). Zidovudine and perinatal human immunodeficiency virus type 1 transmission: A population-based approach. Pediatrics, 109(4), E60. 8-105. Amornwichet, P., Teeraratkul, A., Simonds, R. J., et al. (2002). Preventing mother-to-child HIV transmission: The first year of Thailand’s national program. JAMA, 288(2), 245–48. 8-106. CDC. (2013). HIV/AID: overview. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/surveillance/ resources/reports/2005report (accessed May 18, 2014). 8-107. Women’s Health. (2011). HIV/AIDS: Pregnancy and HIV/AIDS. http:// www.womenshealth.gov/hiv-aids/index.html (accessed, April 8, 2014). 8-108. Frank, D. A., Augustyn, M., Knight, W. G., et al. (2001). Growth, development, and behavior in early childhood following prenatal cocaine exposure: A systematic review. JAMA, 285(12), 1613–25. 8-109. Fried, P. A., O’Connell, C. M. and Watkinson, B. (1992). 60- and 72-month follow-up of children prenatally exposed to marijuana, cigarettes, and alcohol: Cognitive and language assessment. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 13(6), 383–91. 8-110. Morrow, C. E., Culbertson, J. L., Accornero, V. H., et al. (2006). Learning disabilities and intellectual functioning in school-aged children with prenatal cocaine exposure. Developmental Neuropsychology, 30(3), 905–31. 8-111. Spadoni, A. D., McGee, C. L., Fryer, S. L. and Riley, E. P. (2007). Neuroimaging and fetal alcohol spectrum disorders. Neuroscience and Biobehavioral Reviews, 31(2), 239–45. 8-112. Mattson, S. N., Schoenfeld, A. M. and Riley, E. P. (2001). Teratogenic effects of alcohol on brain and behavior. Alcohol Research and Health, 25(3), 185–91. 8-113. Sokol, R. J. and Clarren, S. K. (1989). Guidelines for use of terminology describing the impact of prenatal alcohol on the offspring. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 13(4), 597–. 8-114. Streissguth, A. P. (1997). Fetal Alcohol Syndrome. Baltimore: Paul H. Brookes. 8-115. May, P. A. (1996). Research issues in the prevention of fetal alcohol syndrome and alcohol-related birth defects. Research Monograph 32, Women and Alcohol: Issues for Prevention Research. Bethesda, MD: NIAAA. 8-116. May, P. A. and Gossage, J. P. (2001). Estimating the prevalence of fetal alcohol syndrome. A summary. Alcohol Research and Health, 25, 159–67. 8-117. Wunsch, M. J. and Weaver, M. F. (2009). Alcohol and other drug use during pregnancy: Management of the mother and child. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1111–25). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 8-118. Lumeng, J. C., Cabral, H. J., Gannon, et al. (2007). Pre-natal exposures to cocaine and alcohol and physical growth patterns to age 8 years. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 29(4), 446–57. 8-119. Katz, J. and Matson, S. (2010). Children at risk: use during pregnancy and how it can be prevented. Kansas Alliance for Drug Endangered Children, www.4prevention.info/downloads/Children%20At%20Risk.ppt (accessed March 3, 2011). 8-120. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2010). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www.oas. samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2011). 8-121. ONDCP. (2010). Cocaine Facts and igures. http://www.whitehouse drugpolicy.gov/drugfact/cocaine/cocaine_ff.html (accessed March 4, 2014).
8-122. Bateman, D. A. and Heagarty, M. C. (1989). Passive freebase cocaine (“crack”) inhalation by infants and toddlers. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 143(1), 25–27. 122A. Richardson, G. A., Goldschmidt, L., Larkby C. and Day, NL. (2013). Effects of prenatal cocaine exposure on child behavior and growth at 10 years of age. N Teratology, EPub ahead of print. 8-123. Terplan, M., Smith E. J., Kozloski, M. J., et al. (2009). Methamphetamine use among pregnant women. Obstetric Gynecology, 113(6), 1285–91. 8-124. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2010). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www .oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2011. 8-125. Derlet, R. and Albertson, T. (2002). Toxicity, Methamphetamine. http:// www.emedicine.com/EMERG/topic859.htm (accessed April 18, 2011). 8-126. Plessinger, M. A. and Woods, J. R., Jr. (1998). Cocaine in pregnancy: Recent data on maternal and fetal risks. Obstetrics and Gynecology Clinics of North America, 25(1), 99–118. 8-127. Behnke, M., Smith, V. C., Committee on Substance Abuse, et al. (2013). Prenatal substance abuse: Short- and long-term effects on the exposed fetus. Pediatrics, 131(3), 109–24. 8-128. Behnke, M., Eyler, F. D., Garvan, C. W., et al. (2001). The search for congenital malformations in newborns with fetal cocaine exposure. Pediatrics, 107(5), E74. 8-129. Cherukuri, R., Minkoff, H., Feldman, J., Parekh, A. and Glass, L. (1988). A cohort study of alkaloidal cocaine (“crack”) in pregnancy. Obstetrics and Gynecology, 72(2), 145–51. 8-130. Smith, L. M., LaGasse, L. L., Derauf, C., et al. (2006). The Infant Development, Environment, and Lifestyle Study: Effects of prenatal methamphetamine exposure, polydrug exposure, and poverty on intrauterine growth. Pediatrics, 118(3), 1149–56. 8-131. Chasnoff, I. J., Anson, A., Hatcher, R., et al. (1998). Prenatal exposure to cocaine and other drugs. Outcome at four to six years. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 846, 314–28. 8-132. Shah, R., Diaz, S. D., Arria, A., et al. (2012). Prenatal methamphetamine exposure and short-term maternal and infant medical outcomes. American Journal of Perinatology, 29(5), 391–400. 8-133. Lester, B. M., Tronick, E. Z., LaGasse, L., et al. (2002). The Maternal Lifestyle Study: Effects of substance exposure during pregnancy on neurodevelopmental outcome in 1-month-old infants. Pediatrics, 110(6), 1182–92. 8-134. Mayes, L. C., Grillon, C., Granger, R. and Schottenfeld, R. (1998). Regulation of arousal and attention in preschool children exposed to cocaine prenatally. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 846 126–43. 8-135. Eyler, F. D., Behnke, M., Conlon, M., et al. (1998). Birth outcome from a prospective, matched study of prenatal crack/cocaine use: II. Interactive and dose effects on neurobehavioral assessment. Pediatrics, 101(2), 237–41. 8-136. Frank, D. A., Augustyn, M., Knight, W. G., et al. (2001). Growth, development, and behavior in early childhood following prenatal cocaine exposure: A systematic review. JAMA, 285(12), 1613–25. 8-137. Lumeng, J. C., Cabral, H. J., Gannon, et al. (2007). Pre-natal exposures to cocaine and alcohol and physical growth patterns to age 8 years. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 29(4), 44657. 8-138. Harvard University. (1998). Cocaine before birth. The Harvard Mental Health Letter, 15(6), 1–4. 8-139. Brecht, M. L. (2005B). Natural history of methamphetamine abuse and long-term consequences. NIDA/CEWG, 39–40. http://www.uclaisap.org/ projects/brecht04A.html (accessed April 17, 2014). 8-140. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2013).The NSDUH Report, Alcohol and Pregnancy. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-141. Volkow, N. D. (2006). Scope of prescription drug abuse in this country. Testimony before the U.S. House of Representatives, July 26, 2006, http://www. drugstrategies.com/int_volkow.html (accessed April 2, 2011). 8-142. Fulroth, R., Phillips, B. and Durand, D. J. (1989). Perinatal outcome of infants exposed to cocaine and/or heroin in utero. American Journal of Diseases of Children, 143(8), 905–10. 8-143. Zhu, J. H. and Stadlin, A. (2000). Prenatal heroin exposure. Effects on development, acoustic startle response, and locomotion in weanling rats. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 22(2), 193–203. 8-144. Kandall, S. R., Gaines, J., Habel, L., et al. (1993). Relationship of maternal substance abuse to sudden infant death syndrome in offspring. Journal of Pediatrics, 123(1), 120–26.
References 8-145. Finnegan, L. P. and Ehrlich, S. M. (1990). Maternal drug abuse during pregnancy: Evaluation and pharmacotherapy for neonatal abstinence. Modern Methods of Pharmacological Testing in the Evaluation of Drugs of Abuse, 6, 255–63. 8-146. Wunsch, M. J. and Weaver, M. F. (2009). Alcohol and other drug use during pregnancy management of the mother and child. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1111–24). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 8-147. Kandel, D. and Yamaguchi, K. (1993). From beer to crack: Developmental patterns of drug involvement. American Journal of Public Health, 83–55. 8-148. Oei, J. and Lui, K. (2007). Management of the newborn infant affected by maternal opiates and other drugs of dependency. Journal of Paediatrics and Child Health, 43(1–2), 9–18. 8-149. Burns, L., Mattick, R. P., Lim, K. and Wallace, C. (2007). Methadone in pregnancy: Treatment retention and neonatal outcomes. Addiction, 102(2), 264–70. 8-150. Kahila, H., Saisto, T., Kivitie-Kallio, S., Haukkamaa, M. and Halmesmaki, E. (2007). A prospective study on buprenorphine use during pregnancy: ffects on maternal and neonatal outcome. Acta Obstetrica et Gynecologica Scandinavica, 86(2), 185–90. 8-151. MacGregor, S. N., Sclarra, J.C., Keith, L., et al. (1990). Prevalence of marijuana use during pregnancy: A pilot study. Journal of Reproductive Medicine, 33(12), 1147–9. 8-152. Paria, B. C., Das, S. K. and Dey, S. K. (1995). The preimplantation mouse embryo is a target for cannabinoids ligand-receptor signaling. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 92(21), 9460–4. 8-153. Paria, B. C., Zhao, X, Wang, J., Das, S. K. and Dey, S. K. (1999). Fattyacid amide hydrolase is expressed in the mouse uterus and embryo during the peri-implantation period. Biology of Reproduction, 60(5), 1151–57. 8-154. Schmid, P. C., Paria, B. C., Krebsbach, R. J., et al. (1997). Changes in anandamide levels in mouse uterus are associated with uterine receptivity for embryo implantation. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 94(8), 4188–92. 8-155. Goldschmidt, L., Richardson, G. A., Willford, J., etc. (2008). Prenatal marijuana exposure and intelligence test performance at age 6. Journal of the American Academy of Child and Adolescent Psychiatry, 47(3), 25463. 8-156. Day, N. L., Richardson, G. A., Goldschmidt, L., et al. (1994). Effect of prenatal marijuana exposure on the cognitive development of offspring at age three. Neurotoxicology and Teratology. 8-157. Fried, P. A., O’Connell, C. M. and Watkinson, B. (1992). 60- and 72-month follow-up of children prenatally exposed to marijuana, cigarettes, and alcohol: Cognitive and language assessment. Journal of Developmental and Behavioral Pediatrics, 13(6), 383–91. 8-158. Fried, P. A. and Smith, A. M. (2001). A literature review of the consequences of prenatal marijuana exposure. An emerging theme of a deficiency in aspects of executive function. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 23(1), 1–11. 8-159. Fried, P. A., Watkinson, B. and Gray, R. (1998). Differential effects on cognitive functioning in 9- to 12-year-olds prenatally exposed to cigarettes and marijuana. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 20(3), 293–306. 8-160. Fried, P. A., Watkinson, B. and Siegel, L. S. (1997). Reading and language in 9- to 12-year-olds prenatally exposed to cigarettes and marijuana. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 19(3), 171–83. 8-161. Fried, P. A. (1995). The Ottawa Prenatal Prospective Study (OPPS): Methodological issues and findings—it’s easy to throw the baby out with the bath water. Life Sciences, 56(23–24), 2159–68. 8-162. Zuckerman, B., Frank, D. A., Hingson, R., et al. (1989). Effects of maternal marijuana and cocaine use on fetal growth. New England Journal of Medicine, 320(12), 762–68. 8-163. Fried, P. A. and Smith, A. M. (2001). A literature review of the consequences of prenatal marijuana exposure. An emerging theme of a deficiency in aspects of executive function. Neurotoxicology and Teratology, 23(1), 1–11. 8-164. American Academy of Pediatrics (2001). The transfer of drugs and other chemicals into human milk. Pediatrics, 108(3), 776–89. 8-165. U.S. Department of Health and Human Services (2010). Guidelines for breastfeeding and the d-dependent woman http://www.guideline.gov/content. aspx?id=15262 (accessed May 10, 2014). 8-166. Alano, M. A., Ngougmna, E., Ostrea, E. M., Jr. and Konduri, G. G. (2001). Analysis of nonsteroidal antiinflammatory drugs in meconium
R.31
and its relation to persistent pulmonary hypertension of the newborn. Pediatrics, 107(3), 519–23. 8-167. American Psychiatric Association. 2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders, Fifth Edition, DSM-5. Arlington, Va.: American Psychiatric Association. 8-168. CDC Pregnancy. (2014). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www.cdc.gov/ Reproductivehealth/TobaccoUsePregnancy/index.htm (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-169. Noble, A., Vega, W.A., Kolody, B., Porter, P., Hwang,J., Merk, G. A. Bole, A. (1997). Prenatal substance abuse in California:Findings from the Perinatal Substance Exposure Study. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs 29(1), 43–53. 8-170. Fantuzzi, G., Aggazzotti, G., Righi, E., et al. (2007). Preterm delivery and exposure to active and passive smoking during pregnancy: A casecontrol study from Italy. Paediatric and Perinatal Epidemiology, 21(3), 194–200. 8-171. Cook, P. C., Petersen, R. C. and Moore, D. T. (1994). Alcohol, Tobacco, and Other Drugs May Harm the Unborn Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services, Public Health Service. 8-172. Martin, J. C. (1992). The effects of maternal use of tobacco products or amphetamines on offspring. In T. B. Sonderegger, ed. Perinatal Substance Abuse: Research Findings and Clinical Implications. Baltimore: The Johns Hopkins University Press. 8-173. Jaffee, J. H. and Shopland, D. R. (1995). Tobacco: Medical complications. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. 2, pp. 1045–46). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 8-174. Fox News. (April 12, 2012). Study finds smoking leads to increase in sudden infant death syndrome. 8-175. Rush, D. and Callahan, K. R. (1989). Exposure to passive cigarette smoking and child development: A critical review. Annals of the New York Academy of Sciences, 562, 74–100. 8-176. Milberger, S., Biederman, J., Faraone, S. V. and Jones, J. (1998). Further evidence of an association between maternal smoking during pregnancy and ADHD. Journal of Clinical Child Psychology, 27 352–58. 8-177. Gupta, P. C. and Ray, C. S. (2003). Smokeless tobacco and health in India and South Asia. Respirology, 8(4), 419–31. 8-178. Weinberg, B. A. and Bealer, B. K. (2001). The World of Caffeine. New York: Routledge. 8-179. Browne, M. L., Bell, E. M., Druschel, C. M., et al. (2007). Maternal caffeine consumption and risk of cardiovascular malformations. Birth Defects Research, Part A: Clinical and Molecular Teratology, 79(7), 533–43. 8-180. Chasnoff, I. J., McGourty, R. F., Bailey, G. W. et al. (2005). The 4P’s Plus screen for substance use in pregnancy: Clinical application and outcomes. Journal of Perinatology, 25(6), 368–74. 8-181. Chasnoff, I. J. (2007). Drug use in pregnancy: mother and child. National Training Institute. http://www.dhh.louisiana.gov/offices/publications/pubs23/Drug%20Use%20in%20Pregnancy.pdf (accessed March 8, 2011). 8-181A. Bassett, L. (April 30, 2014). Tennessee enacts law to incarcerate pregnant women who use drugs. http://www.huffingtonpost.com/2014/04 /30/tennessee-to-incarcerate-_n_5241770.html (accessed May 8, 2014). 8-182. Armstrong, M. A., Gonzales Osejo, V., Lieberman, L., Carpenter, D. M., Pantoja, P. M. and Escobar, G. J. (2003). Perinatal substance abuse intervention in obstetric clinics decreases adverse neonatal outcomes. Journal of Perinatology, 23(1), 3–9. 8-183. Chasnoff, I. J., Neuman, K., Thornton, C. and Callaghan, M. A. (2001). Screening for substance use in pregnancy: A practical approach for the primary care physician. American Journal of Obstetrics and Gynecology, 184(4), 752–58. 8-184. Hankin, J. R. (2002). Fetal alcohol syndrome prevention research. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(1), 58–65. 8-185. Levy, S, and Knight, J. R. (2009). Screening and brief intervention for adolescents. R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1421-8). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 8-186. Monitoring the Future (2013). 2013 Data from In-school Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. http://www.monitoringthefuture.org/ data/13data.html#2013data-drugshtml (accessed March 8, 2014). 8-187. CASA National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse. (2001). Malignant Neglect: Substance Abuse and America’s Schools http://www. casacolumbia.org/addiction-research/reports/malignant-neglect-substanceabuse-americas-schools (accessed April 19, 2014).
R.32
References
8-188. ADAM [Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring Program II] (2013). http:// www.whitehouse.gov/sites/default/files/ondcp/Fact_Sheets/adamfactsheet_ for_web.pdf (accessed October 21, 2013). 8-189. Juliana, P. and Goodman, C. (2005). Children of substance-abusing parents. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1013–20). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 8-190. Underage drinking enforcement Training Center. (2012). Underage drinking costs.http://www.udetc.org/UnderageDrinkingCosts.asp (accessed April 24, 2014). 8-191. ONDCP [Office of National Drug Control Policy]. (2000). EvidenceBased Principles for Substance Abuse Prevention. http://www.ncjrs.gov/ ondcppubs/publications/prevent/evidence_based_eng.html (accessed April 12, 2014). 8-192. NREPP. (2014). SAMHSA’s National Registry of Evidence Based Programs and Practices. www.nrepp.samhsa.gov (accessed April 23, 2014). 8-193. NIDA. (2003). Preventing Drug Abuse Among Children and Adolescents. http://www.drugabuse.gov/sites/default/files/preventingdruguse_2.pdf (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-194. Bates, C. and Wigtil, J. (1994). Skill-Building Activities for Alcohol and Drug Education. Boston: Jones and Bartlett. 8-195. Caria, M. P., Faggiano, F., Bellocco, R., et al. (2011). Effects of a schoolbased prevention program on European adolescents’ patterns of alcohol use. Journal of Adolescent Health, 48(2), 182–88. 8-196. LifeSkills Training. (2003). Life Skills. http://www.lifeskillstraining.com (accessed March 18, 2014). 8-197. Ennett, S. T., Tobler, N. S., Ringwalt, C. L. and Flewelling, R. L. (1994). How effective is drug abuse resistance education? A meta-analysis of Project DARE outcome evaluations. American Journal of Public Health, 84(9), 1394–401. 8-198. Lyman, D. R., Milich, R., Zimmerman, R., et al. (1999). Project DARE: No effects at 10-year follow-up. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 67(4), 590–93. 8-199. Caria, M.P., Faggiano, F., Bellocco, R., et al. (2011). Effects of a schoolbased prevention program on European adolescents’ patterns of alcohol use. Journal of Adolescent Health, 48(2), 182–88. 8-200. Dielman, T. E. (1995). School-based research on the prevention of adolescent alcohol use and misuse: Methodological issues and advances. In G. M. Boyd, J. Howard and R. A. Zucker, eds. Alcohol Problems Among Adolescents: Current Directions in Prevention Research. Hillsdale, NJ: Lawrence Erlbaum. 8-201. Littlefield, J. (2003). Preventing Adolescent Alcohol Misuse. http:// ag.arizona.edu/pubs/general/resrpt1999/alcoholuse.pdf (accessed March 18, 2014). 8-202. Hansen, W. B. and Graham. J. W. (1991). Preventing alcohol, marijuana, and cigarette use among adolescents: Peer pressure resistance training versus establishing conservative norms. Preventive Medicine, 20(3), 414–30. 8-203. Parents’ Resource Institute for Drug Education. (2002). PRIDE Questionnaire Report: 2001–02 National Summary Grades 6 Through 12. http://www.pridesurveys.com (accessed May 18, 2014). 8-204. Partnership for a Drug-Free America. (2014). Home. http://www. drugfree.org (accessed March 21, 2014). 8-205. Mathias, R. (2000). Putting Science-Based Drug Abuse Prevention Programs to Work in Communities. NIDA Notes, 14(6). http://www.drugabuse.gov/ NIDA_Notes/NNVol14N6/Putting.html (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-206. PBIS. (2007). Positive Behavioral Interventions and Supports. School-Wide PBS: Tertiary Prevention. http://www.pbis.org/school/tertiary_level/faqs. aspx (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-207. NIH. (2012). Frequently asked questions about drug testing in schools. http://www.drugabuse.gov/related-topics/drug-testing/faq-drug-testing-inschools (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-208. Goldberg, L., Elliot, D. L., MacKinnon, D. P., et al. (2007). Outcomes of a prospective trial of student-athlete drug testing: The student athlete testing using random notification (SATURN) study. Journal of Adolescent Health, 41 421–29. 8-209. Grant, B. F., Dawson, D. A., Stinson, F. S., Chou, S. P., Dufour, M.C. and Pickering, R. P. (2004). The 12-month prevalence and trends in DSM-IV alcohol abuse and dependence: United States, 19911992 and 2001–2002. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 74 22334. 8-210. Adger, H., Jr. (1998). Children in alcoholic families: Family dynamics and treatment issues. In A. W. Graham and T. K. Schultz, eds. Principles of
Addiction Medicine (2nd ed., pp. 1111–14). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine. 8-211. Sher, K. J. (1997). Psychological characteristics of children of alcoholics. Alcohol Health and Research World, 21(3), 247–54. 8-212. Monitoring the Future (2014). 2013 Data from In-chool Surveys of 8th-, 10th-, and 12th-Grade Students. ttp://www.monitoringthefuture.org// pubs/monographs/mtf-overview2013.pdf (accessed March 14, 2014). 8-213. CASA. (2007). Wasting the Best and the Brightest: Substance Abuse at America’s Colleges and Universities. http://www.casacolumbia.org/addictionresearch/reports/wasting-best-brightest-substance-abuse-americas-colleges -universitys. 8-214. U.S. Department of Education (2014). Federal Student Aid. http:// studentaid.ed.gov/eligibility (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-214A. Leinwand. (April 17, 2006). Drug convictions costing students their financial aid. USA Today. http://usatoday30.usatoday.com/news/ nation/2006-04-16-drugs-students_x.htm (accessed, 2014). 8-215. Wechsler, H., Kelley, K., Weitzman, E. R., et al. (2000). What colleges are doing about student binge drinking: A survey of college administrators. Journal of American College Health, 48(5), 219–26. 8-216. Polymeru, A. (2007). Alcohol and Drug Prevention in Colleges and Universities. http://www.mentorfoundation.org/uploads/UK_Prevention_ Colleges_and_Universities.pdf (accessed April, 2014). 8-217. Craig, D. W. and Perkins, H. W. (2008). Service learning and the Liberal Arts (Alcohol education project) http://alcohol.hws.edu/education/ Service%20Learning%202008.PDF (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-218. Perkins H. W., Meilman P. W., Leichliter J. S., et al. (1999). Misperceptions of the norms for the frequency of alcohol and other drug use on college campuses. Journal of American College Health, 47(6), 253–58. 8-219. Wechsler, H., Kelley, K., Weitzman, E. R., et al. (2000). What colleges are doing about student binge drinking: A survey of college administrators. Journal of American College Health, 48(5), 219–26. 8-220. Reyna, V. F. and Farley, F. (2007). Is the teen brain too rational? Scientific American Mind, 17(6), 58–65. 8-221. Physicians’ Desk Reference. (2014). Physicians’ Desk Reference (64th ed.). Montvale, NJ: Medical Economics. 8-222. El-Bassel, N., Schilling, R. F., Gilbert, L., et al. (2000). Sex trading and psychological distress in a street-based sample of low-income urban men. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(3), 259–67. 8-223. Peugh, J. and Belenko, S. (2001). Alcohol, drugs and sexual function: A review. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 33(3), 223–32. 8-224. Wilsnack, S. C., Klassen, A. D., Schur, B. E. and Wilsnack, R. W. (1991). Predicting onset and chronicity of women’s problem drinking: A five-year longitudinal analysis. American Journal of Public Health, 81(3), 305–18. 8-225. Blume, S. and Zilberman, M. L. (2005). Alcohol and women. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1049–63). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 8-226. Greenfield, S. F., Back, S. E., and Lawson, K. (2011). Women and addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 847–70). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-227. Mello, N. K., Mendelson, J. H. and Teoh, S. K. (1993). An overview of the effects of alcohol on neuroendocrine function in women. In S. Zakhari, ed. Alcohol and the Endocrine System. NIAAA Research Monograph No. 23, NIH Pub. 93-3533. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. 8-228. Wright, H. I., Gavaler, J. S. and Thiel, D. H. (1991). Effects of alcohol on the male reproductive system. Alcohol Health and Research World, 15(2), 110–14. 8-229. Zakhari, S., ed. (1993). Alcohol and the Endocrine System. NIAAA Research Monograph No. 23, NIH Pub. No. 93-3533. Bethesda, MD: National Institute on Alcohol Abuse and Alcoholism. 8-230. Crowe, L. and George, W. (1989). Alcohol and sexuality. Psychological Bulletin, 105, 374–86. 8-231. Cavazos-Rehg, P. A., Krauss, M. J., Spitznagel, E. L., et al. (2011). Substance use and the risk for sexual intercourse with and without a history of teenage pregnancy among adolescents. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 72(2), 194–8. 8-232. Phillips-Howard, P. A., Bellis, M. A., Briant, L. B., et al. (2010). Wellbeing, alcohol use and sexual activity in young teenagers: indings
References from a cross sectional survey in school children in North West England. Substance Abuse Treatment Prevention Policy, 5(27). 8-233. Lee, S. J. (2006). Overcoming Crystal Meth Addiction New York: Marlowe. 8-234. Paczynski, R. P. and Gold, M. S. (2011). Cocaine and crack. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 191–213). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-235. Werblin, J. M. (1998). High on sex. Professional Counselor, 13(6), 33–37. 8-236. Buffum, J. C. (1982). Pharmacosexology: The effects of drugs on sexual function, a review. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 14(1–2), 5–44. 8-237. Smith, D. E., Wesson, D. R. and Apter-Marsh, M. (1984). Cocaine- and alcohol-induced sexual dysfunction in patients with addictive diseases. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 16(4), 359–61. 8-238. Smoking. (May 14, 2007). Smoking will net movies stronger ratings. Los Angeles Times, p. A1. 8-239. CDC MMWR. (2010). Smoking in top-grossing movies United States 1991–2009. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 59(32),17. 8-239A. CDC. (2013). Smoking in movies. http://www.cdc.gov//tobacco/data_ statistics/fact_sheets/youth_data/movies/index.htm (accessed 18, 2014). 8-240. Camenga, D. R., Klein, J. D. and Roy, J. (2006). The changing risk profile of the American adolescent smoker: Implications for prevention programs and tobacco interventions. Journal of Adolescent Health, 39(1), 120.e1–10. 8-241. Augood, C., Duckitt, K. and Templeton, A. A. (1998). Smoking and female infertility: A systematic review and meta-analysis. Human Reproduction, 13(6), 1532–39. 8-242. CDC. (2014) Surgeon General’s Report: The Health Consequences of Smoking. Executive Summary. http://www.surgeongeneral.gov/library/ reports/50-years-of-progress/exec-summary.pdf (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-243. Wu, C., Zhang, H., Gao, Y., et al. (2). The association of smoking and erectile dysfunction: Results from the Fanchenggang Area Male Health and Examination Survey (FAMHES). Journal of Andrology, –65. 8-244. Buffum, J. C. (1982). Pharmacosexology: The effects of drugs on sexual function, a review. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 14(1–2), 5–44. 8-245. Shen, W. W. and Sata, L. S. (1983). Neuropharmacology of the male sexual function. Journal of Clinical Pharmacology, 3(4), 265–66. 8-246. R., Cohen, S., Evans, G. and Fine, J. (1992). The Encyclopedia of Drug Abuse (2nd ed.). New York: Facts n File. 8-247. Langrod, Epstein, D. H., Phillips, K. A. and Preston, K. L. (2011). Opioids. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 161–90). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-248. Buffum, J. C. (1982). Pharmacosexology: The effects of drugs on sexual function, a review. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 14(1–2). 8-250. Smith, D. E., Wesson, D. R. and Calhoun, S. R. (1995). Rohypnol: Quaalude of the nineties? CSAM News. Newsletter of the California Society of Addiction Medicine, 22(2). 8-251. DrugID. (2010). Drug Identification Bible. Grand Junction, CO: Amera-Chem. 8-252. Morganthaler, J. and Joy, D. (1994). Better Sex Through Chemistry: A Guide to the New Prosexual Drugs. Petaluma, CA: Smart Publications. 8-253. DrugID. (2010). Drug Identification Bible Grand Junction, CO: Amera-Chem. 8-254. Peugh, J. and Belenko, S. (2001). Alcohol, drugs and sexual function: A review. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 33(3), 223–8. 8-255. Johnson, S. D., Phelps, D. L. and Cottler, L. B. (2004). The association of sexual dysfunction and substance use among community epidemiological sample. Archives of Sexual Behavior, 33(1), 55–63. 8-256. SAMHSA Pregnancy. (2012). New report shows more than one in five pregnant White women smoke cigarettes. http://www.samhsa.gov/newsroom/ advisories/1205093619.aspx (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-257. Holland, J. (2001). Ecstasy: The Complete Guide. Rochester, VT: Park Street Press. 8-258. Beck, J. and Rosenbaum, M. (1994). Pursuit of Ecstasy: The MDMA Experience. Albany: State University of New York Press. 8-259. European Monitoring Centre for Drugs and Drug Addiction. (2010). Risk assessment report on mephedrone. (accessed April 8, 2011). 8-260. Buffum, J. (1988). Substance abuse and high-risk sexual behavior: Drugs and sex—the dark side. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs 20(2), 165–68. 8-261. Peugh, J. and Belenko, S. (2001). Alcohol, drugs and sexual function: A review. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 33(3), 223–32. 8-262. O’Brien, R., Cohen, S., Evans, G. and Fine, J. (1992). The Encyclopedia of Drug Abuse (2nd ed.). New York: Facts n File.
R.33
8-263. Sharp, C. W., Howard, M. O. and Schiffer, W. K. (2011). Inhalants. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 284–318). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-264. Jastak, J. T. (1991). Nitrous oxide and its abuse. Journal of the American Dental Association, 122(2), 48–52. 8-265. Goldberg, R. J. (1998). Selective serotonin reuptake inhibitors: Infrequent medical adverse effects. Archives of Family Medicine, 7(1), 78–84. 8-266. Kline, M. D. (1989). Fluoxetine and anorgasmia. American Journal of Psychiatry, 146(6), 804–5. 8-267. Meston, C. M. and Gorzalka, B. B. (1992). Psychoactive drugs and human sexual behavior: The role of serotonergic activity. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 24(1), 1–40. 8-268. Physicians’ Desk Reference. (2014). Physicians’ Desk Reference (64th ed.). Montvale, NJ: Medical Economics. 8-269. Rosenberg, K. P., Bleiberg, K. L., Koscis, J. and Gross, C. (2003). A survey of sexual side effects among severely mentally ill patients taking psychotropic medications: Impact on compliance. Journal of Sex and Marital Therapy, 29(4), 289–96. 8-270. Morganthaler, J. and Joy, D. (1994). Better Sex Through Chemistry: A Guide to the New Prosexual Drugs. Petaluma, CA: Smart Publications. 8-271. Seifert, S. A. (1999). Substance use and sexual assault. Substance Use and Misuse, 34(6), 935–45. 8-272. Roizen, J. (1997). Epidemiological issues in alcohol-related violence. In M. Galanter, ed., Recent Developments in Alcoholism (Vol. 13). New York: Plenum Press. 8-273. CDC. (2014). Sexually transmitted diseases: data and statistics. http:// www.cdc.gov/std/stats (accessed April 4, 2014). 8-274. CDC Fact Sheet. (2013). Incidence, prevalence, and cost of sexually transmitted infections in the United States. http://www.cdc.gov/std/stats/ sti-estimates-fact-sheet-feb-2013.pdf (accessed April 19, 2014). 8-275. WHO. (2007). Global Strategy for the Prevention and Control of Sexually Transmitted Diseases: 2006–2015 http://whqlibdoc.who.int/ publications/2007/9789241563475_eng.pdf (accessed April 5, 2014). 8-276. WHO AIDS (2013). Global summary of the AIDS epidemic, 2013. http://www.who.int/hiv/data/en(accessed April 5, 2014). 8-277. CASA. (2002). Dangerous Liaisons: Substance Abuse and Sexual Behavior. http://www.casacolumbia.org/addiction-research/reports/dangerousliaisons-substance-abuse-and-sex (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-278. CDC, HIV. (2013). HIV in the United States: At a lance. http://www.cdc. gov/hiv/statistics/basics/ataglance.html (accessed March 17, 2014). 8-279. Lee, J. D., McNeely, J. and Gourevitch, M. N. (2011). Medical complications of drug use/dependence. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 663–81). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-280. Lee, J. D., McNeely, J. and Gourevitch, M. N. (2011). Medical complications of drug use/dependence. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 663–81). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-281. CDC, Hepatitis. (2013). Viral hepatitis statistics and surveillance. http:// www.cdc.gov/HEPATITIS/Statistics/index.htm (accessed April 19, 2014). 8-282. CDC, HCV. (2014). Hepatitis C FAQs for the public. http://www.cdc. gov/hepatitis/c/cfaq.htm (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-283. Cahoon-Young, B. (1997). Prevalence of hepatitis C virus in women: Who’s getting it, why, and co-infection with HIV. Perspective on the epidemiology. Treatment and Interventions for the Hepatitis C Virus. San Francisco: Haight Ashbury Free Clinics. 8-284. CDC, HIV. (2013). HIV in the United States: t a glance. http://www.cdc. gov/hiv/statistics/basics/ataglance.html (accessed March 17, 2014). 8-284A. CDC, HIV. (2013). HIV: Statistics overview. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv/ statistics/basics (accessed March 17, 2014). 8-285. WHO, HCV. (2014). Hepatitis C. http://www.who.int/mediacentra/ factsheets/fs164/en (accessed April 19, 2014). 8-285A. NIDA. (2014). NIDA Notes: Articles on epatitis. http://www.drugabuse. gov/news-events/nida-notes/articles/term/102/hepatitis (accessed April 19, 2014). 8-286. Saitz, R. (2009). Overview of medical and surgical complications. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 94568). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine.
R.34
References
8-287. Starakis, I. and Mazokopakis, E. E. (2010). Injecting illicit substances epidemic and infective endocarditis. Infectious Disorders Drug Targets, 10(1), 22–6. 8-288. Des Jarlais, D. C., Hagan, H. and Friedman, S. R. (2005). Epidemiology and emerging public health perspectives. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 913–21). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 8-289. UNAIDS. (2013). Global Report on the AIDS Epidemic.2012. http://www. unaids.org/en/resources/publications/2012/name,76121,en.asp (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-290. Wick, C.and Levinson, J. (2011). Epidemiology: The United States. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 17-25). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-291. UNAIDS. (2013). AIDS by the umbers. http://www.unaids.org/en/media/ unaids/contentassets/documents/unaidspublication/2013/JC2571_AIDS_ by_the_numbers_en.pdf (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-292. AVERT. (2012) Worldwide HIV and AIDS Statistics. http://www.avert.org/ worldwide-hiv-aids-statistics.htm (accessed May 11, 2014). 8-293. CDC. (2014). HIV/AIDS. http://www.cdc.gov/hiv (accessed February 4, 2014). 8-294. Harris, N. S., Thompson, S. J., Ball, R., et al. (2002). Zidovudine and perinatal human immunodeficiency virus type 1 transmission: A population-based approach. Pediatrics, 109(4), E60. 8-295. Globe and Mail. (March 24, 2011). Officials credit harm reduction programs for decline in B.C. HIV cases. The Globe and Mail, 1A. 8-296. Russel, S. (June 27, 2003). Scientists urge worldwide AIDS vaccine effort. San Francisco Chronicle, p. A3. 8-297. Fang, C. T., Chang, Y. Y., Hsu, H. M., et al. (2007). Life expectancy of patients with newly diagnosed HIV infection in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy. Monthly Journal of the Association of Physicians, 100(2), 97–105. 8-298. UNAIDS. (2013). UNAIDS Report on HIV reatment. http://www.unaids. org/en/resources/presscentre/pressreleaseandstatementarchive/2013/may/2 0130521prupdateafrica(accessed April 19, 2014). 8-299. Fang, C. T., Chang, Y. Y., Hsu, H. M., et al. (2007). Life expectancy of patients with newly diagnosed HIV infection in the era of highly active antiretroviral therapy. Monthly Journal of the Association of Physicians, 100(2), 97–105. 8-300. Quest Diagnostics. (2013). Drug Testing Index. http://www. questdiagnostics.com/dms/Documents/DTI-Reports/2013-03-06_DTI/DTI. pdf (accessed April 5, 2014). 8-301. Coalition against Drug Abuse. (2014). Workplace Drug buse. http:// drugabuse.com/library/workplace-drug-abuse (accessed April 19, 2014). 8-302. SAPAA. (2012). Working Partners for an Alcohol and Drug Free Workplace…general workplace impact. http://drugabuse.com/library/ workplace-drug-abuse(accessed April 19, 2014). 8-303. USDL [U.S. Department of Labor]. (2008). Drug and alcohol use at work. http://www.bls.gov/mlr/1991/08/art1full.pdf (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-304. Drug Testing Products. (2011). Drug testing and increase in productivity. http://www.drug-testing-products.com/drug-testing/drug-testing-increaseproductivity.html (accessed April 5, 2014). 8-305. White, J., Nicholson, T., Duncan, D. and Minors, P. (2002). A demographic profile of employed users of illicit drugs. In M. A. Rahim, R. T. Golembiewski and K. D. Mackenzie, eds. Current Topics in Management (Vol. 6). Amsterdam: Elsevier Science. 8-306. Englehart, P. F. and Taormina, C. (2011). Work setting. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 777–84). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-307. National Business Group on Health. (2008). An Employer’s Guide to Employee Assistance Programs. http://www.businessgrouphealth.org/pdfs/ FINAL%20EAP_report_2008highres.pdf (accessed April 6, 2014). 8-308. Employee Assistance Professionals Association. (2011). Standards for employee assistance programs. http://www.eapassn.org/files/public/ EAPASTANDARDS10.pdf (accessed March 23, 2014). 8-309. SAMHSA. (2013). Drug testing. http://www.workplace.samhsa.gov/ Dtesting.html (accessed April 8, 2014). 8-310. French, M. T., Zarkin, G. A., Bray, J. W. and Hartwell, T. D. (1999). Costs of employee assistance programs: Comparison of national estimates from 1993–1995. Journal of Behavioral Health Services Research, 26(1), 95–103.
8-311. DEA. (2011). Drug-Free Workforce Program. http://www.ocio.usda.gov/ sites/default/files/docs/2012/DR4430-792-2.htm (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-312. RTI International. (2002). RTI Worldwide Survey Reveals Reduced Usage of Alcohol, Tobacco, and Illegal Drugs by U.S. Military Personnel. http://www.rti.org/page.cfm?nav=391andobjectid=AB12BFB4-F306-46679CCDF72168A77F27 (accessed March 18, 2014). 8-313-io. RTI International. (January 5, 2010). Department of Defense Announces Results of 2008 Health Related Behaviors Survey. http://www.rti.org/ news.cfm?nav= 6andobjectid=9E651A68-5056-B172-B873C3640C367541 (accessed March 17, 2014). 8-314. NIH. (2013). Drug Facts: ubstance Abuse in the Military. http:// www.drugabuse.gov/publications/drugfacts/substance-abuse-in-military (accessed April 2, 2014). 8-315. Lacy, B. W. and Ditzler, T. F. (2007). Inhalant abuse in the military: An unrecognized threat. Military Medicine, 172(4), 388–92. 8-316. Ames, G. M., Cunradi, C. B., Moore, R. S. and Stern, P. (2007). Military culture and drinking behavior among U.S. Navy careerists. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 68(3), 336–44. 8-317. Bray, R. M. and Pemberton, M. R. (2011). Substance use in the armed forces. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5 ed., pp. 926–35). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-318. ABC-military. (July 9, 2013). Bath salts, spice, and US military: Are service members abusing synthetic drugs? http://abcnews.go.com/US/ bath-salts-spice-us-military-service-members-abusing/story?id=19621742 (accessed April 25, 2014). 8-319. Rhem, K. T. (2001). Alcohol abuse costs DOD dearly. American Forces Press Service. http://usmilitary.about.com/library/milinfo/milarticles/ blalcohol.htm (accessed April 25, 2014). 8-320. Klette, K. L., Kettle, A. R. and Jamerson, M. H. (2006). Prevalence of use for AMP, MAMP, MDA, MDMA, MDEA, in military entrance processing stations specimens. Journal of Analytical Toxicology, 30(5), 319–22. 8-321. Robins, L. N. (1993). The sixth Thomas James Okey Memorial Lecture. Vietnam veterans’ rapid recovery from heroin addiction: A fluke or normal expectation. Addiction, 88(8), 1041–54. 8-322. O’Brien, R., Cohen, S., Evans, G. and Fine, J. (1992). The Encyclopedia of Drug Abuse (2nd ed.). New York: Facts on File. 8-323. Walsh, J. M. (2008). New technology and new initiatives in U.S. workplace testing. Forensic Science International 174(2–3), 120–4. 8-324. Vereby, K. G. and Meenan, G. (2011). Diagnostic laboratory: Screening for drug abuse. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 123–36). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-325. Karacic V., Skender, L., Brcic, I. and Bagaric, A. (2002). Hair testing for drugs of abuse: A two-year experience. Arhiv za Higijenu Rada i Toksikologiju, 53(3), 213–20. 8-326. Quest Diagnostics. (2013). The benefits of hair testing. http://www. questdiagnostics.com/home/companies/employer/drug-screening/ products-services/hair-testing/hair-testing-overview.html (accessed March 22, 2014). 8-327. Cone, E. J., Presley, L., Lehrer, M., et al. (2002). Oral fluid testing for drugs of abuse: Positive prevalence rates by Intercept immunoassay screening and GC-MS-MS confirmation and suggested cutoff concentrations. Journal of Analytical Toxicology, 26(8), 541–46. 8-328. Kintz, P., Bernhard, W., Villain, M., Gasser, M., Aebi, B. and Cirimele, V. (2005). Detection of Cannabis use in drivers with the drugwipe device and by GC-MS after Intercept device collection. Journal of Analytical Toxicology, 29(7), 724–27. 8-329. Warner, E. A. and Sharma, N. (2009). Laboratory diagnosis. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 295–304). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 8-330. Vereby, K. G. and Meenan, G. (2011). Diagnostic laboratory: Screening for drug abuse. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 123–37). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 8-331. SAMHSA Advisory. (2006). The role of biomarkers in the treatment of alcohol use disorders. Substance Abuse Treatment Advisory, 5(4).
References 8-332. MMWR. (2007). Use of niacin in attempts to defeat urine drug testing—5 states, January–September, 2006. Morbidity and Mortality Weekly Report, 56(15), 365–66. 8-333. U.S. Census Bureau. (2011). Population: Elderly, Racial and Hispanic origin, population profiles. http://www.census.gov/prod/cen2010/briefs/ c2010br-09.pdf (accessed April 16, 2014). 8-334. IMS Health. (2013). Top therapeutic classes by U.S. dispensed prescriptions. http://www.imshealth.com/deployedfiles/imshealth/Global/ Content/Corporate/Press%20Room/2012_U.S/Top_Therapeutic_Classes_ Dispensed_Prescriptions_2012.pdf (accessed April 15, 2014). 8-335. Hazelden Foundation. (2011). Substance Abuse Among the Elderly: A Growing Problem. http://www.hazelden.org/web/public/ade60220.page (accessed April 18, 2014). 8-336. Simoni-Wastila, L. and Yang, H. K. (2006). Psychoactive drug abuse in older adults. American Journal of Geriatric Pharmacotherapy, 4(4), 380–94. 8-337. Jinks, M. J., Raschko, R. R. (1990). A profile of alcohol and prescription drug abuse in a high-risk community-based elderly population. DICP The Annals of Psychotherapy, 24(1), 971–75. 8-338. Fleming, M. F., Barry, K. L., Manwell, L. B., et al. (1997). Brief physician advice for problem alcohol drinkers. A randomized controlled trial in community-based primary care practices. JAMA, 277(13), 1039–45. 8-339. Gambert, S. R. and Albrecht III, C. R. (2005). The elderly. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1038–47). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 8-340. Fletcher, B. W. and Compton, W. M. (2011). The older drug abuser. In P. Ruiz and E C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s SubstanceAbuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 802–11). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluer. 8-341. Smith, D. E., Wesson, D. R. and Calhoun, S. R. (1995). Rohypnol: Quaalude of the nineties? CSAM News. Newsletter of the California Society of Addiction Medicine, 22(2). 8-342. Allen, J. E. (November 19, 2010). Manufacturer pulls Darvon, Darvocet; FDA wants generic makers to do the same. ABC News/Health. http://abcnews. go.com/Health/PainArthritis/painkillers-darvon-darvocet-coming-offus-market/story?id=12194165 (accessed April12, 2014. 8-343. Patterson, T. L., Lacro, J. P. and Jeste, D. V. (1999). Abuse and misuse of medications in the elderly. Psychiatric Times, 16(4), 5. 8-344. Gellert, C., Schottker, B. Brenner, H. (2012) Smoking and all-cause mortality in older people: Systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA, 172(11), 837–44. 8-345. Massey, L. K. (1998). Caffeine and the elderly. Drugs and Aging, 13(1), 43–50. 8-346. Smith, D. E., Wesson, D. R. and Calhoun, S. R. (1995). Rohypnol: Quaalude of the nineties? CSAM News. Newsletter of the California Society of Addiction Medicine, 22(2). 8-347. Dunne, F. J. (1994). Misuse of alcohol or drugs by elderly people. British Medical Journal, 308(6929), 608–9. 8-348. Institute of Alcohol Studies. (2013). Older people and alcohol. http:// www.ias.org.uk/uploads/pdf/Factsheets/Alcohol%20and%20older%20 people%20FS%20May%202013.pdf (accessed March 22, 2014). 8-349. TEDS. (2012). Treatment Episode Data Sets (TEDS)—2010. http:// wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/webt/tedsweb/tab_year.choose_year_web_table?t_ state=US (accessed, September 30, 2013). 8-350. Korper, S. P. and Raskin, I. E. (2003). The Impact of Substance Use and Abuse by the Elderly: The Next 20 to 30 Years. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/ aging/chap1.htm (accessed January 18, 2014). 8-351. Patterson, T. L., Lacro, J. P. and Jeste, D. V. (1999). Abuse and misuse of medications in the elderly. 8-352. Blow, F. C. and Barry, K. L. (2009). Treatment of older adults. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 479–92). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 8-354. Dunne, F. J. (1994). Misuse of alcohol or drugs by elderly people. British Medical Journal, 308(6929), 608–9. 8-355. Whitlock, E. P., Polen, Green, C. A., et al. 2004). Behavioral counseling interventions in primary care to reduce risky/harmful alcohol use by adults: A summary of the evidence for the U.S. Preventive Services Task Force. Annals of Internal Medicine, 140(7), 557–68. 8-356. Center for Substance Abuse Prevention. (1998). Substance Abuse Among Older Adults, CSAT Treatment Improvement Protocol No. 26. Rockville, MD: Author.
R.35
Chapter 9 9-1. Jonas, DE, Amick, HR, Feltner, C et al. (2014), Pharmacotherapy for adults with alcohol use disorders in outpatient settings: A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA, 311(18): 1889-1900. 9-2. Butler Center for Research (2011). Outcomes of alcohol and other drug dependency treatment. Butler Research Group Research Update, Feb. 2011 https://www.hazelden.org/web/public/document/bcrup_0698. pdfhttps://www.hazelden.org/web/public/document/bcrup_0698.pdf). 9-3. Hser, J. L., Evans, E. and Huang, Y. C. (2005). Treatment outcomes among women and men methamphetamine abusers. California. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 28(1), 77–85. 9-4. NIMH. (2008). Statistics. http://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/publications/ the-numbers-count-mental-disorders-in-america/index.shtml (accessed February 6.2014). 9-5. Hughes, A., Sathe, N. and Spagnola, K., (2009), State estimates of substance abuse use from the 2006–2007 National Surveys on Drug Use and Health. Office of Applied Studies, Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration, NSDUH Series H-35, HHS Publication No. SMA 09-4362, Rockville, MD. 9-6. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC. htm (accessed February 18, 2014). 9-7. CDC, (2009A). Smoking and Tobacco Use. http://www.cdc.gov/ tobacco/data_statistics/mmwrs/byyear/2009/mm5819a2/highlights.htm (accessed February 6, 2014). 9-8. CDC, (2009B). State-Specific Prevalence and Trends in Adult Cigarette Smoking-United States, 2008–2007, MMWR Weekly, 58(09), 221–226. 9-9. SAMHSA. (2008B). National Survey of Substance Abuse Treatment Services (N-SSATS), 2008. http://wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/08nssats/ nssats2k8.pdf (accessed February6 2014). 9-10. Hardin, M.G. and Ernst, M. (2009). Functional brain imaging of development-related risk and vulnerability for substance use in adolescents. Journal of Addiction Medicine, 3(2), 47–54. 9-11. Volkow, N. D., Fowler, J. S. and Wang, G. J. (2003). The addicted brain: Insights from imaging studies. Journal of Clinical Investigation, 111(10), 1444–51. 9-12. Journal of Clinical EEG and Neuroscience (2009) Brain Imaging in Substance Abusers, Special Edition. January 2009. 9-13. Raine, A., Lencz, T., Bihrle, S., LaCasse, L. and Colletti, P. (2000). Reduced prefrontal gray matter volume and reduced autonomic. activity in antisocial personality disorder. Archives of General Psychiatry, 57(2), 119–127. 9-14. Paulus, M. P., Tapert, S. F. and Schuckit, M. A. (2005). Neural activation patterns of methamphetamine dependent subjects during decision making predict relapse. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62(7), 761–768. 9-15. Zickler, P. (2006). Brain activity patterns signal risk of relapse to methamphetamine, NIDA Notes, 20(5), 1, 6. 9-16. Iowa Practice Improvement Collaborative. (2003). Evidence-Based Practices: An Implementation Guide for Community-Based Substance Abuse Treatment Agencies. Iowa City, IA: Iowa Practice Improvement Collaborative. http://iconsortium.subst-abuse.uiowa.edu/SKIPIIA.html (accessed February 7, 2014). 9-17. National Registry of Evidenced-Based Programs and Practices. (2007). SAMHSA Model Programs. http://nrepp.samhsa.gov/ (accessed February 7 2014). 9-18. Huddleston, C.W., Marlowe, D.B. and Casebolt, R. (2008). Painting the Current Picture: A National Report Card on Drug Courts and Other Problem Solving Programs in the United States, National Drug Court Institute, 2(1). 9-19. Anglin, M. D., Prendergast, M. and Farabee, D. (1998) The Effectiveness of Coerced Treatment for Drug-Abusing Offenders. ONDCP Conference of Scholars and Policy Makers. http://www.ncjrs.org/ondcppubs/treat/ consensus/anglin.pdf (accessed February 7, 2014). 9-20. APA, American Psychiatric Association (2013), Diagnostic and statistical manual of mental disorders, 5th edition:DSM-5. 9-21. CASA, (2003). 9-22. Carey, S.M., Finigan, M., Crumpton, D., and Waller, M. (2006). California drug courts: Outcomes, costs and promising practices: An
R.36
References
overview of the phase II in a statewide study. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, SARC Supplement 3, 345–356. 9-23. Finigan, M., Carey, S.M. and Cox, A. (2007). The Impact of a Mature Drug Court Over 10 Years of Operation: Recidivism and Costs. MPC Research Inc., Portland, OR. 9-24. Belenko, S. (2001). Research on Drug Courts: A Critical Review. New York: National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse. 9-25. NCJRS [National Criminal Justice Reference System]. (2007). Drug Courts: Facts and Figures. http://www.ncjrs.gov/spotlight/drug_courts/ facts.html (accessed February 7, 2014). 9-26. CASA [Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse]. (2009). Shoveling Up II: The Impact of Substance Abuse on Federal, State, and Local Budgets. (accessed May 21, 2011). 9-27. Belenko, S., Patapis, N. and French M. T. (2005). Economic Benefits of Drug Treatment: A Critical Review of the Evidence for Policy Makers. Missouri Foundation for Health. http://www.tresearch.org/resources/ specials/2005Feb_EconomicBenefits.pdf (accessed February 7, 2014). 9-28. Gerstein, D. R., Johnson, R. A., Harwood, H., et al. (1994). Evaluating Recovery Services: The California Drug and Alcohol Treatment Assessment (CALDATA). Sacramento, CA: California Department of Alcohol and Drug Programs (Executive Summary: Publication No. ADP94–628;. 9-29. Hubbard, R. L., Craddock, S. G. and Anderson, J. (2003). Overview of 5-year follow-up outcomes in the Drug Abuse Treatment Outcome Studies (DATOS). Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 25(3), 125–34. 9-30. McLellan, A. T., Grissom, G. R., Zanis, D., et al. (1997). Problemservice “matching” in addiction treatment: A prospective study in four programs. Archives of General Psychiatry, 54(8), 730–35. 9-31. Nielsen, B., Nielsen, A. S. and Wraae, O. (1998). Patient-treatment matching improves compliance of alcoholics in outpatient treatment. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 186(12), 752–60. 9-32. Fiorentine, R. (1999). After drug treatment: Are 12-step programs effective in maintaining abstinence? American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 25(1), 93–116. 9-33. Center for Substance Abuse Research, U. of Maryland College Park, (2008). Lack of health coverage and not being ready to stop using: Top reasons for not receiving needed alcohol or drug treatment. Cesar FAX, 18(39). 9-34. Frommer, F. (2008), After 12 years, Wellstone mental health parity act is law, Associated Press. http://minnesota.publicradio.org/collections/ business/ (accessed February 7 2014 this takes you to current paper. 9-35. O’Malley, S. S., Jaffe, A. J., Chang, G., et al. (1992). Naltrexone and coping skills therapy for alcohol dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49, 881–87. 9-36. Morris, S. (1995). Harm reduction vs. disease model: Challenge for educators. Presented at the conference of the International Coalition of Addiction Studies Educators (INCASE), Boston, MA. 9-37. Benson, (1897). 9-38. Marlatt, G. A. (1995). Relapse prevention: Theoretical rational and overview of the model. In G. A. Marlatt and J. Gorden, eds. Relapse Prevention: A Self-Control Strategy in the Maintenance of Behavior Change. New York: Guilford Publications. 9-39. Marlatt, Somers and Tapert, (1993).Harm reduction: apliction to alcohol abuse problems. NIDA Research Monograph, 137, 147-66. 9-40. Peele, S. (1995). Controlled drinking versus abstinence. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. 1, pp. 92–97). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 9-41. Bottlender, Spanagel and Soyka, (2007). 9-42. Vaillant G. E. (1995). The Natural History of Alcoholism Revisited. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 9-43. Drucker, E., Newman, R. G., Nadelmann, et al. (2011) Harm reduction: new drug policies and practices. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 754-56). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-44. Gerstein, D. R., Datta, A. R., Ingels, J. S., et al. (1997). National Treatment Improvement Evaluation Study (NTIES) Final Report. Rockville, MD: Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. 9-45. Mecca, A. M. (1997). Blending policy and research: The California outcomes study. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 29(2), 161–63. 9-46. Hubbard, R. L., Craddock, S. G. and Anderson, J. (2003). Overview of 5-year follow-up outcomes in the Drug Abuse Treatment Outcome Studies DATOS). Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 25(3), 125–34.
9-47. Meuller and Wyman, (1997). 9-48. Etheridge, Craddock, Dunteman, et al., (1995). 9-49. USDOL. (2008). The mental health and addiction equity act of 2008 (MHEAEA). http://www.dol.gov/ebsa/newsroom/fsmhpaea.html (accessed February 7,2014). (1-115). 9-50. Peters, R.H., Matthews, C.O.and Dvoskin, J.A. (2005). Treatment in prisons and jails. In J.H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R.B. Millmam and J.G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 707-721). Balitmore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-51. Kinlock T.W., Gordon, M. S. and Schwartz, R. P. (2011). Incarcerated populations. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 881–91). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-52. NIDA. (2006A). Principles of Drug Abuse Treatment for Criminal Justice Populations. NIDA, NIH Publication No. 06-5316. http://www. drugabuse.gov/PODAT_CJ (accessed February 7,2014). 9-53. Karberg, J. C. and James, D. J. (2005). Substance Dependence, Abuse and Treatment of Jail Inmates 2002. U.S. Department of Justice, Office of Justice Programs, Washington, DC, 2005. 9-54. USDOJ. (2003). Arrestee Drug Abuse Monitoring. http://www.ncjrs. gov/pdffiles1/nij/193013.pdf (accessed February 7, 2014). 9-55. ONDCP, (2001A). 9-56. USDOJ. (2005). Substance Dependence, Abuse, and Treatment of Jail Inmates, 2002. http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/content/pub/pdf/sdatji02.pdf (accessed February 8, 2014. 9-57. NIDA. (2009). Principles of Drug Addiction Treatment: A Researched based Guide (Second Edition). NIH Publication No. 09-4180 http:// www.nida.nih.gov/PODAT/Principles.html (accessed February 8, 2014). 9-58. Schuckit, M. A. (1994). Goals of treatment. In M. Galanter and H. D. Kleber, eds. Textbook of Substance Abuse Treatment (pp. 3–10). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 9-59. Schuckit, M. A. (2000A). Drug and Alcohol Abuse (5th ed.). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. 9-60. Carter, T. M. (1998). The effects of spiritual practices on recovery from substance abuse. Journal of Psychiatric and Mental Health Nursing, 5(5), 409–500. 9-61. Galanter M., and Kleber H.D. (2008). The American Publishing Textbook of Substance Abuse Treatment. Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Publications. pp. 518–519. 9-62. Slaymaker V. (2009). The 12 Steps: Building the evidence base. Addiction Professional, 7(3), 16–19. 9-63. Sterling, R. C., Weinstein, S., Losardo, D., Raively, K., Hill, P., Petrone, A., et al. (2007). A retrospective case control study of alcohol relapse and spiritual growth. American Journal on Addictions, 16(1), 56-61. 9-64. Lewis, J. A., Dana, R. Q. and Blevins, G. A. (2001). Substance Abuse Counseling (3rd ed.). Belmont, CA: Wadsworth Publishing. 9-65. Winters, K. C. (2003). Assessment of alcohol and other drug use behaviors among adolescents. In Assessing Alcohol Problems: A Guide for Clinicians and Researchers (2nd ed.). NIH Publication No. 03-3745, 101. 9-66. TEDS (2010). 9-67. APA. (2010). DSM-V Revisions-Substance-Related Disorders. http:// www.dsm5.org/ProposedRevisions/Pages/Substance-RelatedDisorders. aspx requires sign in (accessed April 5, 2011). 9-68. Allen, J. P., Eckardt, M. J. and Wallen, J. (1988). Screening for alcoholism: Techniques and issues. Public Health Reports, 103(6), 596-592. 9-69. Grinrod, R. (1840, 1886). Bacchus: An Essay on the Nature, Causes, Effects and Cure of Intemperance. Columbus, OH: J and H Miller. 9-70. Mee-Lee, D. and Shulman, G. D. (2009). The ASAM placement criteria and matching patients to treatment. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 387–400). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-71. Knealing, T.W., Roebuck, M.C., Wong, C.J. and Silverman, K. (2008). Economic cost of the therapeutic workplace intervention added to methadone maintenance. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 34(3), 326–332. 9-72. Dodd, M. H. (1997). Social model of recovery: Origin, early features, changes, and future. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 29(2), 133–139.
References 9-73. NIDA. (2002B). Research Report Series—Therapeutic Community. http://www.drugabuse.gov/ResearchReports/Therapeutic/Therapeutic3. html (accessed February 12,2014). 9-74. Institute of Medicine. (1990). Treating Drug Problems (Vol. 1). Washington, DC: The National Academies Press. http://books.nap.edu/ books/0309042852/html/index.html (accessed February 10. 2014). 9-75. Crowe, A. H. and Reeves, R. (1994). Treatment for Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse: Opportunities for Coordination. Technical Assistance Publication Series 11. Rockville, MD: Substance Abuse and Mental Health Services Administration. 9-76. Langrod, J. G., Muffler, J., Abel, J., et al. (2005). Faith-based approaches. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 763– 71). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-77. Morris, S. (1995). Harm reduction vs. disease model: Challenge for educators. Presented at the conference of the International Coalition of Addiction Studies Educators (INCASE), Boston, MA. 9-78. TEDS. (2012). Treatment Episode Data Sets. 9-79. SAMHSA. (2009). Results from the 2008 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/nsduh/2k8nsduh/2k8Results. pdf (accessed February 10 2014). 9-80. Snyder, E., Park, K. I., Flax, J. D., et al. (1997). Potential of neural “stem-like” cells for gene therapy and repair of the degenerating central nervous system. Advanced Neurology, 72, 121–132. 9-81. NIAAA. (2009A). Rethinking Drinking – Alcohol and your Health. http://rethinkingdrinking.niaaa.nih.gov/IsYourDrinkingPatternRisky/ WhatsYourPattern.asp (accessed February 12, 2014). 9-82. NIAAA. (2009B). Rethinking Drinking – Alcohol and your Health. NIH Publication No. 08-3770. http:// http://pubs.niaaa.nih.gov/ publications/RethinkingDrinking/Rethinking_Drinking.pdf (accessed February 12,2014). 9-83. Saitz, R., Mulvey, K. P., Plough, A. and Samet, J. H. (1997). Physician unawareness of serious substance abuse. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 23(3), 343–354. 9-84. CASA. (2005). Under the Counter: The Diversion and Abuse of Controlled Prescription Drugs in the U.S. 9-85. Heather, N. (1989). Brief intervention strategies. In R. K. Hester and W. R. Miller, eds. Handbook of Alcoholism Treatment Approaches (pp. 93–116). Boston: Allyn and Bacon. 9-86. SAMHSA. (2003). Serious Mental Illness and its Co-Occurrence with Substance Use Disorders, 2002. http://oas.samhsa.gov/CoD/CoD.htm (accessed February 12,2014). 9-87. Chang, G. and Kosten, T. R. (2005). Detoxification. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 579–86). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-88. Sullivan, J.T., Sykora, K., Schneiderman, J., et al. (1989). Assessment of Alcohol withdrawal: The revised Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol Scale (CIWA-Ar). British Journal of Addiction, 84, 1373–1457. 9-89. Walk-on and Ling (2003). 9-90. Boothby, L. A. and Doering, P. L. (2005). Acamprosate for the treatment of alcohol dependence. Clinical Therapeutics 27(6), 695–714. 9-91. Koob, G. F. and Le Moal, M. (2008). Addiction and the brain antireward system. Annual revue of Psychology, 59, 29–53. 9-92. Gatch, M. B. and Lal, H. (1998). Pharmacological treatment of alcoholism. Progress in Neuro-Psychopharmacology and Biological Psychiatry, 22(6), 917–944. 9-93. O’Brien, C. P. (1997). A range of research-based pharmacotherapies for addiction. Science, 278(5335), 66–70. 9-94. Carrol, J. F. (1980). Uncovering drug abuse by alcoholics and alcohol abuse by addicts. International Journal of the Addictions, 15(4), 591–595. 9-95. Wiley Interscience. (2001). Programs including nicotine addiction as part of treatment. Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Weekly, 13(38), 1–3. 9-96. Vaillant, G. E. (1995). The Natural History of Alcoholism Revisited. Cambridge, MA: Harvard University Press. 5-84. 9-97. Grossman, D and Onken, L., organizers. (2003). Summary of NIDA Workshop: Developing Behavioral Treatments for Drug Abusers with Cognitive Impairments. http://archives.drugabuse.gov/meetings/ cognitiveimpairment.html (accessed February 12, 2014).
R.37
9-98. Thompson, P. M., Hayashi, K. M., Simon, S. L., et al. (2004). Structural abnormalities in the brain of human subjects who use methamphetamine. Journal of Neuroscience, 24(26), 6028–36. 9-99. Taleff, M.J. (2004). Alcohol-caused impairment and early treatment. Counselor, Magazine for Addiction Professionals, 5(1), 76–77. 9-100. Gorski, T. and Miller, M. (1986). Staying Sober: A Guide for Relapse Prevention. Independence, MO: Herald House Independence Press. 9-101. Littleton, J. (1998). Neurochemical mechanisms underlying alcohol withdrawal. Alcohol Health and Research World, 22(1), 13–24. 9-102. Yamada, K. (2008). Endogenous modulators for drug dependence. Biological and Pharmaceutical Bulletin, 31(9), 1635–8. 9-103. Carter, B. L. and Tiffany, S. T. (1999). Meta-analysis of cue-reactivity in addiction research. Addiction, 94(3), 327–40. 9-104. Daley, D.C. and Marlatt, G.A. (2005). Relapse prevention. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 772–785). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-105. Daley, D.C., Marlatt, G.A. and Douaihy, A. (2011), Relapse prevention. (2011). Elapse prevention. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 633–45). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-106. Childress, A. R., McClellan, A. T., Ehrman, R. and O’Brien, C. P. (1988). Classically conditioned responses in opioid and cocaine dependence: A role in relapse? In B. A. Ray, ed. Learning Factors in Substance Abuse, NIDA Research Monograph 84. Rockville, MD: National Institute on Drug Abuse. 9-107. Childress, A. R., Mozley, P. D., McElgin, W., et al. (1999). Limbic activation during cue-induced cocaine craving. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156(1), 11–18. 9-108. Stevens-Smith, P. and Smith, R. L. (2004). Substance Abuse Counseling: Theory and Practice (3rd ed). Upper Saddle River, NJ: Prentice-Hall College Division. 9-109. Miller, W. and Rollnick, S. (2002). Motivational Interviewing (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Publications. 9-110. Mueser, K.T., Salyer, M.P., Rosenberg, S.D., et al., Interpersonal trauma and posttraumatic stress disorder in patients with severe mental illness: demographic, clinical, and health correlates. Schizophr Bull., 30(1):45-57. 9-111. Prochaska, D. R. and Di Clemente, C. C. (1994). Transtheoretical Approach: Crossing Traditional Boundaries of Therapy. Melbourne, FL: Krieger Publishing Company. 9-112. White, W.L. (1998) Slaying the Dragon: The History of Addiction Treatment and Recovery in America. Bloomington, IL: Chestnut Health Systems/Lighthouse Institute. 9-113. Trice, H. M. (1995). Alcoholics Anonymous. In J. H. Jaffe, ed. Encyclopedia of Drugs and Alcohol (Vol. I, pp. 85–92). New York: Simon and Schuster Macmillan. 9-114. AA [Alcoholics Anonymous]. (1934, 1976). Alcoholics Anonymous. New York: Alcoholics Anonymous World Services, Inc. 9-115. Miller, W. R. (1998). Researching the spiritual dimensions of alcohol and other drug problems. Addiction, 93(7), 979–90. 9-116. Nace, E. P. (2005). Alcoholics Anonymous. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 587–98). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-117. Koenig, H. G., George, L. K. and Peterson, B. L. (1998). Religiosity and remission of depression in medically ill older patients. American Journal of Psychiatry, 155(4), 536–42. 9-118. Koenig, H.K., McCullough, M. E. and Larson, D. B. (2001). Handbook of Religion and Health. Oxford: Oxford University Press. 9-119. Powell, A. (2003). Psychiatry and Spirituality—The Forgotten Dimension. (accessed April 15, 2011). 9-120. Brubaker, M. D. (2006). Wrestling with angels: Faith-based programs can assist recovery, but create barriers for some. Addiction Professional, 4(3), 12–16. 9-121. Bakker, G.M. (2012). The current status of energy psychology: extraordinary claims with less than ordinary evidence. Clinical Psychologist, 17(3):91-99. 9-122. Waite, W.L. and Holder, M.D. (2003). Assessment of the emotional freedom technique. Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 2(1) http://www.srmhp.org/0201/emotional-freedom-technique.html (accessed 5/28/14).
R.38
References
9-123. Feinstein, D. (2012). Acupoint stimulation in treating psychological disorders: evidence of efficacy. Review of General Psychology, 16(4):364-380. 9-124. Tangenberg, K. M. (2005). Twelve-step programs and faith-based recovery. In C. Hilarski, ed. Addiction, Assessment, and Treatment with Adolescents, Adults, and Families. Binghamton, NY: The Haworth Press, Inc. 9-125. Horvath, A. T. (2011). Alternative support groups. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 633–45). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-126. Anglin, M. D. and Rawson, R. A. (2000). The CSAT methamphetamine treatment project: What are we trying to accomplish? Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(2), 209– 210. 9-127. Liepman, M. R., Parran, T. V., Farkas, K., and Lagos Saez, M. (2009). Family involvement in addiction: Treatment and recovery. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 857–68). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine, Inc. 9-128. Messer, K., Trinidad, D.R., Al-Delaimy, W.K., and Pierce, J.P. (2008). Smoking cessation rates in the United States: a comparison of young adults and older smokers. Am. J. Public Health, 98(2):317-322. 9-129. Schenker, M. and Minayo, M. C. (2004). The importance of family in drug abuse treatment: A literature review. Cadernos de Saude Publica, 20(3), 649–59. 9-130. O’Farrell, T. J. and Cowles, K. S. (1989). Marital and family therapy. In R. K. Hester and W. R. Miller, eds. Handbook of Alcoholism Treatment Approaches (pp. 183–205). Boston: Allyn and Bacon. 9-131. Connell, A.M., Dishion, T.J., Yasui, M., et al. (2007). An adaptive approach to family intervention: Linking engagement in family-centered intervention to reductions in adolescent problem. Behavior Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 75(4), 568–579. 9-132. Gorski, T. T. (1993). Addictive Relationships: Why Love Goes Wrong in Recovery. Independence, MO: Herald House Independence Press. 9-133. Liepman, M. R., Keller, D. M., Botelho, R. J., et al. (1998). Understanding and preventing substance abuse by adolescents: A guide for primary care clinicians. Primary Care, 25(1), 137–62. 9-134. Windle, M. T. (1999). Alcohol Use Among Adolescents. Thousand Oaks, CA: Sage Publications. 9-135. Mason, W. A. and Hawkins, H. (2009). Adolescent risk and protective factors: Psychosocial. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1383–90). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-136. Sher, K. J. (1997). Psychological characteristics of children of alcoholics. Alcohol Health and Research World, 21(3), 247–54. 9-137. ACoA. (2011). Adult Children of Alcoholics World Service Organization. http://www.adultchildren.org (accessed February 13 2014). 9-138. Dickson, C. (2007). An evaluation study of art therapy provision in a residential addiction treatment program. (ATP), International Journal of Art Therapy, 12(1), 17–27. 9-139. (Potter, G. (2004). Intensive therapy: utilizing hypnosis in the treatment of substance abuse disorders. American Journal of Clinical Hypnosis, July 2004, http://findarticles.com/p/articles/mi_qa4087/ is_200407/ai_n9425378/ (accessed February 13 2014). 9-140. Devilly, G.J. (2002). Eye movement desensitization and reprocessing: A chronology of its development and scientific standing. Scientific Review of Mental Health Practice, 1(2), 113–138. 9-141. Lake, J. (2007). Nonconventional and integrative treatments of alcohol and substance abuse. Psychiatric Times 24(6). 9-142. Wen, H. L. and Cheung, S. Y. C. (1973). Treatment of drug addiction by acupuncture and electrical stimulation. Asian Journal of Medicine, 9, 23–24). 9-143. Birch, S. (2001). An overview of acupuncture in the treatment of stroke, addiction, and other health problems. In G. Stux and R. Hammerschlag, eds. Clinical Acupuncture: Scientific Basis. New York: Springer. 9-144. Lee, D. Y-W and Wang, H. (2009). alternative therapies for alcohol and drug addiction. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 413–22). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine, Inc.
9-145. Steiner, R. P., Hay, D. L. and Davis, A. W. (1982). Acupuncture therapy for the treatment of tobacco smoking addiction. American Journal of Chinese Medicine, 10(1–4), 107–21. 9-146. Han, J., Cai-Lian Cuii. (2011). Acupuncture. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp 466–76). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-147. Brown, R.J., Blum, K. and Trachtenberg, M.C. (1990). Neurodynamics of relapse prevention: A neuronutrient approach to outpatient DUII offenders. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 22(2), 173–87. 9-148. Lu, L., Liu, Y., Zhu, W., et al. (2009). Traditional medicine in the treatment of drug addiction. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 35(1), 1–11. 9-149. Lennihan, B. (2004). Homeopathy: natural mind-body healing. Journal of Psychosocial and Nursing Mental Health Serv., 42(7), 30–40. 9-150. Trudeau, D. L. (2000). The treatment of addictive disorders by brain wave biofeedback: a review and suggestions for future research. Clinical Electroencephalography, 31(1), 13–22. 9-151. Matto, H. (2005). A bio-behavioral model of addiction treatment: applying dual representation theory to craving management and relapse prevention. Substance Use and Misuse, 40(4), 526–541. 9-152. Beitek, M., Genova, M., Schuman-Olivier, Z., et al. (2007). Reflections by inner-city drug users on a Buddhist-based spiritualityfocused therapy: a qualitative study. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 77(1), 1–9. 9-153. Li, M., Chen, K., and Mo, Z. (2002). Use of qigong therapy in the detoxification for heroin addicts. Alternative Therapeutic Health Medicine, 8, 56–59. 9-154. Mo, Z., Chen, K.W., Ou, W., et al. (2003). Benefits of external qigong therapy on morphine-abstinent mice and rats. Journal of Alternative Complementary Medicine, 9(6), 827–35. 9-155. Shaffer, H.J., LaSalvia, T.A., and Stein, J.P. (1997). Comparing Hatha yoga with dynamic group psychotherapy for enhancing methadone maintenance treatment: a randomized clinicl trial. Alternative Therapeutic Health Medicine, 3(4), 57–66. 9-156. Jarrell, N. (2009). A healing triangle: clients learn much about themselves through interactions in equine-assisted therapy. (Report), Addiction Professional, January 1, 2009. Mo, Z., Chen, K.W., Ou, W., et al. (2003). Benefits of external qigong therapy on morphine-abstinent mice and rats. Journal of Alternative Complementary Medicine, 9(6), 827–35. 9-157. Coren, S. (1989). Perceptual isolation, sensory deprivation, and REST: Moving introductory psychology texts out of the 1950’s. Canadian Psychology, 30(1), 7–29. 9-158. David, B. (1993). A brief overview of research regarding the effectiveness of restricted environmental stimulation therapy as a complementary treatment for a range of behavioral disorders. Neurobehavioral Health Services, 1, 1–3. 9-159. Baker-Brown, G. (1987). Restricted environmental stimulation therapy of smoking: A parametric study. Addictive Behaviors, 12, 263–267. 9-160. Kendler, K. S., Jacobson, K. C., Prescott, C. A. and Neale, M. C. (2003). Specificity of genetic and environmental risk factors for use and abuse/dependence of cannabis, cocaine, hallucinogens, sedatives, stimulants, and opiates in male twins. American Journal of Psychiatry 160(4), 687–695. 9-161. Copeland, A. L. and Sorensen, J. L. (2001). Differences between methamphetamine users and cocaine users in treatment. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 62(1), 91–95. 9-162. Simon, S.L., Richardson, K., Darcey, J., et al. (2002). A comparison of patterns of methamphetamine and cocaine use. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 21, 35–44. 9-163. Pride Surveys, (2007). A portrait of the typical school-age meth user. http://www.pridesurveys.com/newsletters/archive/012407.htm (accessed February 13,2014). 9-164. SAMHSA. (2008A). Treatment Episode Data Set, Highlights for 2007: Admissions by primary substance of abuse 1997–2007. http://www .oas.samhsa.gov/TEDS2k7highlights/TEDSHighl2k7Tbl1a.htm (accessed February 13,2014). 9-165. Leventhal, A.M., Kahler, C.W., Ray, L.A., et al. (2008). Anhedonia and amotivation in psychiatric outpatients with fully remitted stimulant use disorder. American Journal of Addiction, 17(3), 218–23.
References 9-166. Gawin, F. H., Khalsa, M. E. and Ellinwood, E., Jr. (1994). Stimulants. In M. Galanter and H. D. Kleber, eds. Textbook of Substance Abuse Treatment (pp. 111–39). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 9-167. Kleber, H. D. (2006). Practice Guidelines for the Treatment of Patients with Substance Use Disorders (2nd ed.). Arlington, VA: American Psychiatric Association. 9-168. Gorelick, D. A. (2009). The pharmacology of cocaine, amphetamines, and other stimulants. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 707–722). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-169. Gouzoulis-Mayfrank, E. and Daumann, J., (2009), The case of methylenedioxyamphetamines (MDMA, ecstasy), and amphetamines. Dialogues in Clinical Neuroscience, 11, 305–317. 9-170. Self, D.W., Kwang-Ho, C., Simmons, D., Walker, J.R., and Smagula, C.S., (2004), Extinction training regulates neuroadaptive responses to withdrawal from chronic cocaine self-administration. Learning Memory, 11, 648–657. 9-171. Carroll, K. M., Fenton, L. R., Ball, S. A., et al. (2004). Efficacy of disulfiram and cognitive behavioral therapy in cocaine-dependent outpatients: A randomized placebo-controlled trial. Archives of General Psychiatry, 61(3), 264–272. 9-172. Gaval-Cruz, M. and Weinshenker, D. (2009), Mechanisms of disulfiram-induced cocaine abstinence: antabuse and cocaine relapse. Molecular Interventions, 9(4), 175–187. 9-173. Nich, C., McCance-Katz, E. F., Petrakis, I. L., et al. M. (2004). Sex differences in cocaine-dependent individuals’ response to disulfiram treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 29(6), 1123–28. 9-174. Whitten, L. (2005). Disulfiram reduces cocaine abuse. NIDA Notes, 20(2), 4–5. 9-175. Gulliver, S. B., Kamholz, B. W. and Helstrom, A. W. (2006). Smoking cessation and alcohol abstinence: What do the data tell us? Alcohol Research and Health, 29(3), 208–12. 9-176. Saitta, D., Ferro, G.A., and Polosa, R. (2014). Achieving appropriate regulations for electronic cigarettes. Therapeutic Adv. In Chronic Diseases, 5(2):50-61. 9-177. Cahn Z., and Siegel, M. (2011). Electronic cigarettes as a harm reduction strategy for tobacco control. J Pub. Health Policy, 32(1):16-31. 9-178. Odium, L.E., O’Dell, K.A., and Schepers, J.S. (2012). Electronic cigarettes: do they have a role in smoking cessation. Journal of Pharmacy Practice, 25(6):611-614. 9-179. Wiley Interscience. (2001). Programs including nicotine addiction as part of treatment. Alcoholism and Drug Abuse Weekly, 13(38), 1–3. (1-60). 9-180. CDC. (2000). Treating Tobacco Use and Dependence. U.S. Public Health Service. (accessed May 2, 2011). 9-181. Cambell, I. (2003). Nicotine replacement therapy in smoking cessation (editorial). Thorax, 58(6), 464–65. 9-182. Jorenby, D. E., Hays, J. T., Rigotti, N. A., Azoulay, S., Watsky, E. J., Williams, K. E., et al. (2006). Efficacy of varenicline, an alpha4beta2 nicotinic acetylcholine receptor partial agonist, vs. placebo or sustainedrelease bupropion for smoking cessation. JAMA, 296(1), 56–63. 9-183. Oncken, C., Gonzales, D., Nides, M., et al. (2006). Efficacy and safety of the novel selective nicotinic acetylcholine receptor partial agonist, varenicline, for smoking cessation. Archives of Internal Medicine, 166(15):1571–1577. 9-184. Thompson, G. H. and Hunter, D. A. (1998). Nicotine replacement therapy. Annals of Pharmacotherapy, 32(10), 1067–1075. 9-185. Hurt, R. D., Ebbert, J. O. and Hays, J. T. (2009). Pharmacologic interventions for tobacco dependence. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 723–735). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-186. Rustin, T. A. (1998). Incorporating nicotine dependence into addiction treatment. Journal of Addictive Diseases, 17(1), 83–108. 9-187. SAMHSA. (2012). Treatment Episode Data Set, Highlights for 2007: Admissions by primary substance of abuse 2000–2010. http://www.oas. samhsa.gov/TEDS2k7highlights/TEDSHighl2k7Tbl1a.htm (accessed February 13 2014). 9-188. Krupitsky, E.M. and Blokhina, E.A. (2010). Long-acting depot formulations of naltrexone for heroin dependence: a review. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 23(3), 210–214.
R.39
9-189. Dole, V. P. and Nyswander, M. E. (1965). A medical treatment for diacetylmorphine (heroin) addiction: A clinical trial with methadone hydrochloride. JAMA, 193(8), 646–650. 9-190. Payte, J. T. (1997) Methadone maintenance treatment: The first thirty years. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 29(2), 149–153. 9-191. Hammack, L, (2009). Methadone clinic fails to trigger any disasters. Roanoke Times. 9-192. Lowinson, J.H., Marion, I., Joseph, H., et al. (2005). Methadone maintenance. In J.H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R.B. Millman and J.G. Langrod, eds.l Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 616-33). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-193. Saxon, A. J. and Miotto, K. (2011). Methadone maintenance In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 419–36). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-194. Martin, J., Zweben, J. E. and Payte, J. T. (2009). Opioid maintenance treatment. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 671–88). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-195. Strain, E. C., Bigelow, G. E., Liebson, I. A., et al. (1999). Moderatevs. high-dose methadone in the treatment of opioid dependence. JAMA, 281(11), 1000–5. 9-196. Schwetz, B. (2001). From the FDA: Labeling changes for Orlam. Journal of the American Medical Association, 285(21), 2705. 9-197. NIDA. (2002A). Buprenorphine approval expands options for addiction treatment. NIDA Notes, 17(4). 9-198. Miller, W.R. and Hester, R.K. (1989). Treating alcohol problems: Toward an informed eclecticism. In R.K. Hester and W.R. Miller, eds. Handbook of Alcoholism Treatment Approaches (pp.3-13). Boston: Allyn and Bacon. 9-199. Hayner, G., Galloway, G. and Wiehl, W. O. (1993). Haight Ashbury Free Clinics’ drug detoxification protocols—Part 3: Benzodiazepines and other sedative-hypnotics. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 25(4), 331–35. 9-200. Dickinson, W.E. and Eickelberg, S.J. (2009). Management of sedative-hypnotic intoxication and withdrawal. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 573–588). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-201. Schuckit, M.A. (2000A). Drug and Alcohol Abuse (5th ed.). New York: Kluwer Academic/Plenum Publishers. 9-202. Hillbom, M. E. and Hjelm-Jager, M. (1984). Should alcohol withdrawal seizures be treated with anti-epileptic drugs? Acta Neurologica Scandinavica, 69(1), 39–42. 9-203. Addiction Research Foundation (2007). Clinical Institute Withdrawal Assessment for Alcohol. (accessed February 13, 2114). http://www.medres.utoronto.ca/Assets/MedRes+Digital+Assets/Education/ Clinical+Tools/CIWA.pdf?method=1. 9-204. Wiehl, W. O., Hayner, G. and Galloway, G. (1994). Haight Ashbury Free Clinics’ drug detoxification protocols—Part 4: Alcohol. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(1), 57–59. 9-205. Boothby, L. A. and Doering, P. L. (2005). Acamprosate for the treatment of alcohol dependence. Clinical Therapeutics 27(6), 695–714. 9-206. Anton, R. F., O’Malley, S. S., Ciraulo, D. A., et al. (2006). Combined pharmacotherapies and behavioral interventions for alcohol dependence. JAMA, 295(17), 2003–17. 9-207. Ross, E. (May 16, 2003). Epilepsy drug helps alcoholics quit drinking. Medford Mail Tribune, p. 1A. 9-208. McElroy, S. L., Hudson, J. I., Capece, J. et al. (2007). Topiramate in the treatment of binge eating disorder associated with obesity: A placebo controlled study. Biological Psychiatry, 61(9), 1039–48. 9-209. Harvard. (January 2007). Addiction and the problem of relapse. Harvard Mental Health Letter. 9-210. Hyman, S. E., Malenka, R. C. and Nestler, E. J. (2006). Neural mechanisms of addiction: The role of reward-related learning and memory. Annual Review of Neuroscience, 29, 565–98. 9-211. Larsen, E. (1985). Stage II Recovery: Life Beyond Addiction. New York: Harper Collins. 9-212. Lerner, A. G., Gelkopf, M., Skladman, L., et al. (2002). Flashback and hallucinogenic persisting perceptual disorder: Clinical aspects and pharmacological treatment approach. Israel Journal of Psychiatry and Related Sciences, 39(2), 92–99.
R.40
References
9-213. Miotto, K. and Roth, B. (2001). GHB Withdrawal Syndrome. Texas Commission on Alcohol and Drug Abuse. http://www.erowid.org/ chemicals/ghb/ghb_addiction2.pdf (accessed February 14,2014). 9-214. ElSohly, M. A. (2009). Quarterly report potency monitoring project report 104, December 16, 2008 thru March 15, 2009. http://www. whitehousedrugpolicy.gov/publications/pdf/mpmp_report_104.pdf (accessed February 14, 2014). 9-215. Harden, B. and Swardson, A. (March 4, 1996). Addiction: Are states preying on the vulnerable? Washington Post, p. A1. 9-216. Califano, J. A. (2001). High Stakes: Substance Abuse and Gambling. National Center on Addiction and Substance Abuse. http://www. casacolumbia.org/ (accessed February 14, 2014). 9-217. Brubaker, (1997). 9-218. Blume, S. B. and Tavares, H. (2005). Pathologic gambling. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 488–98). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-219. DeVito, E. E. and Potenza, M. (2011), Pathalogic gambling. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 373-83). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-220. Ibanez, A., Blanco, C., Donahue, E., Lesiur, H.R., et al. (2001). Psychiatric comorbidity in pathological gamblers seeking treatment. American Journal of Psychiatry, 158(10), 1733-1735. 9-221. McElroy, S. L., Soutullo, C. A., Goldsmith, R. J. and Brady, K. T. (2003). Co-occurring addictive and other impulse-control disorders. In A. W. Graham, T. K. Schultz, M. F. Mayo-Smith R. K. Ries and B. B. Wilford, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (3rd ed., pp. 1347–58). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine, Inc. 9-222. Grant, J. E., Potenza, M. N., Hollander, E., et al. (2006). Multicenter investigation of the opioid antagonist nalmefene in the treatment of pathological gambling. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(2), 303–12. 9-223. Petrovic, P., Pleger, B., Seymour, B., et al., (2008). The neurobiology of pathological gambling and drug addiction: an overview and new findings. Journal of Neuroscience, 28(42), 10509–10516. 9-224. Petry, M.M. (2005). Pathological Gambling: Etiology, Comorbidity, and Treatment. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. 9-225. Barclay, L. (2000). New treatment achieves 75% remission in eating disorders. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 99(14), 9486-91. 9-226. Custer, R.L. (1984). Profile of the pathological gambler. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 45, 35–38. 9-227. Slutske, W. S. (2006). Natural recovery and treatment-seeking in pathological gambling: Results of two U.S. national surveys. American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(2), 297–302. 9-228. Helm, P., Munster, K. and Schmidt, L. (1995). Recalled menarche in relation to infertility and adult weight and height. Acta Obstetricia et Gynecolegica Scandinavica, 74(9), 718–22. 9-229. APA. (2006). Treatment of patients with eating disorders (3rd ed.). American Journal of Psychiatry, 163(suppl. 7), 4–54. Argentina struggles with record anorexia. (July 6, 1997). Washington Post. 9-230. Jacobi, C., Dahme, B. and Rustenbach, S. (1997). Comparison of controlled psycho- and pharmacotherapy studies in bulimia and anorexia nervosa. Psychotherapie, Psychosomatic, Medizinische, Psychologie, 47(9–10), 346–64. 9-231. Goldbloom, D. S. (1997). Pharmacotherapy of bulimia nervosa. Medscape Women’s Health, 2(1), 4. 9-232. Bergh, C., Brodin, U., Lindberg, G. and Sodersten, P. (2002). Randomized controlled trial of a treatment for anorexia and bulimia nervosa. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 99(14), 9486–91. 9-233. Spencer J. (July 18, 2006). After weight-loss surgery, some find new addictions. Report of Melodie Moorehead at American Society for Bariatric Surgery Association. Wall Street Journal, p. 1A. 9-234. Kleber, H. D. (2000). Practice guideline for the treatment of patients with eating disorders (revision). American Journal of Psychiatry, 157(suppl. 1), 1–39. 9-235. Ressler, A. (2008). Insatiable hungers: eating disorders and substance abuse. Social Work Today, 8(4), 30–34. 9-236. Cummings, D. E., Weigle, D. S., Frayo, R. S., Breen, P. A., Ma, M. K., Dellinger, E. P., et al. (2002). Plasma ghrelin levels after diet-induced
weight loss or gastric bypass surgery. New England Journal of Medicine, 346(21), 1623–30. 9-237. Carlson M. J. and Cummings D. E. (2006). Prospects for an antighrelin vaccine to treat obesity. Molecular Interventions, 6(5), 249–52. 9-238. De La Cruz, D. (January 4, 2007). FTC fines weight-pill marketers. Medford Mail Tribune, p. A1. 9-239. O’Donnell, C. and Trick M. (2006). Methadone Maintenance Treatment and the Criminal Justice System, NASADAD. http://www.nasadad.org/ resource. Php?base_id=650 (accessed April 15, 2011). 9-240. Barnett P.G. (1999) The cost-effectiveness of methadone maintenance as a health care intervention. Addiction 94(4), 479-488. 9-241. Goodman, A. (2005). Sexual addiction. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 504–39). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-242. Sadock, V. A. ((2011). Sexual addiction. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 393–406). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-243. Johnson, V.E., (1986) Intervention, Minneapolis, MN: Johnson Institute Books. 9-244. Bae, H. (May 30, 2010). Korea shares treatment for internet addiction with countries. The Korea Herald. 9-245. Sookeun, B., Ruffini, C., Mills, J., et. Al., (2009). Internet addiction: Metasynthesis of 1996–2006 Quantitative Research. CyberPsychology and Behavior, 12(2), 203–207. 9-246. Tao, R., Huang, X., Wang, J., et. al. (2010). Proposed diagnostic criteria for internet addiction. Addiction, 105(3), 556–564. 9-247. Netaddiction. (2010). Center for Internet Addiction Recovery. http:// www.netaddiction.com (accessed February 14,2014). 9-248. Davis, R. A. (2001). Freedom from e-slavery: Tips on Getting Your Life Back. http://www.internetaddiction.ca (accessed February 14 2014). 9-249. Pharmacist Rehabilitation Organization. (1999). A checklist of symptoms leading to relapse. Pharmacist Rehabilitation Organization Newsletter, 3(1), 1–2. 9-250. Cha, A. E. (February 23, 2007). China prescribes tough love for Internet addicts. Medford Mail Tribune, p. 10A. 9-251. SAMHSA. (2006B). Treatment Episode Data Sets, 2005. http:// wwwdasis.samhsa.gov/teds05/tedshi2k5_web.pdf (accessed February 14 2014). 9-252. Peirce, J. M., Petry, N.M., Stitzer, R. (2006). Effects of LowerCost Incentives on Stimulant Abstinence in Methadone Maintenance Treatment. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63, 201–208. 9-253. Adlaf, E. M., Paglia, A., Ivis, F. J. and Ialomiteanu, A. (2000). Nonmedical drug use among adolescent students: Highlights from the 1999 Ontario Student Drug Use Survey. Canadian Medical Association Journal, 162(12): 1677–80. 9-254. Giedd, J. N., Blumenthal, J., Jeffries, N. O., et al. (1999). Brain development during childhood and adolescence: A longitudinal MRI study. Nature Neuroscience, 2(10), 861–63. 9-255. Wallis, C. and Dell, K. (May 10, 2004). What makes teens tick. Time. http://www.time.com/time/magazine/article/0,9171,994126,00.html (accessed February 14, 2014). 9-256. Bickel, W. K., Kowal, B. P. and Gatchalian, K. M. (2006). Understanding addiction as a pathology of temporal horizon. Behavior Analyst Today, 7(1), 32–46. 9-257. Reyna, V. F. and Farley, F. (2007). Is the teen brain too rational? Scientific American Mind, 17(6), 58–65. 9-258. Pumariega, A. J., Kilgujs, M. D. and Rodriguez, L. (2005). Adolescents. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1021– 37). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-259. Milin, R. and Walker, S. (2011). Adolescent substance abuse. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 786–801). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-260. Cotto, J. H., Davis, E., Dowling, G. J., et al. (2010). Gender effects on drug use, abuse, and dependence: a special analysis of results from the National survey on Drug Use and Health. Gender Medicine, 7(5), 402–13. 9-261. U.S. Census Bureau. (2007A). U.S. Interim Projections by Age, Sex, Race, and Hispanic Origin. http://www.census.gov/ipc/www/ usinterimproj (accessed February 14, 2014).
References 9-262. Korper, S. P. and Raskin, I. E. (2003). The Impact of Substance Use and Abuse by the Elderly: The Next 20 to 30 Years. http://www.oas. samhsa.gov/aging/chap1.htm (accessed February 14, 2014). 9-263. Patterson, T. L., Lacro, J. P. and Jeste, D. V. (1999). Abuse and misuse of medications in the elderly. Psychiatric Times, XVI4. 9-264. SAMHSA Pregnancy.(2010). Pregnancy and smoking. http://www .oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/2k9Results.htm4.3 (accessed February 6, 2014). 9-265. Simoni-Wastila, L., Zuckerman, I. H., Singhal, P. K., et al. (2006). National estimates of exposure to prescription drugs with addiction potential in community-dwelling elders. Substance Abuse, 26(1), 33–42. 9-266. Institute of Alcohol Studies. (1999). Alcohol and the Elderly. (accessed January 18, 2011). 9-267. Blow, F. C. and Barry, K. L. (2009). Treatment of older adults. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 479–92). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 5-218. 9-268. NHSDA Report. (2001). Substance use among older adults. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/2k1/olderadults/olderadults.htm (accessed February 14, 2014). 9-269. Patterson, T. L., Lacro, J. P. and Jeste, D. V. (1999). Abuse and misuse of medications in the elderly. Psychiatric Times, XVI4. 9-270. U.S. Census Bureau. (2008). Hispanic Population of the United States. http://www.census.gov/population/hispanic/ (February 14 2014). 9-271. Madray, C., Brown, L. S. and Primm, D. J. (2005). African Americans: Epidemiology, prevention, and treatment issues. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1093–1102). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 5-237. 9-272. Lawson, W. B., Herrera, J. and Lawson, R. G. (2011). African Americans: alcohol and substance abuse. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 373–83). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-273. Perez-Arce, P., Carr, K. D. and Sorensen, J. L. (1993). Cultural issues in an outpatient program for stimulant abusers. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 25(1), 35–44. 9-274. Rounds-Bryant, J. L., Motivans, M. A. and Pelissier, B. (2003). Comparison of background characteristics and behaviors of AfricanAmerican, Hispanic, and White substance abusers treated in federal prison: Results from the TRIAD Study. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 35(3), 333–41. 9-275. Westermeyer, J. J. (2009). Cultural issues in addiction medicine. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 493–500). Chevy Chase, MD: American Society of Addiction Medicine, Inc. 9-276. Jacobson, J. O., Robinson, P. L. and Bluthenthal, R. N. (2007). Racial disparities in completion rates from publicly funded alcohol treatment: Economic resources explain more than demographics and addiction severity. Health Services Research, 42(2), 773–94. 9-277. Campbell, C.I. and Alexander, J.A. (2002). Culturally competent treatment practices and ancillary service use in outpatient substance abuse treatment. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 22, 109–119. 9-278. Smith, D. E., Buxton, M. E., Bilal, R. and Seymour, R. B. (1993). Cultural points of resistance to the 12-step recovery process. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 25(1), 97–108. 9-279. Sexton, R. L., Carlson, R. G., Siegal, H., et al. (2006). The role of African-American clergy in providing informal services to drug users in the rural South: Preliminary ethnographic findings. Journal of Ethnic Substance Abuse, 5(1), 1–21. 9-280. Ruiz, (2005). 9-281. USDOJ, (2010). Bureau of Justice Statistics. http://bjs.ojp.usdoj.gov/ index.cfm?ty=tpandtid=1 (accessed February 14 2014). 9-282. Ruiz and Langrod, (2005). 9-283. U.S. Census Bureau, (2007A). 9-284. Tsuang, (2005). 9-285. SAMHSA, (2004). 9-286. SAMHSA (2002A). Report to Congress on the Prevention and Treatment of Co-Occurring Substance Abuse Disorders and Mental Disorders. http://www.samhsa.gov/reports/congress2002/foreword.htm (accessed February 14, 2014).
R.41
9-287. Foulks, E. E. (2005). Alcohol use among American Indians and Alaskan Natives. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1119–27). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. (5-31). 9-288. Dickerson, D. (2011). American Indians and Alaskan Natives. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 837–46). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-289. Heinemann, A. W. and Rawal, P. H. (2005). Disability and rehabilitation issues. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1169–86). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-290. Gitlow, S. (2011). Disability, impairment, and addictions. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 908–17). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-291. Schnoll, S. (1993). Prescription medication in rehabilitation. In A. W. Heineman, ed. Substance Abuse and Physical Disability (pp. 79–91). Binghamton, NY: The Haworth Press, Inc. 9-292. Heinemann, A. W. (1993). An introduction to substance abuse and physical disability. In A. W. Heineman, ed. Substance Abuse and Physical Disability (pp. 3–9). Binghamton, NY: The Haworth Press, Inc. 9-293. Michaels, S. (1996). The prevalence of homosexuality in the United States. In R. P. Cabaj and T. S. Stein, eds. Textbook of Homosexuality and Mental Health (pp. 43–63). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 9-294. Bickelhaupt, E. E. (1995). Alcoholism and drug abuse in gay and lesbian persons: A review of incidence studies. In R. J. Kus, ed. Addiction and Recovery in Gay and Lesbian Persons. New York: Harrington Park Press. 9-295. SAMHSA. (2001A). A Provider’s Introduction to Substance Abuse Treatment for Lesbian, Gay, Bisexual, and Transgender Individuals. DHHS Publication No. SMA 01-3498. Rockville, MD: Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. 9-296. Ghaziani, A. and Cook, T. D. (2005). Reducing HIV infections at circuit parties. IAPAC Monthly, 11(4), 100–108. 9-297. Lee, S. J. (2006). Overcoming Crystal Meth Addiction. New York: Marlowe. 9-298. Cabaj, R. P. (2005). Gays, lesbians, and bisexuals. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 1129–41). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 9-299. Cabaj, R. P. (2011). Gays, lesbians and bisexuals. In P. Ruiz and Eric C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook. Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 9-300. Hughes, T. L. and Wilsnack, S. C. (1997). Use of alcohol among lesbians. American Journal of Orthopsychiatry, 67(1), 20–36. 9-301. Skinner, W. F. (1994). The prevalence and demographic predictors of illicit and licit drug use among lesbians and gay men. American Journal of Public Health, 84(8), 1307–10. 9-302. Skinner, W. F. and Otis, M. D. (1996). Drug and alcohol use among lesbian and gay people in a southern U.S. sample. Journal of Homosexuality, 30(3), 59–92. 9-303. Freese, T. E., Obert, J., Dickow, A., Cohen, J. and Lord, R. H. (2000). Metham-phetamine abuse: Issues for special populations. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(2), 177–182. 9-304. D’Augelli, A. R. (1996). Lesbian, gay, and bisexual development during adolescence and young adulthood. In R. P. Cabaj and T. S. Stein, eds. Textbook of Homosexuality and Mental Health (pp. 267–288). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 9-305. Kominars, S. B. (1995). Homophobia: The heart of the darkness. In R. J. Kus, ed. Addiction and Recovery in Gay and Lesbian Persons. New York: Harrington Park Press. 9-306. Lee, S. J. (2006). Overcoming Crystal Meth Addiction. New York: Marlowe. 9-307. Amen, D. G. (2010). Images of Attention Deficit Disorder. http:// www.amenclinics.com/the-science/spect-gallery/category/images-oftreatment (accessed February 14 2014) (Thompson, Hayashi, Simon, et al., 2004).
R.42
References
9-308. Volkow, N. D., Chang, L., Wang, G. J., et al. (2001B). Loss of dopamine transporters in methamphetamine abusers recovers with protracted abstinence. Journal of Neuroscience, 21(23), 9414–18. 9-309. Grossman, D and Onken, L., organizers. (2003). Summary of NIDA Workshop: Developing Behavioral Treatments for Drug Abusers with Cognitive Impairments. http://archives.drugabuse.gov/meetings/ cognitiveimpairment.html (accessed February14,2014). 9-310. Schwartz, R. P., Highfield, D. A., Jaffe, J. H., et al. (2006). A randomized controlled trial of interim methadone maintenance. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63(1), 102–9. 9-311. O’Boyle, M. and Brandon, E. A. (1998). Suicide attempts, substance abuse, and personality. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 15(4), 353–56. 9-312. Karhuvaara, S., Simojoki, K., Virta, A., et al (2007). Targeted nalmefene with simple medical management in the treatment of heavy drinkers: a randomized doublé-blind placebo-controlled multicenter study. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research 31, 1179–87. 9-313. Stine, S. M. and Kosten, T. R. (2009). Pharmacologic interventions for opioid dependence. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 651–66). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-314. Barter T. and Gooberman L. L. (1996). Rapid opiate detoxification. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 22(4), 489–495. 9-315. Byrne, A. (1998). Rapid intravenous detoxification in heroin addiction. British Journal of Psychiatry, 172, 451. 9-316. Cucchia, A. T., Monnat, M., Spagnoli, J., et al. (1998). Ultra-rapid opiate detoxification using deep sedation with oral midazolam: Short and long-term results. Drug and Alcohol Dependency, 52(3), 243–50. 9-317. Dyer, C. (1998). Addict died after rapid opiate detoxification. British Medical Journal, 316(7126), 170. 9-318. Lorenzi, P., Marsili, M., Boncinelli, S., et al. (1999). Searching for a general anaesthesia protocol for rapid detoxification from opioids. European Journal of Anaesthesiology, 16(10), 719–27. 9-319. Sneft, R. A. (1991). Experience with clonidine-naltrexone for rapid opiate detoxification. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 8(4), 257–259. 9-320. Ball, J. C. and Ross, A., eds. (1991). The Effectiveness of Methadone Maintenance Treatment. New York: Springer-Verlag. 9-321. Carrera, M. R., Ashley, J. A., Parsons, L. H., et al. (1995). Suppression of psychoactive effects of cocaine by active immunization. Nature, 378(6558), 727–30. 9-322. Fox, B.S., Kantak, K.M., Edwards, M. A., et al. (1996). Efficacy of a therapeutic cocaine vaccine in rodent models. Nature Medicine, 2(10), 1129–1132. 9-323. Heading C. E. (2007). Drug evaluation CYT-002-NicQb, a therapeutic vaccine for the treatment of nicotine addiction. Current Opinion in Investigational Drugs, 8(1), 71–77. 9-324. Xi, Z. X., Newman, A. H., Gilbert, J. G., et al. (2006). The novel dopamine D3 receptor antagonist NGB 2904 inhibits cocaine’s rewarding effects and cocaine-induced reinstatement of drug-seeking behavior in rats. Neuropsychopharmacology, 31(7), 1393–1405. 9-325. Kinsey Kosten, T.R. and Orson, F.M. (2010). Anti-cocaine vaccine development. Expert Review of Vaccines, 9(9), 1109–1114. 9-326. Wallner M., Hanchar, H. J. and Olsen, R. W. (2006). Low-dose alcohol actions on alpha4beta3delta GABAA receptors are reversed by the behavioral alcohol antagonist Ro15-4513. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 103(22), 8540–8545. 9-327. Rose, J. E., Behm, F. M., Westman, E. C., et al. (1994). Mecamylamine combined with nicotine skin patch facilitates smoking cessation beyond nicotine patch treatment alone. Clinical Pharmacology and Therapeutics, 56(1), 86–99. 9-328. Volpicelli, J. R., Alterman, A. I., Hayashida, M. et al. (1992). Naltrexone in the treatment of alcohol dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 49(11), 876–80. 9-329. Mason, B. J., Ritvo, E. C., Morgan, R. O., et al. (1994). A doubleblind, placebo-controlled pilot study to evaluate the efficacy and safety of oral nalmefene HCL for alcohol dependence. Alcoholism, 18(5), 1162–67. 9-330. Johnson, B.A., Rosenthal, N., Capece, J.A., et al (2007). Topirimate for treating alcohol dependence: a randomized control trial. JAMA, 298, 1641–51.
9-331. Kranzler, H. R., Ciraulo, D. A. and Jaffe, J. H. (2009). Medications for use in alcohol rehabilitation. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 631–644). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 9-332. Fuller, Branchey, Brightwell, et al., (1986). 9-333. Dickerson, T. J. and Janda, K. D. (2005). Recent advances for the treatment of cocaine abuse: Central nervous system immunopharmacotherapy. AAPS Journal, 7(3), E579–E586. 9-334. Blum, K., et al. (1989). Cocaine therapy: The reward-cascade link. Professional Counselor, 27. 9-335. Jones, H. E., Johnson, R. E., Bigelow, G.E., et al (2004). Safety and efficacy of l-tryptophan and behavioral incentives for treatment of cocaine dependence: a randomized clinical trial. American Journal of Addiction, 13, 421–37. 9-336. Shulman, A., Jagoda, J., Laycock, G. and Kelly, H. (1998). Calcium channel-blocking drugs in the management of drug dependence, withdrawal and craving. A clinical pilot study with nifedipine and verapamil. Australian Family Physician, 27(suppl. 1), S19–S24. 9-337. Wall Street Journal (2010). European patent office grants patent for the use of vigabatrin/ccp-109 for the prevention of addiction to opioids in pain management. July 9, 2010 http://ir.catalystpharma.com/ releasedetail.cfm?releaseid=486487 (accessed February 14, 2014). 9-338. US Census (2012). 9-339. Nich, C., McCance-Katz, E. F., Petrakis, I. L., et al. M. (2004). Sex differences in cocaine-dependent individuals’ response to disulfiram treatment. Addictive Behaviors, 29(6), 1123–1128. 9-340. Whitten, L. (2005). Disulfiram reduces cocaine abuse. NIDA Notes, 20(2), 4–5. 9-341. Rubin, J.L. (2013), Marijuana addiction and dependency treatment? Kynurenic acid found to control dopamine levels in the brain. HNGN, http://www.hngn.com/articles/14869/20131014/marijuana-addictiondependency-treatment-kynurenic-acid-found-control-dopamine-levels. htm (access 10/16/13). 9-342. Vocci, F. (October 1999). Medications in the pipeline. Paper presented at the CSAM Conference, Addiction Medicine: State of the Art, Marina Del Rey, CA. 9-343. Reid, M.S., Mickalian, J.D., Delucchi, K.I., et al. (1998). An acute dose of nicotine enhances cue-induced cocaine craving. Drug and Alcohol Dependence, 49(2), 95-104. 9-344. ADAM, (2006)
Chapter 10 10-1. NAMI [National Alliance on Mental Illness]. (2010). Dual diagnosis and integrated treatment of mental illness and substance abuse disorder. http://www. nami.org/PrinterTemplate.cfm?Section=By_IllnessandTemplate=/Tagged Page/TaggedPageDisplay.cfmandTPLID=54andContentID=23049 (accessed April 11, 2014). 10-2. NAMI [National Alliance on Mental Illness]. (2013). Report to Congress on the Nation’s Substance Abuse and Mental Health Workforce Issues. http:// store.samhsa.gov/shin/content/PEP13-RTC-BHWORK/PEP13-RTCBHWORK.pdf (accessed April 11, 2014). 10-3. Kessler, R. C., Berglund, P., Demler, O., et al. (2003). The epidemiology of major depressive disorder: Results from the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). JAMA, 289(23), 3095–105. 10-4. Kessler, R. C., Chiu, W. T., Demler, E. E., et al. (2005). Prevalence, severity, and comorbidity of twelve month DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication (NCS-R). Archives of General Psychiatry, 62(6), 617–27. 10-5. Kessler, R. C. and Bromet, E. J. (2013). The epidemiology of depression across cultures. Annual Review of Public Health, 34, 119–38. 10-6. NIMH [National Institute of Mental Health]. (1999A). Mental Health: A Report of the Surgeon General. http://www.samhsa.gov/reports/ congress2002/execsummary.htm (accessed April 15, 2014). 10-7. SAMHSA. (2002A). Report to Congress on the Prevention and Treatment of Co-Occurring Substance Abuse Disorders and Mental Disorders. http:// www.samhsa.gov/reports/congress2002/foreword.htm (accessed January 22, 2014). 10-8. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. (2007). The Epidemiology of Co-Occurring Substance Use and Mental Disorders. COCE Overview Paper
References 8. DHHS Publication No. S (SMA) 07-4308. Rockville MD: SAMHSA and Center for Mental Health Services. 10-9. SAMHSA. (2004). The prevalence of co-occurring mental illness and substance abuse in jails. http://gainscenter.samhsa.gov/pdfs/disorders/ gainsjailprev.pdf (accessed March 25, 2014). 10-10. Barondes, S. H. (1993). Molecules and Mental Illness. New York: Scientific American Library. 10-11. Zimberg, S. (1999). A dual diagnosis typology to improve diagnosis and treatment of dual disorder patients. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 31(1), 47–51. 10-12. Goldsmith, R. J., Ries R. K. and Yuodelis-Flores, C. (2009). Substanceinduced mental disorders. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1139–50). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 10-13. APA [American Psychiatric Association]. (2000). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (4th ed., text revision [DSM-IV-TR]). Washington, DC: Author. 10-14. APA [American Psychiatric Association]. (2013). Diagnostic and Statistical Manual of Mental Disorders (5th ed. [DSM-5]). Washington, DC: Author. 10-15. Khantzian, E. J., Dodes, L. and Brehm, N. M. (2005). Psychodynamics. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (4th ed., pp. 97–107). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 10-16. Shoptaw, S. (2011). Psychological factors (in determinants of abuse and dependence. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 79–87). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 10-17. Schmidt, H. D., Vassoler, F. M. and Pierce, R. C. (2011). Neurobiological factors of drug dependence and addiction. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 55–78). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 10-18. McDowell, D. M. (1999). Evaluation of depression in substance abuse. Paper presented at the 152nd annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, Washington, DC. 10-19. Gottesman, I. I. (1991). Schizophrenia Genetics: The Origins of Madness. New York: W. H. Freeman. 10-20. Matyas, T. (2006). Gene polymorphism and gene expression in schizophrenia. Psychiatria Hungarica, 21(6), 404–12. 10-21. Goodwin, M. D. (1990). Manic-Depressive Illness. London: Oxford University Press. 10-22. Kendler, K. S. and Diehl, S. R. (1993). The genetics of schizophrenia: A current genetic-epidemiological perspective. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 19, 261–95. 10-23. Zickler, P. (1999). Twin studies help define the role of genes in vulnerability to drug abuse. NIDA Notes, 14(4). http://www.nida.nih.gov/ NIDA_Notes/NNVol14N4/Twins.html (accessed April 14, 2011). 10-24. Blum, K., Braverman, E. R., Holder, et al. (2000). Reward deficiency syndrome (RDS). Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 32(suppl.). 10-25. Rusk, T. N. and Rusk N. (2007). Not by genes alone: New hope for prevention. Bulletin of the Menninger Clinic, 71(1), 1–21. 10-26. Zweben, J. E. (1996). Psychiatric problems among alcohol and other drug dependent women. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 28(4), 345–66. 10-27. Russo, S. J. and Nestler, E. J. (2013). The brain reward circuitry in mood disorders. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 14, 609–25. 10-28. Robinson, A. J. and Nestler, E. J. (2011). Transcriptional and epigenetic mechanisms of addiction. Nature Reviews Neuroscience, 12, 623–37. 10-29. Buchen, L. (2010). Neuroscience: in their nurture, Nature, 467, 146–48. 10-30. Smith, D. E. and Seymour, R. B. (2001). The Clinician’s Guide to Substance Abuse. Center City, MN: Hazelden/McGraw-Hill. 10-31. Back, S. E., Sonne, S. C., Killeen, T., Dansky, B. S. and Brady, K. T. (2003). Comparative profiles of women with PTSD and comorbid cocaine or alcohol dependence. American Journal of Drug and Alcohol Abuse, 29(1), 169–89. 10-32. Drake, R. E. and Mueser, K. T. (1996). Alcohol-use disorder and severe mental illness. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20(2), 87–93. 10-33. Drake, R. E. and Mueser, K. T. (2002). Co-occurring alcohol use disorder and schizophrenia. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 99–102. 10-34. SAMHSA. (2002B). Women, Co-Occurring Disorders and Violence Study. http://www.samhsa.gov/reports/congress2002/chap4slebp.htm (accessed April 15, 2011).
R.43
10-35. Levin, F. R., Mariani, J. J. and Sullivan, M. A. (2009). Co-occurring addictive and attention deficit/hyperactivity disorder. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1211–26). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 10-36. Woody, G. E. (1996). The challenge of dual diagnosis. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20(2), 76–80. 10-37. Kendler, K. S., Heath, A. C., Neale, M. C., et al. (1993). Alcoholism and major depression in women. A twin study of the causes of comorbidity. Archives of General Psychiatry, 50(9), 690–98. 10-38. Chiang, S. C., Chan, H. Y., Chang, Y. Y., et al. (2007). Psychiatric comorbidity and gender difference among treatment-seeking heroin abusers in Taiwan. Psychiatry and Clinical Neurosciences, 61(1), 105–11. 10-39. Dennison, S. J. (2011). Substance use disorders in individuals with co-occurring psychiatric disorders. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 721–29). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 10-40. Merikangas, K. R., Stevens, D. and Fenton, B. (1996). Comorbidity of alcoholism and anxiety disorders: The role of family studies. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20(2), 100–6. 10-41. Regier, D. A., Farmer, M. E., Rae, D. S., et al. (1990). Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse. Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (RCA) study. JAMA, 264(19), 2511–18. 10-42. Flynn, P. M. and Brown, B.S. (2008). Co-occurring disorders in substance abuse treatment: Issues and prospects. Journal of Substance Abuse Treatment, 34(1), 36–47. 10-43. Watkins, K. E., Burnam, A., Kung, F. Y. and Paddock, S. (2001). A national survey of care for persons with co-occurring mental and substance use disorders. Psychiatric Services, 52(8), 1062–68. 10-44. Smith, J.P. and Book, S.W. (2008). Anxiety and substance use disorders: A review. Psychiatric Times, 25(Suppl.), 19–23. 10-45. Drake, R. E. and Mueser, K. T. (1996). Alcohol-use disorder and severe mental illness. Alcohol Health and Research World, 20(2), 87–93. 10-46. Ziedonis, D., Bizamcer, A. N., Steinberg, M. L., et al. (2009). Co-occurring addiction and psychotic disorders. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1239–48). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 10-47. Senay, E. C. (1997). Diagnostic interview and mental status examination. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (3rd ed., pp. 364–368). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 10-48. Verebey, K. G. and Meenan, G. (2011). Diagnostic laboratory: screening for drug abuse. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 123–36). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 10-49. Shivani, R., Goldsmith, J. and Anthenelli, R. M. (2002). Alcoholism and psychiatric disorders. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 90–98. 10-50. Guydish, J. and Muck, R. (1999). The challenge of managed care in drug abuse treatment. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 31(3), 193–95. 10-51. Smith, D. E., Lawlor, B. and Seymour, R. B. (1996). Health Care at the Crossroads. San Francisco Medicine, 69(6), 331. 10-52. Soderstrom, C. A., Smith, G. S., Dischinger, P. C., et al. (1997). Psychoactive substance use disorders among seriously injured trauma center patients. JAMA, 277(22), 1769–74. 10-53. Department of Housing and Urban Development. (2007). Annual Homeless Assessment Report to Congress. http://www.huduser.org/ Publications/pdf/ahar.pdf (accessed March 22, 2011). 10-54. Department of Housing and Urban Development. (2013). Annual Homeless Assessment Report to Congress. https://www.onecpd.info/resources/ documents/AHAR-2013-Part1.pdf (accessed December 12, 2013). 10-55. SAMHSA. (2013). Results from the 2012 National Survey on Drug Use and Health. http://www.oas.samhsa.gov/NSDUH/2k9NSDUH/tabs/TOC. htm (accessed April 30, 2014). 10-56. Crome, I. B. (1999). Substance misuse and psychiatric comorbidity: Towards improved service provision. Drugs: Education, Prevention, and Policy, 6(2), 151–74. 10-57. Kim, M. M., Ford, J. D., Howard, D. L. et al. (2010). Assessing trauma, substance abuse, and mental health in a sample of homeless men. Health Social Work, 35(1), 39–48. 10-58. Rahav, M., Rivera, J. J., Nuttbrock, L., et al. (1995). Characteristics and treatment of homeless, mentally ill, chemical-abusing men. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 27(1), 93–103.
R.44
References
10-59. Wu, L. T., Kouzis, A. C. and Leaf, P. J. (1999). Influence of comorbid alcohol and psychiatric disorders on utilization of mental health services in the National Comorbidity Survey. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156(8), 1230–36. 10-60. Miller, W. and Rollnick, S. (2002). Motivational Interviewing (2nd ed.). New York: Guilford Publications. 10-61. Pantalon, M. V. and Swanson, A. J. (2003). Use of the University of Rhode Island Change Assessment to measure motivational readiness to change in psychiatric and dually diagnosed individuals. Psychology of Addictive Behaviors, 17(2), 91–97. 10-62. Finnell, D. S. (2003). Use of the Transtheoretical Model for individuals with co-occurring disorders. Community Mental Health Journal, 39(1), 3–15. 10-63. Kosten, T. R. and Ziedonis, D. M. (1997). Substance abuse and schizophrenia: Editors’ introduction. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 23(2), 181–86. 10-64. RachBeisel, J., Dixon, L. and Gearon, J. (1999). Awareness of substance abuse problems among dually diagnosed psychiatric inpatients. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 31(1), 53–57. 10-65. Minkoff, K. and Regner, J. (1999). Innovations in integrated dual diagnosis treatment in public managed care: The Choate dual diagnosis case rate program. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 31(1), 3–12. 10-66. Drake, R. E., Mercer-McFadden, C., Mueser, K. T., McHugo, G. J. and Bond, G. R. (1998). Review of integrated mental health and substance abuse treatment for patients with dual disorders. Schizophrenia Bulletin, 24(4), 589–608. 10-67. Dumaine, M. L. (2003). Meta-analysis of interventions with co-occurring disorders of severe mental illness and substance abuse: Implications for social work practice. Research on Social Work Practice, 13(2), 142–65. 10-68. Tiet, Q. Q. and Mausbach, B. (2007). Treatment for patients with dual diagnosis: A review. Alcoholism: Clinical and Experimental Research, 31(4), 513–36. 10-69. Minkoff, K. and Cline, C. (2004). Changing the world: the design and implementation of comprehensive continuous integrated systems of care for individuals with co-occurring disorders. Psychiatric Clinics of North America, 27(4), 727–43. 10-70. Grella, C. E. (1996). Background and overview of mental health and substance abuse treatment systems: Meeting the needs of women who are pregnant or parenting. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 28(4), 319–43. 10-71. Mallouh, C. (1996). The effects of dual diagnosis on pregnancy and parenting. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 28(4), 367–80. 10-72. Gourevitch, M. N. and Arnsten, J. H. (2011). Medical complications of drug use/dependence. In P. Ruiz and E. C. Strain, eds. Lowinson and Ruiz’s Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (5th ed., pp. 123–36). Philadelphia: Wolters Kluwer. 10-73. Douaihy, A. B., Jou, R. J., Gorske, T., et al. (2003). Triple diagnosis: dual diagnosis and HIV disease, part 1. The AIDS Reader, 13(7), 331–2. 10-74. Douaihy, A. B., Jou, R. J., Gorske, T., et al. (2003). Triple diagnosis: dual diagnosis and HIV disease, part 2. The AIDS Reader, 13(8), 375–82. 10-75. Wechsberg, W. M., Desmond, D., Inciardi, J. A., et al. (1998). HIV prevention protocols: Adaptation to evolving trends in drug use. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 30(3), 291–98. 10-76. Dausey, D. J. and Desai, R. A. (2003). Psychiatric comorbidity and the prevalence of HIV infection in a sample of patients in treatment for substance abuse. Journal of Nervous and Mental Disease, 191(1), 10–17. 10-77. Parry, C. D., Blank, M. D. and Pithey, A. L. (2007). Responding to the threat of HIV among persons with mental illness and substance abuse. Current Opinion in Psychiatry, 20(3), 235–41. 10-78. NIMH [National Institute of Mental Health]. (2010). The numbers count: mental disorders in America. http://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/publications/ the-numbers-count-mental-disorders-in-america/index.shtml (accessed May 10, 2014). 10-79. Delgado, P. L. and Moreno, F. A. (1998). Hallucinogens, serotonin, and obsessive-compulsive disorder. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 30(4), 359–66. 10-80. Senay, E. C. (1997). Diagnostic interview and mental status examination. In J. H. Lowinson, P. Ruiz, R. B. Millman and J. G. Langrod, eds. Substance Abuse: A Comprehensive Textbook (3rd ed., pp. 364–368). Baltimore: Williams and Wilkins. 10-81. Senay, E. C. (1998). Substance Abuse Disorders in Clinical Practice. New York: W. W. Norton.
10-82. Kessler, R. C., Berglund, P., Demler, O., et al. (2005). Lifetime prevalence and age-of-onset distributions of DSM-IV disorders in the National Comorbidity Survey Replication. Archives of General Psychiatry, 62(6), 593–602. 10-83. NIMH [National Institute of Mental Health]. (2010). The numbers count: mental disorders in America. http://www.nimh.nih.gov/health/publications/ the-numbers-count-mental-disorders-in-america/index.shtml (accessed May 10, 2014). 10-84. Stewart, W. F., Ricci, J. A., Chee, E., et al. (2003). Cost of lost productive work time among US workers with depression. JAMA, 289(23), 3135–44. 10-84A. Peterson, B. S., Warner, V., Bansal, R, et al. (2009). Cortical thinning in persons at increased familial risk for major depression. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 106(15), 6273–78. 10-85. Nunes, E. V., Donovan, S. J., Brady, R., et al. (1994). Evaluation and treatment of mood and anxiety disorders in opioid-dependent patients. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(2), 147–53. 10-86. Regier, D. A., Farmer, M. E., Rae, D. S., et al. (1990). Comorbidity of mental disorders with alcohol and other drug abuse: Results from the Epidemiologic Catchment Area (RCA) study. JAMA, 264(19), 2511–18. 10-87. Sonne, S. C. and Brady, M. D. (2002). Bipolar disorder and alcoholism. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 103–8. 10-88. Weiss, R. D., Griffin, M. L., Kolodziej, M. E., et al. (2007). A randomized trial of integrated group therapy versus group drug counseling for patients with bipolar disorder and substance dependence. American Journal of Psychiatry, 164(1), 100–7. 10-89. Waldrop, A. E., Hartwell, K. J. and Brady, K. T. (2009). Co-occurring addiction and anxiety disorders. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 335–48). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 10-90. Kushner, M. G., Sher, K. J. and Erickson, D. J. (1999). Prospective analysis of the relation between DSM-III anxiety disorders and alcohol use disorders. American Journal of Psychiatry, 156(5), 723–32. 10-91. Reilly, P. M., Clark, H. W., Shopshire, M. S., et al. (1994). Anger management and temper control: Critical components of posttraumatic stress disorder and substance abuse treatment. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(4), 401–7. 10-92. Brady, K. T. (May 15–20, 1999). Treatment of PTSD and substance use disorders. Paper presented at the 152nd annual meeting of the American Psychiatric Association, Washington, DC. 10-93. Ruzek, J. I. (2003). Concurrent posttraumatic stress disorder and substance use disorder among veterans. In P. Ouimette and P. J. Brown, eds. Trauma and Substance Abuse. Washington, DC: American Psychological Association. 10-94. Najavits, L. M., Harned, M. S., Gallop, R. J., et al. (2007). Six-month treatment outcomes of cocaine-dependent patients with and without PTSD in a multisite national trial. Journal of Studies on Alcohol and Drugs, 68(3), 353–61. 10-95. Swierzewski, S. J. (2009). Overview, types of dementia, incidence and prevalence. Remedy Health Media. http://www.neurologychannel.com/ dementia/index.shtml (accessed April 12, 2011). 10-96. Dimeoff, L. A., Comtois, K. A. and Linehan, M. M. (2009). Co-occurring addictive and borderline personality disorder. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds. Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1359–70). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 10-97. Schuckit, M. A. (1986). Genetic and clinical implications of alcoholism and affective disorder. American Journal of Psychiatry, 143(2), 140–47. 10-98. Clark, D. B., Vanyukov, M. and Cornelius, J. (2002). Childhood antisocial behavior and adolescent alcohol use disorders. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 109–15. 10-99. Kliem, S., Kröger, C. and Kossfelder, J. (2010). Dialectical behavior therapy for borderline personality disorder: A meta-analysis using mixedeffects modeling. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 78, 936–51. 10-100. Linehan, M. M., Schmidt, H., Dimeff, L. A., et al. (1999). Dialectical behavior therapy for patients with borderline personality disorder and drug-dependence. American Journal on Addiction, 8(4), 279–92. 10-101. Grillo, C. M., Sinha, R. and O’Malley, S. S. (2002). Eating disorders and alcohol use disorders. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 151–60. 10-102. Dansky, B. S., Brewerton, T. D. and Kilpatrick, D. G. (2000). Comorbidity of bulimia nervosa and alcohol use disorders: Results from the National Women’s Study. International Journal of Eating Disorders, 27(2), 180–90.
References 10-103. Potenza, M. N. (2001). The neurobiology of pathological gambling. Seminars in Clinical Neuropsychiatry, 6(3), 217–26. 10-104. Lesieur, H. R., Blume, S. B. and Zoppa, R. M. (1986). Alcoholism, drug abuse and gambling. Alcohol Clinical Experimental Research, 10(1), 33–38. 10-105. Specker, S. K., Carlson G. A., Edmonson K. M., et al. (1996). Psychopathology in pathological gamblers seeking treatment. Journal of Gambling Studies, 12, 67–78. 10-106. Grant, J. E., Kushner, M. G. and Kim, S. W. (2002). Pathological gambling and alcohol use disorder. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 143–50. 10-107. Drake, R. E. and Mueser, K. T. (2002). Co-occurring alcohol use disorder and schizophrenia. Alcohol Research and Health, 26(2), 99–102. 10-108. Brown, S. A. and Schuckit, M. A. (1988). Changes in depression among abstinent alcoholics. Journal of Studies on Alcohol, 49(5), 412–17. 10-109. Hasin, D. S. and Grant, B. F. (2002). Major depression in 6,050 former drinkers: Association with past alcohol dependence. Archives of General Psychiatry, 59(9), 794–800. 10-110. Drucker-Colí, R. and Benitez. J. (1977). REM sleep rebound during withdrawal from chronic amphetamine administration is blocked by chloramphenicol. Neuroscience Letters, 6(2), 267–71. 10-111. Human Genome Project. (2007). Pharmacogenomics. http://www.ornl. gov/sci/techresources/Human_Genome/medicine/pharma.shtml (accessed April 21, 2014). 10-112. Carey, B. (November 8, 2010). Genes as mirrors of life experiences. New York Times: Health. 10-113. Volkow, N. D. (2008). Epigenetics: The promise of a new science director’s perspective. NIDA Notes, 21, 5. 10-114. Gabriel, T. (December 20, 2010). Mental health needs seen growing at colleges. New York Times: Health, p. A1, A16. 10-115. Blume, A. W., Davis, J. M. and Schmaling, K. B. (1999). Neurocognitive dysfunction in dually diagnosed patients: A potential roadblock to motivating behavior change. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 31(2), 111–15. 10-116. Ryglewicz, H., and Pepper, B. (1996). Lives at risk: Understanding and treating young people with dual disorders. New York: The Free Press. 10-117. Zweben, J. E. and Ries, R. K. (2009). Integrating psychosocial services with pharmacotherapies in the treatment of co-occurring disorders. In R. K. Ries, D. A. Fiellin, S. C. Miller and R. Saitz, eds., Principles of Addiction Medicine (4th ed., pp. 1239–48). Philadelphia: Lippincott Williams and Wilkins. 10-118. Davis, K., Klar, H. and Coyle, J. T. (1991). Foundations of Psychiatry. Philadelphia: Harcourt Brace Jovanovich. 10-119. Zimberg, S. (1994). Individual psychotherapy: Alcohol. In M. Galanter and H. D. Kleber, eds. The American Psychiatric Press Textbook of Substance Abuse Treatment (pp. 263–73). Washington, DC: American Psychiatric Press. 10-120. Becker, S. J., and Curry, J. F. (2008). Outpatient interventions for adolescent substance abuse: A quality of evidence review. Journal of Consulting and Clinical Psychology, 76, 531–44. 10-121. Waldron, H. B., and Turner, C. W. (2008). Evidenced-based psychosocial treatments for adolescent substance abuse. Journal of Clinical Child and Adolescent Psychology, 37, 238–61. 10-122. Velligan, D. I. and Alphs, L. D. (2008). Negative symptoms of schizophrenia: The importance of identification and treatment. Psychiatric Times, 25(3), 39–45. 10-123. Biederman, J., Wilens, T., Mick, E., et al. (1999). Pharmacotherapy of attention-deficit/hyperactivity disorder reduces risk for substance use disorder. Pediatrics, 104(2), e20.
R.45
10-124. Buxton, M. E., Smith, D. E. and Seymour, R. B. (1987). Spirituality and other points of resistance to the 12-step recovery process. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 19(3), 275–86. 10-125. Center for Substance Abuse Treatment. (1995). Assessment and Treatment of Patients with Coexisting Mental Illness and Alcohol and Other Drug Abuse. DHHS Publication No. (SMA) 95-3061. Rockville, MD: U.S. Department of Health and Human Services. 10-126. Lavine, R. (1999). Roles of the psychiatrist and the addiction medicine specialist in the treatment of addiction. San Francisco Medicine, 72(4), 20–22. 10-127. PDR [Physicians’ Desk Reference]. (2014). Physicians’ Desk Reference (61st ed.). Montvale, NJ: Medical Economics. 10-128. U.S. Food and Drug Administration. (2003). Dietary Supplements: Warnings and Safety Information. http://www.cfsan.fda.gov/%7Edms/ ds-warn.html (accessed April 15, 2011). 10-129. Meyer, J. S. and Quenzer, L. F. (2005). Psychopharmacology: Drugs, The Brain, and Behavior. Sunderland, MA: Sinauer Associates. 10-130. Zwillich, T. (1999). Beware of long-term effects of antidepressants. Clinical Psychiatry News, 27(9), 16. 10-131. Magyar, K., Szende, B., Jenei, V., et al. (2010). R-deprenyl: Pharmacological spectrum of its activity. Neurochemical Research, 35(12), 1922–32. 10-132. Pierre, J. M., Shnayder, I., Wirshing, D. A., and Wirshing, W. (2004). Intranasal quetiapine abuse. American Journal of Psychiatry, 161(9), 1718. 10-133. Waters, B. M., and Joshi, K. G. (2007). Intravenous quetiapine-cocaine use (“Q-Ball”). American Journal of Psychiatry, 164(1), 173–74. 10-134. Weiss, R. D., Greenfield, S. F., Najavits, L. M., et al. (1998). Medication compliance among patients with bipolar disorder and substance use disorder. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 59(4), 172–74. 10-135. Stahl, S. M. (2001B). Dopamine system stabilizers, aripiprazole, and the next generation of antipsychotics: Part 2, illustrating their mechanism of action. Journal of Clinical Psychiatry, 62(12), 923–24. 10-136. Stahl, S. M. (2013). Stahl’s Essential Psychopharmacology. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press. 10-137. PubMed health. (2011A). Paliperidone.http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmed health/PMH0000356 (accessed April 10, 2011). 10-138. PubMed health. (2011B). Aripiprazole. http://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/ pubmedhealth/PMH0000356 (accessed April 10, 2011). 10-139. Cooper, W. O., Hickson, G. B., Fuchs, C., et al. (2004). New users of antipsychotic medications among children enrolled in TennCare. Archives of Pediatrics and Adolescent Medicine, 158(8), 753–59. 10-140. Olfson, M., Blanco, C., Liu, L., et al. (2006). National trends in the outpatient treatment of children and adolescents with antipsychotic drugs. Archives of General Psychiatry, 63(6), 679–85. 10-141. Thomas, K. (July 23, 2002). Surge in anti-psychotic drugs given to kids draws concern. USA Today, p. D8. 10.141A. Seaman, A. M. (2012). Antipsychotic use growing in U.S. kids and teens. Reuters. http://www.reuters.com/article/2012/08/07/us-antipsychotic-kidsidUSBRE87617Y20120807 (accessed May 16, 2014). 10-142. Breier, A., Su, T. P., Saunders, R., Carson, R. E., Kolachana, B. S., et al. (1997). Schizophrenia is associated with elevated amphetamine-induced synaptic dopamine concentrations: Evidence from a novel positron emission tomography method. Proceedings of the National Academy of Sciences, 94(6), 2569–74. 10-143. Ikeda, R. (1994). Prescribing for chronic anxiety disorders. Journal of Psychoactive Drugs, 26(1), 75–76.